Emerson Rosemount XSTREAM XE Gas Analyzer Series Instruction Manual

Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 Gas Analyzer Series Instruction Manual www.EmersonProcess.com ESSENTIAL INSTRUCTIONS READ THIS PAGE BEFORE PROCEEDING! Emerson Process Management (Rosemount Analytical) designs, manufactures and tests its products to meet many national and international standards. Because these instruments are sophisticated technical products, you MUST properly install, use, and maintain them to ensure they continue to operate within their normal specifications. The following instructions MUST be adhered to and integrated into your safety program when installing, using and maintaining Emerson Process Management (Rosemount Analytical) products. Failure to follow the proper instructions may cause any one of the following situations to occur: Loss of life; personal injury; property damage; damage to this instrument; and warranty invalidation. • Read all instructions prior to installing, operating, and servicing the product. • If you do not understand any of the instructions, contact your Emerson Process Management (Rosemount Analytical) representative for clarification. • Follow all warnings, cautions, and instructions marked on and supplied with the product. • Inform and educate your personnel in the proper installation, operation, and maintenance of the product. • Install your equipment as specified in the Installation Instructions of the appropriate Instruction Manual and per applicable local and national codes. Connect all products to the proper electrical and pressure sources. • To ensure proper performance, use qualified personnel to install, operate, update, program, and maintain the product. • When replacement parts are required, ensure that qualified people use replacement parts specified by Emerson Process Management (Rosemount Analytical). Unauthorized parts and procedures can affect the product’s performance, place the safe operation of your process at risk, and VOID YOUR WARRANTY. Look-alike substitutions may result in fire, electrical hazards, or improper operation. • Ensure that all equipment doors are closed and protective covers are in place, except when maintenance is being performed by qualified persons, to prevent electrical shock and personal injury. The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. X-STREAM and IntrinzX are marks of one of the Emerson group of companies. All other marks are property of their respective owners. 2nd edition, 2010-10 Rosemount Analytical Process Gas Analyzer Center of Excellence Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Industriestrasse 1 63594 Hasselroth Germany T +49 6055 884 0 F +49 6055 884 209 HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 X-STREAM XE Table of contents Instruction manual SHORT FORM GUIDE FOR THIS MANUAL see chapter TOC To find information about Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S The different instruments designs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 The instruments technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Measuring principles characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 How to install the instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1st startup procedures, checking the instrument´s setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Software menu structure, how to navigate and menu entries descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Basic procedures (e.g. calibration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Maintenance procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Status messages and troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Modbus parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Service information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Dismounting and disposal of instruments . . . . . . . 11 Block diagrams, terminals & connectors . . . . . . . . A Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG TOC-1 Instruction manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 Table of Contents Introduction S-1 Definitions S-1 Safety instructions S-5 Chapter 1 Technical description 1-1 Terms used in this instruction manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-2 Symbols used on and inside the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-3 Symbols used in this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-4 Intended use statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General safety notice / Residual risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Authorized personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disposal of batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing and connecting the unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating and maintaining this unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S-5 S-5 S-6 S-6 S-7 S-7 1.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 1.1.1 The Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.2.1 Materials Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.2.2 Safety Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.2.3 Gas Inlets and Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.2.4 Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.2.5 Infallible Containments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1.2.6 Optional Components for Gas Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 1.2.7 Alternative Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 1.3 Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 1.3.1 Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 1.3.2 Status Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 1.3.3 Modbus Interface, Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 1.3.4 Serial Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 1.3.5 USB Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 1.3.6 Optional Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12 1.4 Comparison of the Various X-STREAM Analyzer Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13 1.5 X-STREAM XEGC: ½ 19 Inch Table-Top Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15 1.6 X-STREAM XEGP: 19 inch table-top or rackmount design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 1.7 X-STREAM XEF/XDF: Field Housing With Single Or Dual Compartment . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 1.7.1 Field Housings for Installation in Hazardous Areas (Ex-Zones) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 1.8 X-STREAM XEFD: Cast Aluminum Flameproof Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24 TOC-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction manual Chapter 2 Technical data 2-1 Chapter 3 Measuring Principles 3-1 Chapter 4 Installation 4-1 Chapter 5 Startup 5-1 2.1 Common Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 2.2 Model-Specific Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2.2.1 X-STREAM XEGC: ½ 19 Inch Tabletop Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2.2.2 X-STREAM XEGP: 19 Inch Tabletop and Rack-Mount Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 2.2.3 X-STREAM XEF/XDF: Single/Dual Compartment Field Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 2.2.4 X-STREAM XEFD: Flameproof Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 2.3 Information on Name Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 3.1 Infrared Measurement (IR), Ultraviolet Measurement (UV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3.1.1 IntrinzX Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3.1.2 NDIR Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 3.1.3 Technical Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 3.2 Oxygen Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 3.2.1 Paramagnetic Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 3.2.2 Electrochemical Measurement (I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 3.2.3 Special Hints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 3.3 Thermal Conductivity Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 3.3.1 Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 3.3.2 Technical Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3.4 Measurement Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 4.1 Scope of Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4.2 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 4.3 Gas Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 4.4 Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 4.5 Analyzer Specific Instructions for Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 4.5.1 X-STREAM XEGC, X-STREAM XEGP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 4.5.2 X-STREAM XEF, X-STREAM XDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 4.6 Notes On Wiring Signal Inputs and Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 4.6.1 Electrical Shielding of Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 4.6.2 Wiring Inductive Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34 4.6.3 Driving High-Current Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34 4.6.4 Driving Multiple Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5.2 Symbols and Typographical Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 5.3 Front Panel Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG TOC-3 TOC Table of Contents Table of contents X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 Instruction manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 Table of Contents 5.3.1 Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 5.3.2 Status Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 5.3.3 Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 5.4 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 5.4.1 Access Levels & Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 5.4.2 Special Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 5.5 Powering Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 5.5.1 Boot Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 5.5.2 Measurement Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 5.6 Selecting the Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 5.7 Checking the Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 5.7.1 Installed Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 5.7.2 Configuring the Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 5.7.3 Calibration Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16 5.7.4 Setting the Analog Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18 5.7.5 Setting Concentration Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 5.7.6 Backup the Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 5.8 Perform a Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 Chapter 6 User Interface and Software Menus 6-1 Chapter 7 Maintenance and other Procedures 7-1 6.1 Symbols and Typographical Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 6.2 Menu System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 6.2.1 Switching On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 6.2.2 Control Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 6.2.3 Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 6.2.4 Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-108 6.2.5 Info Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-122 6.2.6 Service Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-126 7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 7.2 General Maintenance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 7.3 Performing a Leak Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 7.4 Calibration Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 7.4.2 Manual Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 7.4.4 Remote Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32 7.4.5 Unattended Automatic Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36 7.4.6 Verifying a Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 TOC-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction manual 7.4.8 Restoring a Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 7.4.7 Cancelling an Ongoing Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40 7.5 Replacing the Electrochemical Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41 7.5.1 General Hints on Handling the Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44 7.5.2 Opening X-STREAM Analyzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45 7.5.3 Locating the Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47 7.5.4 Disassembling the Sensor Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48 7.5.5 Adjusting the Output Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49 7.5.6 Finalizing the Sensor Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50 7.6 Cleaning the Instrument´s Outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52 7.7.1 Local Backup - Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54 7.7.2 Local Backup - Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55 7.7.3 Factory Defaults - Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56 7.7.4 USB Backup - Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57 7.7.5 USB Backup - Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60 7.7.6 Undo Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61 7.8 Handling Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62 7.8.1 Configuring Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62 7.8.2 Exporting Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63 7.8.3 Log Files Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65 7.9 Files on USB Memory Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66 7.9.1 autorun.inf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66 7.9.2 xe_win_tools.zip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67 7.10 Web Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68 Chapter 8 Troubleshooting 8-1 8.1 Abstract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 8.2 Solving Problems Indicated by NAMUR Status Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 8.2.1 Analyzer Related NAMUR Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 8.2.2 Channel Related Messages (preceded by Channel Tag, e.g. CO2.1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18 8.4.1 Opening X-STREAM Analyzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20 8.4.2 Signal Connectors on XSP Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22 8.4.3 Sample Pump: Replacement of Diaphragm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23 8.4.4 Paramagnetic Oxygen Cell for Standard Applications: Adjustment of Physical Zero . 8-34 8.4.5 Thermal Conductivity Cell: Adjustment of Output Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG TOC-5 TOC Table of Contents Table of contents X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 Instruction manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 Table of Contents Chapter 9 Modbus Functions 9-1 9.1 Abstract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 9.1.1 Modbus TCP/IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 9.2 Supported Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31 Chapter 10 Service Information 10-1 Chapter 11 Dismounting and Disposal 11-1 10.1 Return of Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 10.2 Customer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 10.3 Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 11.1 Dismounting and Diposal of the Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Appendix A-1 A.1 Modbus Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 A.2 EC Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14 A.4 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21 A.5 Water Vapor: Relationship of Dewpoint, Vol.-% and g/Nm³ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-34 A.6 Declaration of Decontamination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-35 A.7 PLC Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-36 A.8 Assignment of Terminals and Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-43 A.8.1 Tabletop & Rack Mount Analyzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-43 A.8.2 Field Housings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-44 TOC-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction manual Tab. 3-1: Tab. 3-2: Tab. 3-3: Tab. 3-4: Tab. 3-5: Tab. 3-6: Tab. 3-7: Tab. 3-8: Tab. 3-9: Standard paramagnetic sensor -cross interference by accompanying gases.............. 3-6 Solvent resistant paramagnetic sensor - approved solvents.....................................3-7 Solvent resistant paramagnetic sensor - medium affected materials .......................3-7 Solvent resistant paramagnetic sensor -cross interference by gases.......................... 3-7 Electrochemical oxygen measurement -cross interference by gases.......................3-10 Examples of specific thermal conductivities............................................................ 3-11 Gas Components and Measuring Ranges, examples.............................................3-13 General Measurement Performance Specifications................................................3-14 Special Performance Specifications for Gas Purity Measurements........................3-15 Tab. 5-1: Analog output signals settings and operation modes..............................................5-21 Tab. 6-1: Analog output failure modes....................................................................................6-61 Tab. 7-1: Digital Inputs Priorities.............................................................................................7-31 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG TOC-7 TOC Index of Tables Table of contents X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 Instruction manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 Index of Figures Fig. 1-1: Fig. 1-2: Fig. 1-3: Fig. 1-4: Fig. 1-5: Fig. 1-6: Fig. 1-7: Fig. 1-8: Fig. 1-9: Fig. 1-10: Fig. 1-11: Fig. 1-12: X-STREAM front panel (here the X-STREAM XEGP).............................................1-3 Optional heated area...............................................................................................1-8 Gas flow diagram: single channel or in series.........................................................1-9 Serial Interface Marking.........................................................................................1-11 X-STREAM XEGC - views.....................................................................................1-16 X-STREAM XEGP - Details...................................................................................1-18 X-STREAM XEF / XDF- Front views.....................................................................1-20 X-STREAM XEF - right side and bottom view.......................................................1-21 X-STREAM XEF - power supply and signal terminals...........................................1-22 X-STREAM XEFD - Front view . ...........................................................................1-25 X-STREAM XEFD - Bottom view...........................................................................1-26 X-STREAM XEFD - terminals................................................................................1-27 Fig. 2-1: Fig. 2-2: Fig. 2-3: Fig. 2-4: Fig. 2-5: Fig. 2-6: Fig. 2-7: Fig. 2-8: Fig. 2-9: Fig. 2-10: Fig. 2-11: Fig. 2-12: Fig. 2-13: Fig. 2-14: Fig. 2-15: Fig. 2-16: Fig. 2-17: X-STREAM XEGC - dimensions.............................................................................2-6 X-STREAM XEGC - connectors and Fuse..............................................................2-6 X-STREAM XEGC - Rack mounting options...........................................................2-7 UPS 01 tabletop power supply unit.........................................................................2-9 UPS 01 power supply unit for rack installation......................................................2-10 10 A tabletop PSU.................................................................................................2-11 X-STREAM XEGP - dimensions............................................................................2-12 X-STREAM XEGP - Power supply and signal connections...................................2-14 X-STREAM XEGP - Signal connections with screw-type terminal adapters.........2-14 X-STREAM XEF - dimensions...............................................................................2-15 X-STREAM XDF - dimensions..............................................................................2-16 X-STREAM XE Field housing - power supply terminals / fuse holders ...............2-18 X-STREAM XE Field housing - signal terminals....................................................2-18 X-STREAM XEFD - dimensions............................................................................2-19 X-STREAM XEFD - Power supply terminals / fuse holders..................................2-21 X-STREAM XEFD - signal terminals.....................................................................2-21 Analyzer name plate (examples)...........................................................................2-22 Fig. 3-1: Fig. 3-2: Fig. 3-3: Fig. 3-4: Fig. 3-5: Fig. 3-6: Fig. 3-7: IntrinzX signal forms................................................................................................3-2 Gas detector design principle..................................................................................3-3 Photometer assembly principle...............................................................................3-4 Paramagnetic oxygen sensor - assembly principle.................................................3-5 Electrochemical sensor - design principle...............................................................3-8 Electrochemical sensor - assembly.........................................................................3-8 Electrochemical reaction of oxygen sensor............................................................3-9 TOC-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction manual Fig. 3-8: Wheatstone Bridge................................................................................................3-11 Fig. 3-9: TC cell, exterior view ,thermal isolation removed..................................................3-12 Fig. 3-10: TC cell, sectional view...........................................................................................3-12 Fig. 4-1: Fig. 4-2: Fig. 4-3: Fig. 4-4: Fig. 4-5: Fig. 4-6: Fig. 4-7: Fig. 4-8: Fig. 4-9: Fig. 4-10: Fig. 4-11: Fig. 4-12: Fig. 4-13: Fig. 4-14: Fig. 4-15: Fig. 4-16: Fig. 4-17: Fig. 4-18: Fig. 4-19: Fig. 4-20: Fig. 4-21: Fig. 4-22: Fig. 4-23: Fig. 4-24: Fig. 4-25: Fig. 4-26: Fig. 4-27: Fig. 4-28: Fig. 4-29: Fig. 4-30: Fig. 4-31: X-STREAM XE Analyzers - scope of supply...........................................................4-1 Labelling of gas connectors (example)....................................................................4-4 Installation in bypass mode.....................................................................................4-5 X-STREAM XEGC - table top version rear panel....................................................4-8 X-STREAM XEGP - table top version rear panel....................................................4-9 X-STREAM XEGP - Rear panel, model with terminal adapters and brackets.......4-10 Socket X1 - Analog & Digital Outputs 1-4.............................................................4-11 Plug X2 - Modbus interface...................................................................................4-12 Configuration of XSTA terminal adapter................................................................4-13 Sockets X4.1 and X4.2 - Pin configuration...........................................................4-14 Configuration of XSTD terminal adapter................................................................4-15 Plug X5 - analog inputs.........................................................................................4-16 Configuration of XSTI terminal adapter.................................................................4-17 24 V DC in connector, pin configuration................................................................4-18 X-STREAM XEF - dimensions for installation......................................................4-19 X-STREAM XDF - dimensions for installation......................................................4-20 X-STREAM XE Field housing - terminals, cable glands and gas connectors.......4-21 Terminal block X1 - analog signals and relay outputs 1-4....................................4-24 Terminal block X1 - Modbus interface...................................................................4-25 X-STREAM XEF - Ethernet connector..................................................................4-26 Terminal blocks for digital inputs and outputs........................................................4-27 Terminal block X5 - Analog input signals..............................................................4-28 Power supply connections.....................................................................................4-29 Shielded signal cable, shielding connected at both ends......................................4-31 Shielded signal cable, shielding connected at one end.........................................4-32 Signal cable with double shielding, shieldings connected at alternate ends.........4-32 Shield connector terminal with cable.....................................................................4-33 Suppressor diode for inductive loads....................................................................4-34 Driving high-current loads......................................................................................4-34 Loads in series......................................................................................................4-35 Loads in parallel....................................................................................................4-35 Fig. 5-1: Fig. 5-2: X-STREAM XE front panel......................................................................................5-3 Arrangement of concentration thresholds..............................................................5-23 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG TOC-9 TOC Index of Figures Table of contents X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 Instruction manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 Index of Figures Fig. 6-1: Fig. 6-2: Fig. 6-3: Fig. 6-4: Fig. 6-5: X-STREAM XE Software menu structure................................................................6-2 Measurement display elements.............................................................................6-25 Usage of labels and tags ......................................................................................6-31 Measurement display with labels and tags (example)...........................................6-93 USB file system structure......................................................................................6-98 Fig. 7-1: Fig. 7-2: Fig. 7-3: Fig. 7-4: Fig. 7-5: Fig. 7-6: Fig. 7-7: Fig. 7-8: Fig. 7-9: Fig. 7-10: Fig. 7-11: Fig. 7-12: Fig. 7-13: Fig. 7-14: Fig. 7-15: Fig. 7-16: Fig. 7-17: Fig. 7-18: Fig. 7-19: Fig. 7-20: Fig. 7-21: Fig. 7-22: Fig. 7-23: Fig. 7-24: Leak Testing with U-turn Manometer.......................................................................7-2 Calibration improvement by variable valve assignments.........................................7-8 Internal valves assignments..................................................................................7-10 Zero All Calibration Procedure Flow Diagram.......................................................7-21 Span All Calibration Procedure Flow Diagram......................................................7-24 Zero&Span All Calibration Procedure Flow Diagram.............................................7-26 Digital Inputs - Initializing Calibrations...................................................................7-32 Graphical Explanation of Interval Time Settings....................................................7-36 X-STREAM XEGP.................................................................................................7-44 X-STREAM XEGC.................................................................................................7-44 X-STREAM field housings - Interior views(shown without front doors).................7-45 Location of the eO2 Sensor Unit...........................................................................7-46 Sensor Unit Design................................................................................................7-47 OXS Board, top view.............................................................................................7-48 Locking device details...........................................................................................7-49 Relations of supported data sets, and where to find further information...............7-52 USB file system structure......................................................................................7-59 Subdirectory for log files........................................................................................7-67 Example of log file.................................................................................................7-68 USB file system structure......................................................................................7-69 Autorun.inf template..............................................................................................7-69 Ethernet connectors..............................................................................................7-71 Web browser logon screen....................................................................................7-72 Web browser measurements screen.....................................................................7-72 Fig. 8-1: Fig. 8-2: Fig. 8-3: Fig. 8-4: Fig. 8-5: X-STREAM XEF, XDF and XEFD, opened with visible front panel.......................8-16 X-STREAM XEGP.................................................................................................8-24 X-STREAM XEGC.................................................................................................8-24 X-STREAM field housings - Interior views(shown without front doors).................8-25 XSP - Allocation of signal connectors....................................................................8-26 TOC-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 The manual covers several X-STREAM analyzer models and so may contain information about configurations and/or options not applicable to your analyzer. The installation and operation of units for use in explosive (hazardous) environments is not covered in this manual. Analyzers intended to be used in such environments are supplied with further instruction manuals, which should be consulted in addition to this. DEFINITIONS The following definitions apply to the terms WARNING, CAUTION and NOTE, and the symbol , as used in this manual. Indicates an operational or maintenance procedure, a process, a condition, an instruction, etc. Failure to comply may result in injury, death or permanent health risk. Indicates an operational or maintenance procedure, a process, a condition, an instruction, etc. Failure to comply may result in damage to or destruction of the instrument, or impaired performance. NOTE! Indicates an imperative operational procedure, an important condition or instruction. , together with a page number ( 6-5 ) or chapter headline ( The symbol refers to more information, provided on the indicated page or chapter. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Startup ) S-1 S The instruction manual contains information about the component assembly, function, installation, operation and maintenance of the X-STREAM® series gas analyzers. Safety Instructions INTRODUCTION X-STREAM XE Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 TERMS USED IN THIS INSTRUCTION MANUAL Explosive Gas(es) Flammable Gases and gas mixtures in a mixture with air within the explosive limits. Flammable Gas(es) Gases and gas mixtures are assigned to be flammable if they might become ignitable when in a mixture with air. Infallible Containment This term is derived from the standards of explosion protection especially from the requirements for pressurized housings: thus an infallible containment can be characterized by no intended leakage out of the gas paths enabling gas to enter the inner compartment of the analyzer housing. Intrinsically Safe Cell (IS Cell) Cells supplied with an intrinsically safe power signal, approved by a Test Institute, to operate with explosive gases. The design ensures the IS cells remains safe even in case of failure and explosive gases are not ignited. Protection Class IP66 / NEMA 4X Both terms are used to specify conditions for equipment to be installed outdoor. IP stands for Ingress Protection, the first number specifies protection against solid objects (6. = dust tight) while the second number specifies the degree of protection against liquids (.6 = heavy seas). NEMA stands for National Electrical Manufacturers Association. 4X specifies a degree of protection to personnel against incidental contact with the enclosed equipment; to provide a degree of protection against falling dirt, rain, sleet, snow, windblown dust, splashing water, and hose-directed water; and that will be undamaged by the external formation of ice on the enclosure Upper Explosion Limit (UEL) Volume ratio of flammable gas in air above which an explosive gas atmosphere will not be formed: the mixture of gas and air is too rich in fuel (deficient in oxygen) to burn. Lower Explosion Limit (LEL) Volume ratio of flammable gas in air below which an explosive gas atmosphere will not be formed: the mixture of gas and air lacks sufficient fuel (gas) to burn. NAMUR NAMUR is an international user association of automation technology in process industries. This organisation has issued experience reports and working documents, called recommendations (NE) and worksheets (NA). S-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 ... means dangerous voltages may be exposed. Covers may only be removed when power to the unit is disconnected, and only be trained personnel. hot surfaces may be exposed. Covers may only be removed by trained personnel and when power is disconnected. Certain surfaces may remain hot. further information and instructions are required: read the instruction manual. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG S-3 S This symbol attached to the unit ... Safety Instructions SYMBOLS USED ON AND INSIDE THE UNIT Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 SYMBOLS USED IN THIS MANUAL Wherever one or more of the following symbols are used in this instruction manual, read the accompanying information and instructions carefully. Follow these warnings and notes carefully to minimize risk. This symbol used in the manual ... ... means dangerous voltages may be exposed hot surfaces may be exposed possible danger of explosion toxic substances may be present substances harmful to health may be present indicates notes relating to heavy instruments electrical components may be destroyed by electrostatic discharges units must be disconnected from the power source indicates basic conditions or procedures are being described. This symbol may also indicate information important for achieving accurate measurements. S-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual INTENDED USE STATEMENT X-STREAM series gas analyzers are intended to be used as analyzers for industrial purposes. They must not be used in medical, diagnostic or life support applications nor as safety devices. Using X-STREAM XE analyzers as safety devices, requiring redundant design or SIL classification, is also not permitted. No independent agency certifications or approvals are to be implied as covering such applications! GENERAL SAFETY NOTICE / RESIDUAL RISK If this equipment is used in a manner not specified in these instructions, protective systems may be impaired. Despite of incoming goods inspections, production control, routine tests and application of state-of-the-art measuring and test methods, an element of risk remains when operating a gas analyzer! Even when operated as intended and observing all applicable safety instructions some residual risks remain, including, but not limited to, the following: • An interruption of the protective earth line, e.g. in an extension cable, may result in risk to the user. • Live parts are accessible when operating the instrument with doors open or covers removed. • The emission of gases hazardous to health may even be possible when all gas connections have been correctly made. Avoid exposure to the dangers of these residual risks by taking particular care when installing, operating, maintaining and servicing the analyzer. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG S-5 S SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Safety Instructions X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Safety Instructions AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL In-depth specialist knowledge is an absolutely necessary condition for working with and on the analyzer. Authorized personnel for installing, operating, servicing and maintaining the analyzer are instructed and trained qualified personnel of the operating company and the manufacturer. It is the responsibility of the operating company to • train staff, • observe safety regulations, • follow the instruction manual. Operators must • have been trained, • have read and understood all relevant sections of the instruction manual before commencing work, • know the safety mechanisms and regulations. To avoid personal injury and loss of property, do not install, operate, maintain or service this instrument before reading and understanding this instruction manual and receiving appropriate training. DISPOSAL OF BATTERIES • This instrument contains a Li battery (button cell) of type CR 2032. • The battery is soldered and usually does not need to be replaced during the instrument´s lifetime. • At the end of lifetime, the instrument must be disposed in compliance with the wast regulations. The disposal specialist then has to disassemble the instrument and dispose the battery in compliance with the regulations. S-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1. Suitable grounding connections should be made at all connectors provided for this purpose. 2. All safety covers and grounding connections must be properly reinstated after maintenance work or troubleshooting. 3. A fuse should be provided at the installation site which will completely disconnect the unit in case of failure. Installing an isolating switch may also be beneficial. In either case, these components must be constructed to conform to recognised norms. OPERATING AND MAINTAINING THIS UNIT On leaving our factory, this instrument conformed to all applicable safety directives. In order to preserve this state of affairs, the operator must take care to follow all the instructions and notes given in this manual and on the unit. Before switching on the unit, ensure that the local nominal mains voltage corresponds to the factory-set operational voltage of this unit. Any interruption of the protective earth connections, whether inside or outside of the unit, may result in exposure to the risk of electricity. Deliberately disconnected the protective earth is therefore strictly forbidden. work requiring access to the inside of the unit. Only trained personnel who are aware of the risk involved may work on an open and energized unit. Fuses may only be replaced by fuses of an identical type and with identical ratings. It is forbidden to use repair fuses or to bypass fuses. Take note of all applicable regulations when using this unit with an autotransformer or a variable transformer. Substances hazardous to health may escape from the unit’s gas outlet. This may require additional steps to be taken to guarantee the safety of operating staff. Removing covers may expose components conducting electric current. Connectors may also be energised. The unit should therefore be disconnected from the power supply before any kind of maintenance, repair or calibration Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG S-7 S INSTALLING AND CONNECTING THE UNIT The following notices should be carefollowed to ensure compliance with the low voltage directive (Europe) and other applicable regulations. Safety Instructions Safety Instructions Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Safety Instructions EXPLOSION HAZARD The units described in this manual may not be used in explosive atmospheres without additional safety measures. ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Do not operate without covers secure. Do not open while energized. Installation requires access to live parts which can cause death or serious injury. For safety and proper performace this instrument must be connected to a properly grounded three-wire source of power. TOXIC GASES This unit’s exhaust may contain toxic gases such as (but not limited to) e.g. sulfur dioxide. These gases can cause serious injuries. Avoid inhaling exhaust gases. Connect the exhaust pipe to a suitable flue and inspect the pipes regularly for leaks. All connections must be airtight to avoid leaks; 7-4 for instructions on performing a leak test. S-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 The models intended for outside and wall mounted use (X-STREAM XEF, XDF and XEFD) weigh between 26 kg (57 lb) and 63 kg (139 lb) depending on options installed. Two people and/or lifting equipment is required to lift and carry these units. Take care to use anchors and bolts specified to be used for the weight of the units! Take care the wall or stand the unit is intended to be installed at is solid and stable to support the weight! CRUSHING HAZARD Take care of crushing hazard when closing the front door of analyzer field housings! Keep out of the closing area between enclosure cover and base! OPERATION AT LOW TEMPERATURES When operating an instrument at temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F), do NOT apply gas nor operate the internal pump before the warmup time has elapsed! Violation may result in condensation inside the gas paths or damaged pump diaphragm! HIGH TEMPERATURES Hot parts may be exposed when working on photometers and/or heated components in the unit. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG S-9 S HEAVY INSTRUMENT Safety Instructions Safety Instructions Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Safety Instructions GASES AND PREPARATION OF GASES GASES HAZARDOUS TO HEALTH Follow the safety precautions for all gases (sample and span gases) and gas cylinders. Before opening the gas lines, they must be purged with air or neutral gas (N2) to avoid danger from escaping toxic, flammable, exposive or hazardous gases. FLAMMABLE OR EXPLOSIVE GASES When supplying explosive gases or flammable gases with concentrations of more than 25 % of the lower explosion limit, we RECOMMEND implementing one or more additional safety measures: • purging the unit with inert gas • stainless steel internal pipes • flame arrestors on gas inlets and outlets • infallible measuring cells. S-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 CONNECTING UNITS FOR PERMANENT INSTALLATION Only qualified personnel following all applicable and legal regulations may install the unit and connect it to power and signal cables. Failure to comply may invalidate the unit’s warranty and cause exposure to the risk of damage, injury or death. This unit may only be installed by qualified personnel familiar with the possible risks. Working on units equipped with screw-type terminals for electrical connections may require the exposure of energized components. Wall-mounted units have no power switch and are operational when connected to a power supply. The operating company is therefore required to have a power switch or circuit breaker (as per IEC 60947-1/-3) available on the premises. This must be installed near the unit, easily accessible to operators and labelled as a power cut-off for the analyzer. HAZARD FROM WRONG SUPPLY VOLTAGE Ensure that the local power voltage where the unit is to be installed, corresponds to the unit’s nominal voltage as given on the name plate label. ADDITIONAL NOTES FOR UNITS WITH SCREW-TYPE TERMINALS Cables for external data processing must be double-insulated against mains power. If this is not possible, cables must be laid in such a way as to guarantee a clearance of at least 5 mm from power cables. This clearance must be permanently secured (e.g. with cable ties). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG S-11 S POWER SUPPLY Safety Instructions Safety Instructions Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 General Operational Notes GENERAL OPERATING NOTES EXPLOSION HAZARD Exhaust gases may contain hydrocarbons and other toxic gases such as carbon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is toxic. Faulty gas connections may lead to explosion and death. Ensure that all gas connections are connected as labelled and airtight. • The unit must be installed in a clean and dry area protected from strong vibrations and frost. • The unit must not be exposed to direct sunlight and sources of heat. Admissable ambient temperatures (see technical details) must be adhered to. • Gas inlets and outlets must not be interchanged.All gases must be supplied to the unit already processed. When using this unit with corrosive sample gases, ensure that these gases do not contain components harmful to the gas lines. • Admissable gas pressure for sample and test gases is 1,500 hPa. • Exhaust lines must be laid inclined downwards, depressurized, protected from frost and according to applicable regulations. • If it is necessary to disconnect the gas lines, the unit’s gas connectors must be sealed with PVC caps to avoid polluting the internal gas lines with condensate, dust, etc. • To ensure electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), only shielded cables (supplied by us on request, or of equivalent standard) may be used. The customer must ensure that the shielding is correctly fitted. Shielding and terminal housing must be electrically connected; submin-D plugs and sockets must be screwed to the unit. • When using optional external adapters (submin-D to screw-type terminal), protection from electromagnetic interference can no longer be guaranteed (CE compliance pursuant to EMC guidelines). In this case the customer or operating company functions as a system builder and must therefore ensure and declare compliance with EMC guidelines. S-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Modified resistant measuring cells are available for use with corrosive gases and/or gases containing solvents. Special configurations (e.g. intrinsically safe or infallible measuring cells) for the analysis of combustible gases are also available. Chapter 3 gives a detailed description of the various measuring techniques. Standard applications Different housings allow X-STREAM analyzers to be tailored to the many different applications: • Tabletop units in 1⁄2 19in modular design, with IP 20 protection class • Tabletop and rack mountable units in 19in modular design, with IP 20 protection class • Stainless steel wall mountable field housing with IP 66 / NEMA 4X protection class for outdoor use (operating temperature -20°C to +50°C). • Cast aluminium wall mountable field housing with IP 66 / NEMA 4X protection class for outdoor use (operating temperature -20 °C to +50 °C). The various analyzer types are described in more detail beginning with 1-13. Installation in hazardous areas X-STREAM analyzers in field housings, when fitted with various protective devices, can also be installed and operated in hazardous areas. Available options are: • Pressurized enclosure conforming to ATEX directive 94/9/EC, for installation in Zone 2. 1-1 1 The following are the main features of the new Emerson Process Management X-STREAM gas analyzers in brief: • compact design with easily accessible internal components • customizable for a wide range of applications: different housings are available while internal construction remains largely identical • a highly integrated mainboard contains all interfaces and basic functions for the operation of the unit • multilingual microprocessor-controlled user interface with liquid crystal (LCD) to indicate measurement value and status messages • units for outdoor use are optionally supplied with an impact tested front panel • widerange power supply unit for worldwide use without modification (1⁄2 19in units with external PSUs) The new X-STREAM gas analyzers can measure up to five different gas components using any combination of the following analyzing techniques (restrictions apply to 1 ⁄2 19in units): IR = non-dispersive infrared analysis UV = ultraviolet analysis pO2 = paramagnetic oxygen analysis eO2 = electrochemical oxygen analysis TC = thermal conductivity analysis Technical Description Chapter 1 Technical Description Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1 Technical Description • Non-incendive assembly for installation in Zone 2 and Div 2 for the measurement of non-flammable gases. • Simplified purge system (Z-purge) for installation in North American Div 2 environments. The cast aluminium field housing is designed to withstand an explosion and intended to be used in hazardous areas of Zone 1. More information about EXanalyzers can be obtained from your Emerson Process Management sales office. Note! These instructions do not detail the installation nor operation of X-STREAM analyzers in hazardous areas. If you intend to use your analyzer for such purposes, pay attention to the separate instruction manuals supplied with analyzers to be used in hazardous areas. 1-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.1 Overview All X-STREAM gas analyzers feature an easy-to-use graphical user interface, which displays measurement values, status and error messages, and menus for the input of parameters. For ease of use, the operator can select one of three languages for the display: By default any analyzer is configured with English and German language sets, while a third can optionally be added. Currently available: French, Italian, Portuguese and Spanish.. 1 1.1.1 The Front Panel The graphic LCD shows measurement and status information with plain text and symbols. The symbols are designed to indicate the different status 'Failure', 'Function check', 'Out of specification' and 'Maintenance request' as specified by the NE 107 standard. For further information, chapter 8. 1 1 2 3 4 2 The analyzer software is operated by means of only six keys. Depending on the analyzer model, the display is protected with an impact tested glass panel, to withstand even harsher conditions and to provide a higher IP protection class of up to IP66 / NEMA Type 4X. 3 4 Graphic display “Measure“ key “Enter” key 4 keys for settings and menu navigation Fig. 1-1: X-STREAM Front Panel (here the X-STREAM XEGP) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Technical Description 1.1 Overview 1-3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.1 Overview Further analyzer features include (some of them optional): • Configurable measurement display: • gas measurements results and/or secondary results (e.g. flow) • one or two independently configurable pages • Configurable measurement units • user configurable units and conversion factors from ppm to user unit • 3 software access levels with individual password protection, and administrator selectable activation • protection against unauthorized configuration changes • Unattended zero and span calibrations • enables operation without user interaction • Communication via serial interface and Ethernet • enables remote operation • Web browser interface • for remote operation with full analyzer control • Realtime clock (supports time server synchronization) • enables time controlled operation • Data logger with configurable logging periods • for legislative and quality documentation • Event logger with configurable events list • keep monitoring the analyzer, even when not present 1-4 • Log files sizes only limited by free memory on an internal SD card • up to 2 GB for up to 1 year logging without storage problems • replaceable (not by operator, as the card is also used for storage of analyzer operating software files) • Export of log files via USB, ethernet and webbrowser • export to text files • enables external data analysis • Save and load analyzer configuration to/ from an internal protected memory area and USB stick • save a functional configuration to protect it against changes or for reference • restore a functional setup in case of misconfiguration or crashes • Calculator for 'virtual' channels or measurement calculations • setup a virtual measurement channel by calculating results of existing real channels (e.g. summarize NO and NO2 to show NOx) • PLC (programmable logic controller) for enhanced functionality • no need to add an external PLC to control external valves, pumpes, etc. • supports uploading externally written PLC text files into the analyzer See the related sections in this manual for more detailled information on these features. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines 1.2.1 Materials Used The physical and chemical properties of the sample gas as well as the conditions under which measurement takes place influence the choice of materials. Among those available are Viton®, PFA and stainless steel. 1.2.2 Safety Filter The analyzers are generally fitted with an internal stainless-steel filter. This filter is not a replacement for any dust filter in the preparation of the gas, but represents a last line of defence. 1.2.3 Gas Inlets and Outlets Rackmounted and tabletop devices are fitted with PVDF inlets and outlets (ø 6/4 mm) as standard. Alternatively, Swagelok™ or stainless steel fittings (ø 6/4 mm or 1⁄4 in). Wall-mounted field housings are supplied with Swagelok™ or stainless steel fittings (ø 6/4 mm or 1⁄4 in). Other materials available on request. X-STREAM XEFD units are always supplied with flame arrestors and stainless steel fittings (ø 6/4 mm or 1⁄4 in). 1.2.5 Infallible Containments Infallible containments are gas lines which, due to their design, can be regarded as permanently technically tight. This is achieved by, for example, welded joints, or metallically sealing joints (e.g. tap connectors and binders), providing they are seldom disconnected. Gas lines configured in this manner can be used for measuring noxious, flammable and explosive gases. At the time of going to press, infallible containments are available for thermal conductivity analysis (TC) only. Further information about infallible containments can be found in the separate instruction manual supplied with these units. Infallible containments do not render it unnecessary to test for leaks regularly, e.g. following lengthy breaks in service, substantial alterations, repairs and modifications. Read the separate instruction manual giving detailed instructions on the configuration, operation and maintenance of units fitted with infallible containments. 1.2.4 Tubing Unless otherwise specified, the analyzers are supplied with Viton ® or PVDF piping (ø 6/4 mm or 1⁄4 in). Other materials (e.g. stainless steel) can be used, depending on the application. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-5 1 Various materials are available to allow the analyzer to be customized to your needs. The materials used are selected based on the characteristics of the sample gas, e.g. diffusion rate, corrosiveness, temperature and pressure. Technical Description 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines 1.2.6 Optional Components for Gas Lines The analyzers can, as an option, be fitted with further components. Not all components are available for all analyzer types: • internal sample gas pump • internal valve block • internal flow sensors • internal flow monitor switch • internal barometric pressure sensor • internal temperature sensors. 1.2.6.1 Internal Sample Gas Pump An internal sample gas pump is used when the sample gas is under insufficient pressure. It ensures a constant flow of sample gas (max. 2.5 l/min through the analyzer). When in internal pump is fitted, the relevant parameter in the software setup dialog is set to Yes ( 6-88). The pump can be controlled either manually through a software menu or optionally by a digital input. Note! Gas pressure is limited to atmospheric, if an internal pump is used! 1.2.6.2 Internal Valve Block An internal valve block allows all necessary gas lines (zero gas, span gas, sample gas) to remain permanently connected to the analyzer. Valves are then activated automatically when required (e.g. during automatic calibration). When an internal valve block is fitted, this is shown in the relevant software setup dialog as either Internal or Int+Ext ( 6-88). The valves are controlled by either a software menu, optionally by digital input, or automatically during autocalibration. Depending on the model, up to two valve bocks can be fitted. 1-6 1.2.6.3 Internal Flow Sensor Up to two internal flow sensors can measure the flow of gas and, compared to the flow monitor switch can provide a flow reading. They also can activate an alarm signal in the event of a failure. The alarm level for flow sensors is operator adjustable to up to 2000 ml/min. Depending on the model, up to two sensors can be fitted and evaluated separately. When a sensor is fitted, the relevant parameter in the software setup dialog is set to Yes ( 6-90). If the current flow rate is too low, a status message is displayed and the parameter under CHECK REQUESTS.. is set to Yes ( Chapter 8 'Troubleshooting'). 1.2.6.4 Internal Flow Monitor Switch An internal flow switch monitors the gas flow and activates an alarm signal in case it is not sufficient. Compared to the flow sensore it does not provide a flow reading, but only indicates if the flow is sufficient, or not. The alarm level for the internal flow switch is fixed and not operator adjustable. Additional external switches may be used and connected via digital inputs. All fitted flow switches are evaluated to share a common alarm. When an internal flow switch is fitted, the relevant parameter in the software setup dialog is set to Yes ( 6-85). If the current flow rate is too low, a status message is displayed and the parameter under CHECK REQUESTS.. is set to Yes ( Chapter 8 'Troubleshooting'). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines sate the atmospheric pressure variation ( measurement specification, page 3-14). If such a sensor is installed in the unit, the related menu shows the entry Internal ( 6-91). 1 Varying atmospheric pressure has an influence also on the density of the gases applied to the measuring system: Higher density correlates with more molecules per volume and thus influences the measuring results. To compensate such influences. an internal barometric pressure sensor can be installed. It´s reading is used to electronically compen- Technical Description 1.2.6.6 Internal Barometric Pressure Sensor 1.2.6.5 Internal Temperature Sensors In the same way as pressure variations, varying temperatures influence the measuring results: Higher temperature results in lower gas density and thus in less molecules per volume. To compensate temperature influence, internal temperature sensors can be installed to electronically compensate temperature variations ( page 3-14 ,measurement specification). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Depending on the configuration of the unit or the demands of the application, temperature sensors can measure the unit’s internal temperature or selected measurement channel components. If such sensors are installed in the unit, this is indicated in the installed options menu ( 6-85). 1-7 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines 1.2.6.7 Optional Heated Area The physical components can be optionally separated from the electrical components by means of a special box (not an option for ½ 19 in units). This can be done for one or both of the following purposes: Firstly, the box allows the physical components to be regulated to a temperature of approx. 60 °C, avoiding condensation of gases or minimizing the influence of varying environmental temperatures. Secondly, the box can be purged with, for example, inert gas. The purge gas is first fed through a separate fitting, purges the electronic components, then floods the box and leaves the instrument via another fitting. Purging in this manner can be useful when measuring very low concentrations (e.g. of CO or CO2): the expulsion of ambient air avoids adulterant outside influences. Alternatively, purging can be used to secure enhanced protection for electronic parts and operators from corrosive or toxic gases: any leaking gas is expelled from the housing and does not escape into the vicinity of the unit or come into contact with any electronic components located outside the box. In either case, the purge gas outlet should be connected to an exhaust gas line. Insulating cover Physical components (example) Heated mounting panel The figure shows the heated area with the insulating cover removed. Cable support for signal wires Fig. 1-2: Optional Heated Area 1-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.2 Configuration of Gas Lines 1.2.7 Alternative Configurations 1 Technical Description Depending on the application and the selected analyzer options, alternative gas line configurations are available, exemplified in the following diagram of a dual-channel analyzer: Fig. 1-3: Gas Flow Diagram: Single Channel Or in Series Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-9 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.3 Interfaces 1.3 Interfaces All analyzer types are fitted with one analog electrical output for each channel, four status relays, 2 Ethernet interfaces and a serial service interface as standard. As an option, further interfaces can be added. Depending on the unit configuration, all interfaces are accessible via either SubminD connectors or screw terminals. 1.3.1 Analog Outputs By default each X-STREAM analyzer is fitted with one output per channel, which can transmit data on concentration levels to an external data acquisition system. Up to four analog outputs can be installed. The analog outputs support several operation modes, such as 4-20 mA, 0-20 mA, as well as the NAMUR NE 43 specifications (incl. Live Zero). Operation modes can be set in a software menu ( 6-63). The factory setting for analog outputs is 4-20 mA. X-STREAM analyzers support up to four analog outputs, which, however, do not always need to be assigned to measurement channels which are physically present: If a unit features less than four channels, the remaining analog outputs can be used to transmit concentration levels with a different resolution; for example, a single-channel analyzer could be set up as follows: Output 1: 0 ... 100 % CO2 = 4 ... 20 mA Output 2: 0 ... 25 % CO2 = 4 ... 20 mA 1.3.2 Status Relays By default each analyzer provides four relays outputs, preconfigured to signal the current status of the unit according to the NAMUR NE 44 specification ('Failure', “Maintenance request”, 'Out of specification' and 'Function check'). However, the operator can assign different functions to the relays via software menus. For a comprehensive list of available functions, 6-68. Note! Any NE 44 status is also indicated by symbols appearing in the display´s 1st line. These symbols remain conformant to NE 44 even when the status relays are software assigned different functions. 1-10 Electrical details: maximum load of 30 V / 1 A / 30 W, can be operated as normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC). Further information on the status relays is provided in the chapter 'Technical Data' 2-2. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 All supported Modbus parameters are listed in chapter 9. Information about web-browser access is provided in chapter 7 Fig. 1-4: Ethernet Interface Marking Note! All analyzers provide 2 Ethernet connectors: the upper marked "2" is configured to be used for network connection. The lower, marked "1" is for service purpose only! Simultaneously connecting Ethernet and serial interface is not supported! 1.3.4 Serial Interface A serial interface with the Modbus protocol allows communication with external data acquisition systems. The interface enables the exchange and modification of measurement and analyzer signals, analyzer status monitoring as well as remote activation of procedures. The serial interface is electrically isolated from the unit’s electronic components. RS 485 facilitates the construction of a network of several analyzers. RS 232 interface only supports communication between two end devices. 1.3.5 USB Interfaces Two USB connectors enable connecting • storage devices to the bigger port for external data and analyzer configuration storage • external computers to the smaller Mini USB port. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG All supported Modbus parameters are listed in chapter 9. A table nearby the connector shows the interface configuration (here: MODBUS) X Fig. 1-5: Serial Interface Marking Chapter 7 provides more information on how to use USB ports. Fig. 1-6: USB Interfaces 1-11 1 1.3.3 Modbus Interface, Ethernet The Ethernet Modbus interface offers the same form of communication with a data acquisition system as does a serial interface. Furthermore this interface enables to connect the analyzer to a network, providing webbrowser access. This interface is electrically isolated from the unit’s electronic components and enables the construction of a network of several analyzers. Technical Description 1.3 Interfaces Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.3 Interfaces 1.3.6 Optional Interfaces 1.3.6.1 Analog Inputs Two d. c. analog inputs enable connection to external devices. Their signals can be used for e.g. • cross compensation • pressure compensation, or • handled as a separate measurement channels. Electrical details: 0 - 1 (10) V , Rin = 100 kΩ or 0 (4) - 20 mA, Rin = 50 Ω The inputs are protected against overload up to ± 15 V or ± 20 mA. 1.3.6.2 Digital Outputs In addition to the 4 default digital outputs, analyzers can optionally be upgraded with 9 or 18 more digital outputs ( 1-13), to be used for various purposes, e.g.: • Triggering concentration alarms: Process control systems can detect when limits are exceeded and trigger appropriate actions. • Switching external components: For example, during automatic calibration, the necessary valves can be activated directly by the analyzer. 1.3.6.3 Digital Inputs Digital inputs can be integrated into the units in groups of 7 or 14 ( 1-13). Digital inputs can be used to: • trigger calibration procedures, for example by a process control system • remotely control valves and the optional sample gas pump (in concert with correctly configured digital outputs). The different functions can be assigned via software menus. For a comprehensive list of available functions, 6-71 . 1-12 The different functions can be assigned via software menus. For a comprehensive list of 6-68. available functions, Electrical details: maximum load of 30 V / 1 A / 30 W, can be operated as normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC). Electrical details: D. C. inputs LOW: Uin < 1,5 V HIGH: Uin > 4,5 V Rin: 57,5 kΩ Common ground for all outputs (“INGND”) The inputs are protected against excess voltages of up to approx. 40 V. An open (not wired) input has LOW potential. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.4 Comparison of Analyzer Models 1.4 Comparison of the Various X-STREAM Analyzer Models X-STREAM XEGP X-STREAM XEGC 1 ⁄2 19 in housing, table-top or rackmountable, protection type: IP 20 1 24V input with external power supply unit Max. 3 channels: 2 photometer + 1 WLD/O2 max. 6 gas connections, including 1 optional purge gas connection Options for gas lines: Flow sensor, pressure sensor, infallible gas lines 1-4 analog outputs, 4 relay outputs, 2 Modbus Ethernet interfaces, 2 USB connectors optional: 1 interface card with 7 digital inputs and 9 digital outputs 1 interface card with analog inputs electrical interfaces accessible via sockets on back of unit, optionally: screw-type terminal adapters (except for Ethernet & USB) LCD Operating ambient temperature: 0 °C to +50 °C (32 °F to 122 °F) Internal wide range power supply unit Max. 4 channels in any combination max. 8 gas connections, 1 optional extra connection for purge gas Options for gas lines: Flow sensor, pressure sensor, heating for physical components, sample gas pump, 1 or 2 valve blocks, infallible gas lines 1-4 analog outputs, 4 relay outputs, 2 Modbus Ethernet interfaces, 2 USB connectors optional: 1 or 2 interface cards, each with 7 digital inputs and 9 digital outputs 1 interface card with analog inputs electrical interfaces accessible via sockets on back of unit, optionally: screw-type terminal adapters (except for Ethernet & USB) LCD Operating ambient temperature: 0 °C to +50 °C (32 °F to 122 °F) Size: (DxHxW): max. ca. 440x130x220 mm Weight: ca. 8 - 12 kg (17.6 - 26.5 lb) Size: (DxHxW): max. ca. 411x133x482 mm Weight: ca. 11 - 16 kg (24.3 - 35.3 lb) For more detailed information: For more detailed information: 1-13 1-15 ⁄1 19 in housing, table-top or rackmountable, protection type: IP 20 1-17 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.4 Comparison of Analyzer Models X-STREAM XEFD 1 Technical Description X-STREAM XEF / XDF Stainless steel wallmountable field housing, protection type: IP66 / NEMA 4X Single or dual compartment design Internal wide range power supply unit Max. 4 channels in any combination max. 8 gas connections, 1 optional extra connection for purge gas Options for gas lines: Flow sensor, pressure sensor, heating for physical components, sample gas pump, 1 or 2 valve blocks, infallible gas lines 1-4 analog outputs, 4 relay outputs, 2 Modbus Ethernet interfaces, 2 USB connectors optional: 1 or 2 interface cards, each with 7 digital inputs and 9 digital outputs 1 interface card with analog inputs electrical interfaces on internal screw-type terminal adapters (except for Ethernet & USB) Cast aluminium wallmountable field housing, protection type: IP66 / NEMA 4X LCD, impact tested front panel Operating ambient temperature: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) Models available for use in explosive environments LCD, impact tested front panel Operating ambient temperature: -20 °C to +50 °C (-4 °F to 122 °F) Flameproof enclosure: approved for use in hazardous areas (explosive environments) Size: (DxHxW): ca. 265x400 (815)x550 mm Weight: max. ca. 25 (45) kg / 55.1 (99.2) lb Size: (DxHxW): max. ca. 222x512x578 mm Weight: max. ca. 63 kg (138.9 lb) For more detailed information: For more detailed information: 1-19 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Internal wide range power supply unit Max. 4 channels in any combination max. 8 gas connections, including 2 optional purge gas connection Options for gas lines: Flow sensor, pressure sensor, heating for physical components, sample gas pump, 1 or 2 valve blocks, infallible gas lines 1-4 analog outputs, 4 relay outputs, 2 Modbus Ethernet interfaces, 2 USB connectors optional: 1 or 2 interface cards, each with 7 digital inputs and 9 digital outputs 1 interface card with analog inputs electrical interfaces on internal screw-type terminal adapters (except for Ethernet & USB) 1-24 1-14 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.5 X-STREAM XEGC Any free tube fittings can be used for purging the device to minimize interference from the ambient atmosphere, or when measuring corrosive and/or flammable gases. 1 This compact model for general purposes can be fitted with up to three photometer measurement channels (IR or UV) and one additional non-photometer channel (eO2, pO2 or WLD). Power is supplied by a separate external power supply unit. By default the units are configured for tabletop use. For rack mounting an accessory kit can be ordered to either install 2 units alongside, or one single unit together with a blind plate. Connection to power supply DC 24 V power is supplied via a 3-pin socket at the rear of the unit. Interfaces Electrical connections for interface signals are provided via submin-D connectors, Ethernet and USB connectors mounted on the rear panel of the device (fig. 1-5). For applications where screw-type terminals are preferred, optional adapters are available, which are mounted directly onto the submin-D connectors. Interface signals Detailed technical details on the various interfaces can be found at 1-10. The configuration of the connectors and the optional screw-type terminal adapters are described in chapter 4 'Installation' and the software settings in chapter 6 'Software'. Gas connections Depending on the configuration of the unit (number of measurement channels and serial or parallel connection), sample and calibration gases are fed into the unit via up to 6 tube fittings mounted on the rear panel. The configuration of the fittings is indicated on an adhesive label located near the tube fittings. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Technical Description 1.5 X-STREAM XEGC: ½ 19 Inch Table-Top Unit 1-15 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.5 X-STREAM XEGC 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5 Status line Graphic display Messages line home key enter key 4 keys for adjustment and menu selection 6 7 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 Signal connectors (some optional) Gas fittings Power input fuse Power input connector Fig. 1-7: X-STREAM XEGC - Views 1-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.6 X-STREAM XEGP Connection to power supply Main power is supplied via the IEC chassis plug mounted on the rear panel, with integrated power switch and fuse holders. The internal wide range power supply unit enables the analyzers to be used worldwide. Depending on the configuration of the unit (number of measurement channels and serial or parallel connection), sample and calibration gases are fed into the unit via up to 8 threaded connectors mounted on the rear panel. The configuration of the connectors is indicated on an adhesive label located near the connectors. A further optional tube fitting enables the housing to be purged to minimize interference from the ambient atmosphere, or when measuring corrosive and/or flammable gases. For further information, see 1-5. Interfaces Electrical connections for interface signals are provided via submin-D connectors mounted on the rear panel of the device (fig 1-6). For applications where screw-type terminals are preferred, optional adapters are available, which are mounted directly onto the submin-D connectors. Interface signals Detailed technical details on the various interfaces can be found at 1-10. The configuration of the connectors and the optional screw-type terminal adapters are described in chapter 4 'Installation' and the software settings in chapter 6 'Software'. Up to two digital I/O cards may be installed, where the first digital I/O card is marked "X4.1" while the second is "X4.2" on the rear panel, right above the connector (fig. 1-6, rear view). Gas connections Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-17 1 This model can be fitted with up to four measurement channels in any combination. The physical components can optionally be encased in a cover. This area can be held at a specific temperature of up to 60 °C to minimize interference from changes in external temperature. Units configured for rack mounting can be converted for tabletop use by removing the lateral mounting brackets and attaching the four feet supplied as accessories. Technical Description 1.6 X-STREAM XEGP: 19 Inch Table-Top or Rackmount Design Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Front view 1.6 X-STREAM XEGP 1 2 3 1 Status line Graphic display Messages line 2 3 4 5 4 5 6 6 home key enter key 4 keys for adjustment and menu selection Rear view 1 2 3 5 1 Gas connector fittings Space for additional fittings Optional purge gas inlet 2 4 5 4 3 Power inlet with filter, fuses & switch Signal input/output connectors (some optional) Optional screw-type terminal adapter Strain-reliefs, top view details 1 1 2 1 2 Screw-type terminal adapters Strain-reliefs Fig. 1-8: X-STREAM XEGP - Details 1-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.7 X-STREAM XE Field Housing Front panel The analyzer’s display is covered by an impact tested glass for enhanced protection against breakage in harsh environments. Electrical connections Electrical connections are provided via internal tube fittings, the cables being fed through cable glands on the underside of the unit (fig. 1-8). The front cover of the housing swings open to the left once the fasteners have been released. Connection to power supply Mains power is supplied via screw-type terminals with integrated fuse holders at the right of the housing, near the front. The wide range power supply unit mounted internally enables the analyzers to be used worldwide. Up to two digital I/O cards may be installed. If so, on a label nearby, they are labeled "X4.1" for the first I/O board, and "X4.2" for the second. Detailed technical details on the various interfaces can be found at 1-10. The configuration of the screw-type terminal adapters are described in chapter 4 'Installation' and the software settings in chapter 6 'Software'. Gas connections Depending on the configuration of the unit (number of channels, series or parallel piping), up to eight tube fittings are provided for the supply of sample and calibration gases. The assignments of the fittings is given on an adhesive label situated near the fittings. A further optional tube fitting enables the housing to be purged to minimize interference from the ambient atmosphere, or when measuring corrosive and/or flammable gases. For further information, see 1-5. Dual compartment variation XDF The dual compartment variation XDF supports separating electronics and physics, e.g. for measurement of corrosive or solvent gases. For such applications the electronics are installed in the upper compartment, while measurement physics are in the lower compartment. XDF also provides more space e.g. for installation of optional signal converter elements for system integrators. Interface signals Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-19 1 The field housing model is conceived for outdoor use and wall-mounting. The coated stainless steel housing has a protection class rated IP66 / NEMA Type 4X, offering protection against water and dust entering the device: IPx6: In case of occasional flooding, e.g. heavy seas, water shall not enter in harmful quantities IP6x: Protection against penetration by dust. Live or internal moving parts are completely protected. An X-STREAM XEF can be fitted with up to four measurement channels in any combination. The physical components can optionally be encased in a cover. This separate volume can be held at a specific temperature of up to 60 °C to minimize interference from changes in external temperature. Technical Description 1.7 X-STREAM XEF/XDF: Field Housing With Single Or Dual Compartment Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.7 X-STREAM XE Field Housing Fig. 1-9: X-STREAM XEF / XDF- Front Views HEAVY INSTRUMENT X-STREAM field housings, intended for outside and wall mounted use, weigh approx. (XEF) 26 kg (57 lb) or (XDF) 45 kg (99 lb), depending on options installed. Two people and/or lifting equipment is required to lift and carry these units. Take care to use anchors and bolts specified to be used for the weight of the units! Take care the wall or stand the unit is intended to be installed at is solid and stable to support the weight! 1-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1 Technical Description 1.7 X-STREAM XE Field Housing 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 3 Cable gland for power cable Cable glands for signal cables 4 brackets for wall-mounting Gas in- & outlets (max. 8) Cutouts, to combine 2 housings (here closed) 5 4 5 Note! In case of XDF, the cable glands are located at the upper compartment, while the gas in- & outlets are at the bottom side of the lower compartment. Also only 2 brackets are at each compartment. Fig. 1-10: X-STREAM XEF - Right Side and Bottom View Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-21 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.7 X-STREAM XE Field Housing 1 5 2 (shown with front panel removed) 1 2 3 4 5 Screw-type terminals for signal cables Power line filter Cable glands Power supply terminals with integrated fuses Ethernet and USB connectors 4 3 Note! In case of XDF, the terminals and connectors are located at the upper compartment, while physical components and gas fittings are in the lower compartment. Fig. 1-11: X-STREAM XEF - Power Supply and Signal Terminals 1-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.7 Field Housings in Hazardous Areas X-STREAM XEF and XDF models CAN NOT be used in explosive environments (hazardous areas) without additional safety features. This instruction manual does NOT describe the special conditions necessary to operate gas analyzers in hazardous areas. Please refer to the separate instruction manual supplied with units for use in hazardous areas. Special X-STREAM field housing analyzer models can be used in Ex-zones 1, 2 or Div 2: X-STREAM XEFN/XDFN: These analyzer variations feature a protection concept called "non-incendive", which means that non-sparking and non-arcing components, installed within a protecting enclosure, enable installation in an European Ex-zone 2 for measuring non-flammable gases. No further measures, such as a supply of protective gas, are necessary. X-STREAM XEFZ/XDFZ: Equipped with a simplified pressurization system, these models can be used to measure non-flammable gases in American zone Div 2. A protective gas (e.g. pressurized air) must be supplied when operating this model. Please contact your local EMERSON Process Management office if you require analyzers for use in hazardous areas. X-STREAM XEFS/XDFS: Equipped with a simplified pressurization system, these field housings can be used to measure non-flammable gases in European Ex-zone 2. A protective gas (e.g. pressurized air) must be supplied when operating this model. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-23 1 EXPLOSION HAZARD Technical Description 1.7.1 Field Housings for Installation in Hazardous Areas (Ex-Zones) Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.8 X-STREAM XEFD 1.8 X-STREAM XEFD: Cast Aluminum Flameproof Housing The most obvious X-STREAM XEFD analyzer feature is its flameproof housing (fig. 1-10). This enables its use in Ex-zone 1 hazardous environments. With a protection type of IP66/ NEMA Type 4X and sturdy cast aluminum housing designed for wall-mounting, it can also be used in other tough environments. IPx6: In case of occasional flooding, e.g. heavy seas, water shall not enter in harmful quantities IP6x: Protection against penetration by dust. Live or internal moving parts are completely protected. Up to four measuring channels in any combination can be installed in the X-STREAM XEFD. Optionally, a cover can be installed over the physical components. This separate volume can be heated up to a maximum temperature of 60 °C to minimize the effects of changes in external temperature. Front panel The analyzer’s display is protected by an impact tested glass for enhanced protection against breakage in harsh environments. Electrical connections Electrical connections are made via internal screw-type terminals; the corresponding cables are fed through cable inlets on the underside of the unit into the housing (fig. 1-12). The front of the unit opens downwards once the screws located on the surrounding flange are removed. Connection to power supply Mains power is connected via screw-type terminals with integrated fuses, located in the front right-hand area of the housing. The internally mounted wide range power supply unit ensures, the analyzers can be used worldwide. Interface signals Up to two digital I/O cards may be installed, where terminal strip for the first digital I/O card is marked "X4.1" while the second is "X4.2" on a label near the terminals. Detailed technical details on the various interfaces can be found at 1-10. The configuration of the screw-type terminal adapters are described in chapter 4 'Installation' and the software settings in chapter 6 'Software'. Gas connections Depending on the configuration of the unit (number of channels, series or parallel piping), up to eight flame arresters are provided for the supply of sample and calibration EXPLOSION HAZARD The special conditions for installing and operating analyzers in hazardous areas are not covered by this manual! Read the separate instruction manuals shipped together with instruments intended to be installed in hazardous area! 1-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 situation special conditions apply for operation in hazardous areas, described in the separate manual addendum for hazardous areas. For further information on operation in general purpose environments, see 1-5. 1 gases. The assignments of the connectors is given on an adhesive label situated near the connectors. Optional two of the fittings may be used to purge the housing to minimize interference from the ambient atmosphere, or when measuring corrosive and/or flammable gases. In this Technical Description 1.8 X-STREAM XEFD transport lug transport lug screws for housing hinges Fig. 1-12: X-STREAM XEFD - Front View Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-25 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1.8 X-STREAM XEFD 3 2 1 2 3 3 1 Cable inlets for power and signal cables Gas tube fittings, protected by flame arrestors 4 brackets for wall mounting Fig. 1-13: X-STREAM XEFD - Bottom View HEAVY INSTRUMENT The model X-STREAM XEFD, intended for outside and wall mounted use, weighs approx. 63 kg (139 lb), depending on options installed. Two people and/or lifting equipment is required to lift and carry these units. Use the transport lugs located on the sides of the instrument. Take care to use anchors and bolts specified to be used for the weight of the units! Take care the wall or stand the unit is intended to be installed at is solid and stable to support the weight! 1-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1 Technical Description 1.8 X-STREAM XEFD (shown with front panel removed) 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 Terminals for signal cables (shown fully populated) Power line filter Cable inlets for power and signal cables Power supply terminals with integrated fuses Ethernet and USB connectors Fig. 1-14: X-STREAM XEFD - Terminals Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 1-27 X-STREAM XE 1-28 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Chapter 2 Technical Data Common technical data page 2-2 X-STREAM XEGC page 2-6 X-STREAM XEGP page 2-12 X-STREAM XEF, XDF page 2-15 X-STREAM XEFD page 2-19 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2 Technical Data This chapter contains all the technical details of the analyzers, divided into common and model-specific data. 2-1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.1 Common Technical Data 2.1 Common Technical Data Site of installation Humidity (non-condensing) Degree of pollution Installation category Elevation Ambient atmosphere < 90 % RH at +20 °C (68 °F) < 70 % RH at +40 °C (104 °F) 2 II 0 to 2000 m (6560 ft) above sea level Units may not be operated in corrosive, flammable or explosive environments (except flameproof XEFD) without additional safety measures. Certification Electrical safety CAN / USA CSA-C/US, based on CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1-04 / UL 61010-1, 2nd edition Europe CE, based on EN 61010-1 Electromagnetic compatibility Europe Australia others CE, based on EN 61326 C-Tick NAMUR Gas parameters Chapter 3 “Measuring principles” Purging option The purging medium (e.g. to minimize CO2 interference or for enhanced safety when measuring corrosive or poisonous gases) must be dry, clean and free of corrosives or components containing solvents. To minimize cross interferences the purge gas also has to be free of components to be measured. 2-2 Its temperature must correspond to the ambient temperature of the analyzer, but be at least within the range 20 ... 35 °C (68 ... 95 °F). For information about values for pressure and flow, please contact your nearest EMERSON Process Management sales office. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.1 Common Technical Data Interfaces, signal inputs and outputs standard: optional: subminD plugs and sockets screw-type terminal adapters X-STREAM XEF, XDF, XEFD: internal screw-type terminals All versions provide a 2 RJ45 plugs for Ethernet connections as well as 1 USB and 1 mini USB connector (field housings internally only). All models are supplied with 4 (0) - 20 mA (RB < 500 Ω) electrical specification optically isolated from each other and from analyup to 5 analog outputs zer electronics user-configurable activation and deactivation of (standard: 1 analog output concentration levels per channel) function support for NAMUR NE 43 operation modes, configurable via keypad and Modbus dry contacts electrical specification max. load. 30 V; 1 A; 30 W resistive Each output can be configured to one of the following functions: NAMUR NE 107 status signal 'Failure' 'Maintenance request' 4 relay outputs 'Out of specification' 'Function check' function 1 of 2 concentration limits per channel, Control signals for external valve V1 ... V8, external sample gas valve external pump zoom status for analog outputs 2 Modbus interfaces Ethernet (RJ45 sockets) specification USB 1.0 1 USB connector type A, for connecting external storage devices 2 USB ports function 1 USB connector type mini AB, for connecting external computers Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-3 2 X-STREAM XEGC, XEGP: Technical Data Interface signals are accessed in different ways depending on the analyzer model: Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.1 Common Technical Data Optional interfaces for all models Digital I/O board electrical specification 7 or 14 digital inputs (X-STREAM XEGC: max. 7 inputs) function electrical specification 9 or 18 additional relay outputs (X-STREAM XEGC: max. 9 add. outputs) 2-4 function max. 30 V, internally limited to 2.3 mA HIGH: min. 4 V; LOW: max. 3 V common GND Each input can be configured to one of the following functions: Open valve V1 ... V8 Open sample gas valve Activate sample gas pump Zero calibrate all channels Span calibrate all channels Zero and span calibrate all channels Abort calibration Zoom analog output 1 Zoom analog output 2 Zoom analog output 3 Zoom analog output 4 Dry relay change-over contacts can be used as NO or NC max. load. 30 V; 1 A; 30 W resistive Each output can be configured to one of the following functions: NAMUR NE 107 status signal 'Failure', 'Maintenance request' 'Out of specification' or 'Function check' 1 of 2 concentration limits per channel, Control signals for external valve V1 ... V8, external sample gas valve, external pump, zoom status for analog outputs Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.1 Common Technical Data Optional interfaces for all models Analog I/O board 2 analog inputs function protected against overload up to ± 15 V or ± 20 mA Input analog signals from external devices, such as e.g. pressure transmitters, flow sensors, analyzers, etc. for compensation or other purposes Serial Interface electrical specification function 1 Interface 9-pin,optically isolated from analyzer electronics RS232C, RS485 or Modbus Special Interface Service Interface 1 serial electrical RS232C, specification NOT optically isolated from analyzer electronics function Only for special trained service personnel! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-5 2 electrical specification optional (requires to fit wire bridges, Chapter 4 'Installation'): 4 (0) - 20 mA ; Rin = 50 Ω optically isolated from analyzer GND Technical Data 0 - 1 V, 0 - 10 V (software selectable) Rin = 100 kΩ Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGC 2.2 Model-Specific Technical Data 2.2.1 X-STREAM XEGC: ½ 19 Inch Tabletop Unit All dimensions in mm [in] Dimensional drawings show tabletop version with strain-reliefs and screw-type terminals. Fig. 2-1: X-STREAM XEGC - Dimensions 1 2 3 Power connector Fuse holder Signal connectors (some optional; CAN projected) Fig. 2-2: X-STREAM XEGC - Connectors and Fuse 2-6 3 2 1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 X-STREAM XE 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGC 2 Technical Data Analyzer with blindplate to the left Analyzer with blindplate to the right Two analyzers in a rack All dimensions in mm [in] Fig. 2-3: X-STREAM XEGC - Rack Mounting Options Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-7 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGC Temperatures operational storage Weight, max IP or Type rating Gas connections max number max for purging (incl. / separate) material sizes Power supply unit Power supply nominal voltage voltage range nominal input current, max Power input fuses Electrical in- and outputs power signals optional special 2-8 0 ... +50 °C / 32 ... 122 °F -20 ... +70 °C / -4 ... -158 °F 8 ... 12 kg / 17.6 ... 26.5 lb IP 20 for indoor use, protected against dripping water and direct sun light 6 2 incl. PVDF; stainless steel (opt.) 6/4 mm; 1⁄4" wide range, external Mains supply voltage fluctuations are not to exceed +/- 10 percent of the nominal voltage DC 24 V DC 10 ... 30 V 2.5 A AC 230 V / T 3.15 A / 5x20 mm 3-pin XLR connector signal cables are connected using submin-D plugs or sockets on the unit’s rear panel terminals adaptors, to be installed onto the submin-D connectors Ethernet: RJ45 socket; USB connectors Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGC 2.2.1.1 Data for Optional External Power Supply Units Model UPS 01 T PE 57.7 54.2 This PSU can be ordered as an option for supplying power to one tabletop unit. Technical Data All dimensions in mm [in] 105.9 IEC power input socket 275.3 (shielding) 2 3 2 Pin 1: ME Pin 2: + 24 V Pin 3: 0 V (⊥) shield: housing flange 1 Pin configuration for 24 V DC output socket Fig. 2-4: UPS 01 Tabletop Power Supply Unit Nominal input voltage Input voltage range Power consumption Input Power input fuses Nominal output voltage Nominal output current Surge protection Excess temperature protection Output Weight Certification Safety EMC Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 120 / 230 V 50/60 Hz 95 - 138 V / 187 - 264 V , 47 - 63 Hz max. 240 VA via rubber connector (IEC plug; fig. 2-4). The PSU does not include user-replaceable fuses. (+- 5 %) 24 V 5A current limiting typ. 110% Inom, straight response curve, short-circuit-proof reduction of output voltage to disconnection. Resets after cooling. 3-pin XLR socket approx. 2.5 kg (4.8 lb) EN 60950, UL1950, CSA22.2 NO 950-95 EN 50081-1 (emitted interference) EN 50082-2 (interference resistance), et al 2-9 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGC This PSU can optionally be ordered for rack installation. Two variations are available: • with blind front panel, connectors at the rear side • with rear panel, connectors to the front. Both variations are fixed to the rack by means of screws at the panels. Fig. 2-5: UPS 01 Power Supply Unit for Rack Installation 2-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.2.1 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGC Model 10 A tabletop PSU This PSU can optionally be ordered for powering 2 tabletop units with a single common power supply. PE 1 2 All dimensions in mm [in] front 2 3 (shielding) rear Pin 1: ME Pin 2: + 24 V Pin 3: 0 V (⊥) shield: housing flange Technical Data IEC power input connector with fuse-holder Pin configuration for 24 V DC output socket Fig. 2-6: 10 A Tabletop PSU Nominal input voltage Input voltage range Input current 115 V setting 230 V setting Input Power input fuses Nominal output voltage Nominal output current Surge protection Excess temperature protection Power loss Output Weight Certification Safety EMC Recommended clearance Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 100-120 / 220-240 V 50/60 Hz (Nominal voltage not to be changed by operator) 85 - 132 / 176 - 264 V, 47 - 63 Hz max. 240 VA <6A < 2.8 A fig. 2-6). via rubber connector (IEC plug; AC 230 V / T 6.3 A / 5x20 mm (+ 5 / -1 %) 24 V max. 10 A, limited to 5 A per output protection against short-circuits, power surges and no-load running derating from 60 °C /140 °F typ. 29 W (230 V ; 24 V, 10 A) two 3-pin XLR socket approx. 2 kg / 4.4 lb (for internal power supply module only) EN 60950, EN 50178, UL1950, UL/CSA-22.2 No 950-M90 EN 50081-1, class B (emitted interference), EN 50082-2, class A (interf. resistance), et al 15 mm / 0.6" in front and behind 2-11 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.2.2 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGP 2.2.2 X-STREAM XEGP: 19 Inch Tabletop and Rack-Mount Models approx. values in mm [in] Strain relief bracket, detail (model with clamping adapters) Fig. 2-7: X-STREAM XEGP - Dimensions 2-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.2.2 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGP Gas connections max number max for purging (incl. / separate) material sizes Power supply unit Power supply nominal voltage voltage range nominal input current, max standard, max w/ temperature control, max Power input fuses Electrical in- and outputs power signals optional special Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Technical Data IP or Type rating 0 ... +50 °C / 32 ... 122 °F -20 ... +70 °C / -4 ... -158 °F 12 ... 16 kg / 26.5 ... 35.3 lb IP 20 for indoor use, protected against dripping water and direct sun light 8 1 separate. PVDF; stainless steel (opt.) 6/4 mm; 1⁄4" wide range, internal Mains supply voltage fluctuations are not to exceed +/- 10 percent of the nominal voltage 100 - 240 V 50 / 60 Hz 85 - 264 V 47 - 63 Hz 2 Temperatures operational storage Weight, max 1.3 - 0.7 A 3 - 1.5 A AC 230 V / T 4 A / 5x20 mm IEC connector with integrated power switch & fuse holders signal cables are connected using submin-D plugs or sockets on the unit’s rear panel terminals adaptors, to be installed onto the submin-D connectors Ethernet: RJ45 socket; USB connectors 2-13 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.2.2 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEGP 1 2 4 Power connector Fuse holder 3 4 Fig. 2-8: X-STREAM XEGP - Power Supply and Signal Connections 1 2 1 2 Strain relief with cable shield grounding clamps (quantity varies depending on installed options) Terminal adapters 1 2 3 Power switch Signal connectors (some optional; CAN projected) Terminal adapters (detail) Fig. 2-9: X-STREAM XEGP - Signal Connections With Screw-Type Terminal Adapters (top View) 2-14 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.2.3 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XE Field Housing 2.2.3 X-STREAM XEF/XDF: Single/Dual Compartment Field Housing Connector for potential equalization 2 Cable glands Technical Data Gas fittings All dimensions in mm [inches in brackets] Fig. 2-10: X-STREAM XEF - Dimensions Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-15 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.2.3 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XE Field Housing All dimensions in mm [inches in brackets] Gas fittings Connector for potential equalization Cable glands Fig. 2-11: X-STREAM XDF - Dimensions 2-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.2.3 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XE Field Housing Gas connections max number max for purging (incl. / separate) material sizes Power supply unit Power supply nominal voltage voltage range nominal input current, max XEF standard, max w/ temperature control, max XDF standard, max w/ temperature control, max Power input fuses Electrical in- and outputs power signals special Cable entries permissible cable outer dia Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG up to approx. 25 kg / 55.1 lb up to approx. 45 kg / 99.2 lb IP 66, Type 4X for outdoor use, protected against direct sun light Technical Data IP or Type rating 0 (-20) ... +50 °C / 32 (-4) ... 122 °F -20 ... +70 °C / -4 ... -158 °F 8 1 separate. 2 Temperatures operational storage Weight, max XEF XDF stainless steel 6/4 mm; 1⁄4" wide range, internal Mains supply voltage fluctuations are not to exceed +/- 10 percent of the nominal voltage 100 - 240 V 50 / 60 Hz 85 - 264 V 47 - 63 Hz 1.3 - 0.7 A 3 - 1.5 A 1.5 - 0.8 A 5.5 - 3 A AC 230 V / T 6.3 A / 5x20 mm screw terminals with integrated fuse holders, max. 4 mm² / 11 AWG screw terminals, max. 1.5 mm² / 15 AWG Ethernet: RJ45 socket; USB connectors Cable glands, IP 68 7 ... 12 mm / 0.27" ... 0.47" 2-17 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.2.3 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XE Field Housing 1 2 1 2 3 Power supply terminals with fuse holders Grounded conductor clamp (PE) Power supply cable entry 3 Fig. 2-12: X-STREAM XE Field Housing - Power Supply Terminals / Fuse Holders 1 1 2 3 2 Ethernet & USB (CAN projected) Analog & digital I/O terminal strips Max. 4 signal cables entries 3 Note! Depending on the actual analyzer configuration not all shown terminal strips may be installed! Fig. 2-13: X-STREAM XE Field Housing - Signal Terminals 2-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.2.4 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEFD 2.2.4 X-STREAM XEFD: Flameproof Housing 2 Technical Data Transport lugs to be removed after installation Flame arrestors with gas fittings (enclosure threads: M18 x 1.5) Cable inlets (enclosure threads; M20 x 1.5) Eyebolt detail All dimensions in mm [inches in brackets] Fig. 2-14: X-STREAM XEFD - Dimensions Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-19 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.2.4 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEFD Temperatures operational storage Weight, max IP or Type rating Gas connections max number max for purging (incl. / separate) material sizes Power supply unit Power supply nominal voltage voltage range nominal input current, max standard, max w/ temperature control, max Power input fuses Electrical in- and outputs power signals special Cable entries cable glands: permissible cable outer dia 2-20 0 (-20) ... +50 °C / 32 (-4) ... 122 °F -20 ... +70 °C / -4 ... -158 °F up to approx. 63 kg / 138.6 lb IP 66, Type 4X for outdoor use, protected against direct sun light 8 2 incl.. stainless steel 6/4 mm; 1⁄4" wide range, internal Mains supply voltage fluctuations are not to exceed +/- 10 percent of the nominal voltage 100 - 240 V 50 / 60 Hz 85 - 264 V 47 - 63 Hz 1.3 - 0.7 A 3 - 1.5 A AC 230 V / T 4 A / 5x20 mm screw terminals with integrated fuse holders, max. 4 mm² / 11 AWG screw terminals, max. 1.5 mm² / 15 AWG Ethernet: RJ45 socket; USB connectors Cable glands, IP 68, or conduits with metric-to-NPT adaptors 3 ... 13 mm / 0.11" ... 0.5" dependent on inset used in cable gland Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 1 2 3 4 Power terminals with integrated fuse holders Protective earth terminal (PE) Power cable entry EMI power supply filter Technical Data 2.2.4 Model-Specific Technical Data: X-STREAM XEFD 1 4 3 2 2 Fig. 2-15: X-STREAM XEFD - Power Supply Terminals / Fuse Holders 1 1 2 3 Ethernet & USB (CAN projected) Analog & digital I/O terminal strips Max. 3 signal cables entries 2 3 Note! Depending on the actual analyzer configuration not all shown terminal strips may be installed! Fig. 2-16: X-STREAM XEFD - Signal Terminals Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 2-21 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 2.3 Information on Name Plate 2.3 Information on Name Plate The name plate provides details on the configuration of the unit, installed measuring techniques, sample gases and measuring ranges. It also indicates the unit’s serial number. The plate is located on either the side or the rear of the unit. Note! Analyzers configured to be installed in hazardous areas have special name plates, described in the associated manuals. 7 1 2 IR UV UV eO2 XEGC, XEGP 3 11812345678 NO:FS 150 ... 5000 ppm NO2:FS 100 ... 5000 ppm SO2:FS 100 ... 5000 ppm O2:FS 5 ... 25 % 4 6 8 1 Field housings 2 5 IR UV UV eO2 11912345678 9 7 3 ... 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 NO:FS 150 ... 5000 ppm SO2:FS 100 ... 5000 ppm NO2:FS 100 ... 5000 ppm O2:FS 5 ... 25 % Model and installed measuring techniques (here: IR & 2x UV & electrochemical O2) Serial number Channel 1: Gas and full scale ranges (here: NO, 150 to 5000 ppm) Channel 2: Gas and full scale ranges (here:SO2, 100 to 5000 ppm) Channel 3: Gas and full scale ranges (here: NO2, 100 to 5000 ppm) Channel 4: Gas and full scale ranges (here:O2, 5 to 25 %) Manufacturer´s address Certification marks (XEGC, XEGP: on a separate label) Electrical data (XEGC, XEGP: on rear panel) Fig. 2-17: Analyzer Name Plate (examples) 2-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 3.1 Infrared Measurement (IR) Ultraviolet Measurement (UV) The non-dispersive measurement methods described in this section utilize gas specific light absorption in order to discriminate between different gases. This is possible, as any gas possesses distinct absorption characteristics. Selective measurement of these so called absorption lines can be used to identify gas components: The amount of light absorpted by the absorption lines, is a direct measure of the gas concentration. One can distinguish between two different types of non-dispersive measurements, differing in the way, wavelength selectivity is accomplished. It is essential for gas specific concentration measurements, to selectively detect only light of the absorption line wavelengths of the gas of interest. Typically a gas selective detector is used for NDIR measure3-3. For NDUV the selectivity ments, is achieved by an additional optical filter, as the detector itself is broadband sensitive. In some applications, a pyrodetector is used for NDIR measurements. This type of detectors is not wavelength selective, hence these setups also use an optical filter to narrow their wavelength response function. The assembly of a NDIR and NDUV channel is shown in Fig. 3-3. For NDIR a broad- Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG band IR light source is used to generate the light, while NDUV measurements utilize a UV narrowband fluorescence source, already adopted for the absorption lines of the gas of interest. Part of this adoption is done by a specially selected optical filter in the adaptor cell. The diameter of the light beam emitted from the sources is adjusted to completely fill the opening of the split analysis cell. After traversing the analysis cell, the light passes through a filter cell which adjusts the beam diameter to the chopper opening and the diameter of the active detector area. The chopper wheel used is designed to allow an intrinsically referenced measurement. The details of this new patent pending method are described in section 3.1.1. The decision, which measurement (UV / IR) to use for a specific application depends on the gas component to be measured, and the required measurement performance. 3.1.1 IntrinzX Technology The IntrinzX technology is an enhancement of the well established “proof peak” technology with automatic sensitivity control, known from the MLT gas analyzer series. While the “proof peak” provided only one reference measurement per chopper wheel revolution, the IntrinzX technology provides four reference measurements per revolution. The patent pending IntrinzX technology has been introduced into the market with the launch of the X-STREAM X2 gas analyzers. Using the new IntrinzX chopper wheel, the reference and the measurement signal are modulated with 4 and 5 times the basic revo- 3-1 3 X-STREAM series analyzers support several measuring principles depending on the gas component of interest. This provides best possible results, as the measurement can be chosen to optimally fit the characteristics of the gas to be measured with respect to the application. The following sections introduce the available measuring principles highlighting their specific characteristics. Principles Chapter 3 Measuring Principles Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 3.1 Infrared (IR) and Ultraviolet (UV) Measurement 3-2 50 % absorption 0 % absorption • Small and large ranges before and after scrubbers • Measurement of carbon bed breakthrough / catalyst efficiency • Mobile measurements at different sampling points / locations • Easy adaption to different applications (universities, laboratories) • Supports automotive engine testing • Benches to be used in TOC applications for measurements of low and high carbon content 100 % absorption lution frequency. As a result, the proof peak process is integrated into the measurement information, in contrast to being artificially inserted in the measurement signal. Frequency filtering separates the sum signal into measurement and reference signal ( Fig. 3-1). This results in a permanently referenced signal by dividing the integrated reference level by the integrated measurement level for each revolution. Therefore the IntrinzX technology provides many outstanding features: • High dynamic measurement ranges (e.g. 0-200 to 50,000 ppm CO), which cannot be obtained with standard photometric technologies • Reduced temperature dependency • High sensitivity for lowest measuring ranges This leads to cost saving effects for the customer: • Fewer number of benches & cells • Easier field repair and replacement of parts • Easy adjustment of low measuring ranges in the field • Reduced maintenance • Extended span calibration intervals • Minimized demand for test gases Due to the inherent correlation between reference and measurement side, span calibration can often be achieved by zero calibration. The above listed IntrinzX features offer a high degree of flexibility with regards to applications: • One bench enables measurements of low & high ranges • Low & high concentration in raw and clean gases Fig. 3-1: IntrinzX Signal Forms Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 3.1 Infrared (IR) and Ultraviolet (UV) Measurement 3.1.2 NDIR Detector Absorption chamber Principles absolute flow, detected by the micro flow sensor, in both cases is therefore a measure for the light absorbed while the chopper is open. This directly correlates to the amount of light not absorbed in the analysis cell and therefore to the concentration of the measurement gas inside the analysis cell. Using the divided analysis cell and the IntrinzX chopper wheel, this enables simultaneous detection of measurement and reference signal. 3 The standard detector used for NDIR measurements is an opto pneumatic detector. It consists of two chambers, filled with gas and connected via a small channel ( Fig. 3-2). The gas filling is chosen to provide maximum overlap with the gas to be measured. Usually the gas to be measured itself is used. A micro flow sensor, placed in the connecting channel, measures the flow between both chambers. As light is absorbed by the gas in the absorption chamber, the gas temperature changes. This results in an increase of volume of the heated gas: The gas expands and flows towards the compensation chamber. When the chopper closes, no light is absorbed and thus temperature and volume of the gas in the absorption chamber decrease. Gas flows back from the (now) hotter compensation chamber into the absorption chamber. The Window Fill nozzle Connecting channel with micro flow detector Compensation chamber Fig. 3-2: Gas Detector Design Principle Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 3-3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 3.1 Infrared (IR) and Ultraviolet (UV) Measurement 3.1.3 Technical Implementation pyrodetectors, limiting the bandwidth of radiation passing the chopper. The radiation emitted by an IR or UV source passes an adaptor cell, widening the beam to completely fill out the analysis cell´s diameter. At the opposite side of the cell, another adaptor cell is installed to reduce the beam to the diameter of the opening in the chopper. The detectors are installed at the rear side of the chopper. As pyrodetectors are not as frequency selective as gas detectors, an additional filter has to be installed when using 7 6 5 4 1 2 8 3 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 UV source Adaptor cell Analysis cell (internal view) Filter cell UV detector Gas detector 12 11 10 9 7 IR detector electronics 8 Pyro detector (alternatively) 9 Temperature sensor 10 Filter for pyro detector assembly 11 Chopper 12 Chopper electronics 13 IR source Fig. 3-3: Photometer Assembly Principle 3-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 3.2 Oxygen Measurement 3.2 Oxygen Measurement Two different principles are used for measuring oxygen concentrations. The principle used in your specific instrument is given by the channel code (sample gas designator) on the nameplate label ( figure on page 2-22): pO2 = paramagnetical sensor eO2 = electrochemical sensor The paramagnetic oxygen detector also contains a temperature sensor and a heating element to hold the detector at approx. 55 °C. Several variations are available including corrosion resistant, solvent resistant and/or intrinsically safe (for measuring flammable gases) versions. 10 11 7 9 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 3 Oxygen measurement is based on the paramagnetical characteristics of oxygen molecules: Two quartz spheres filled with nitrogen (N2 is not paramagnetic) are arranged in a dumbbell configuration and, hinged to a platinum wire, placed inside a cell. Fixed to the wire a small mirror reflects a light beam to a photo detector (Fig. 3-4). The measuring cell is placed inside an inhomogeneous magnetical field, generated by a strong permanent magnet of specific design. Oxygen molecules within the sample gas now due to their paramagnetical characteristics are deflected into the area of highest field strength. This generates different forces on both spheres and the resulting torque turns dumbbell and mirror out of the rest position. This generates a photodetector signal because the beam is deflected, too. Initiated by the photodetector signal a preamplifier drives a compensation current through a loop surrounding the dumbbell to turn back the dumbbell into the rest position by effect of a magnetic field So the current compensating the torque affecting the dumbbell is a direct measure for the oxygen concentration within the sample gas. Principles 3.2.1 Paramagnetic Measurement 4 1 2 3 4 5 1 5 Permanent magnet Platinum wire Mirror Glass ball Loop 2 3 6 8 6 Photodetector 7 Light source 8 Preamplifier 9 Display 10 Gas inlet 11 Gas outlet Fig. 3-4: Paramagnetic Oxygen Sensor Assembly Principle 3-5 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 3.2 Oxygen Measurement 3.2.1.1 Cross Interferences by Accompanying Gases The table below shows, how accompanying gases interfere the paramagnetical oxygen measurement. If the concentration of such gases is already given at time of enquiry, this interference may be taken into account during factory startup and thus minimized (option). 100 % Gas Acetylene Allene Ammonia Argon Bromine 1.2-Butadiene 1.3-Butadiene n-Butane i-Butene cis 2-Butene trans 2-Butene Carbon dioxide Carbon monoxide Chlorine Cyclohexane Ethane Ethylene Helium n-Heptane n-Hexane Hydrogen Hydrogen bromide Zero-level effect % O2 C 2H 2 C3H4 NH3 A Br2 C4H6 C4H6 C4H10 C4H8 C4H8 C4H8 CO2 CO Cl2 C6H12 C2H6 C2H4 He C7H16 C6H14 H2 HBr -0.24 -0.44 -0.26 -0.22 -1.30 -0.49 -0.49 -1.11 -0.85 -0.89 -0.92 -0.27 +0.06 -0.77 -1.56 -0.43 -0.26 +0.30 -2.10 -1.70 +0.24 -0.61 100 % Gas Hydrogen chloride HCl Hydrogen flouride HF Hydrogen iodide HI Hydrogen sulphide H2S Iodine I Isobutane C4H10 Isobutane C5H12 Krypton Kr Laughing gas N 2O Methane CH4 Neon Ne Neoptane C5H12 Nitric acid HNO3 Nitrogen dioxide NO2 Nitrous oxide NO n-Octane C8H18 n-Pentane C5H12 Propane C3H8 Propylene C3H6 Vinyl chloride C2H3Cl Water H2O Xenon Xe Zero-level effect % O2 -0.30 +0.10 -1.10 -0.39 -2.40 -1.11 -1.49 -0.51 -0.20 -0.20 +0.13 -1.49 +0.43 +28.00 +40.00 -2.50 -1.45 -0.86 -0.55 -0.63 -0.02 -0.95 Tab. 3-1: Standard Paramagnetic Sensor - Cross Interference by Accompanying Gases 3-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 3.2 Oxygen Measurement 3.2.1.2 Applications With Corrosive Or Solvent Components Component Acetic acid Acetone Acrolein Aromatics Butadiene Butadiene-1 Butadiene-2 C2H2 C4H8 C5 C6H12 CH3COOH Cyclohexane Cyclohexanon Dimethyl sulfide Ethanol Ethene Ethylene Ethylene oxid Concentration Component Concentration 0.1- 20 % Heptane 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % Hexane 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % Isopropanol 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % Methanol 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % Methyl acetate 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % Methylethylketone 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % Methylmercaptane 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % Propadiene 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % Propene 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % Propylen oxide 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % Propylene 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % Toluene 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % Vinyl acetate 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % Vinyl acetylene 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % Xylene 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % i-Butyr acid 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % i-Butyr aldehyd 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % i-Propylformiat 0.1- 20 % 0.1- 20 % n-Butane 0.1- 20 % Conditions · Single or summarized concentrations do not exceed 20 % · Gas passes gas cooler prior to entering the analyzer · Gas dew point at max. 5 °C Solvent resistant sensors are consumables! Tab. 3-2: Solvent Resistant Paramagnetic Sensor Approved Solvents Case Pole nucleus Mirror Tension band Loop wire Supporting wire Cylinder Cylinder bushing Dumbbell Taring Measuring cell type Corrosion resistant (Chlorine, dry) SS 1.4572 SS 1.4573 Tantalum Glass, Rhodium Platinum alloy Platinum alloy Solvent resistant Platinum alloy Glass Ceramics Glass Epoxy Epoxy Compound material Plumb bob, Epoxy Epoxy Seals Kalrez Kalrez Principles Approved solvents (inclusive accompanying disturbing components) Component Tab. 3-3: Solvent Resistant Paramagnetic Sensor Medium Affected Materials The table below shows, how accompanying gases interfere the paramagnetical oxygen measurement. If the concentration of such gases is already given at time of enquiry, this interference may be taken into account during factory startup and thus minimized (option). 100 % Gas Argon Carbon Dioxide Carbon Monoxide Ethane Ethene Helium Hydrogen Methane Neon Nitrogen Nitrogen Dioxide Nitrogen Oxide Nitrous Oxide Propane Propene Zero-level effect % O2 Ar CO2 CO C2H6 C2H4 He H2 CH4 Ne N2 NO2 NO N 2O C3H8 C3H6 -0.22 -0.27 +0.01 -0.46 -0.26 +0.3 +0.24 -0.2 +0.13 +0.00 +28.0 +43.0 -0.2 -0.86 -0.55 Tab. 3-4: Solvent Resistant Paramagnetic Sensor Cross Interference by Accompanying Gases Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 3-7 3 Special paramagnetic oxygen sensors are available to measure gases, containing corrosive or solvent components. See below tables for further information on approved solvents, and medium affected materials. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 3.2 Oxygen Measurement 3.2.2 Electrochemical Measurement (I) This sensor utilizes the principle of galvanic cells, fig. 3-5 shows the design. 10 11 6 9 11 3 5 1 7 13 2 4 8 12 12 1 Anode (lead) 2 Cathode (Gold) 3 Electrolyte solution 4 Membrane 5 Thermistor 6 Resistance 7 Titanum wire 8 O-Ring 9 Pressure compensating volumes 10 Lid 11 Electrical connections 12 Lids 13 Current collector Fig. 3-5: Electrochemical Sensor Design Principle 3-8 The electrochemical oxygen sensor‘s key components are a lead anode (1) and a gold cathode (2) surrounded by a special acid electrolyte (3). The gold electrode is integrated solid with the membrane,which is a non-porous fluororesin membrane. Oxygen which barely diffuses through the membrane is electrochemically reduced on the gold electrode. The temperature compensating thermistor and adjusting resistance are connected between the cathode and anode. The current generated by oxygen reduction is converted into a voltage by these resistances. The value of the current flowing to the thermistor and resistance varies in proportion to the oxygen concentration of the measuring gases which contact the membrane. Therefore, the voltage at the terminal of the resistances is used for the sensor output to measure the oxygen concentration. Sensor inserted into holder Fig. 3-6: Electrochemical Sensor - Assembly Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 3.2 Oxygen Measurement (black) (11) Thermistor (5) Resistance (6) (-) (+) Gold Lead cathode (2) anode (1) Principles (red) Electrolyte (3) Electrochemical reaction: 3 Fig. 3-7: Electrochemical Reaction of Oxygen Sensor In consequence of its design the sensor‘s lifetime is limited and depends on theoretical designed life and oxygen concentration. The sensor output can be taken as a rough criterion for end of lifetime: The sensor is weared when the output in atmosphere is below 70 % of the initial output. The period till this can be calculated by Lifetime = designed life (% hours) O2 concentration (%) The sensor‘s designed lifetime under constant conditions of ambient temperature 20 °C is approx. 900,000 % hrs. The lifetime at 21 % oxygen is then calculated to approx. 42,857 hrs, corresponding to approx. 5 years. An indicator for end of lifetime is a reduced output signal. In this case the sensor must be replaced to ensure accurate measurements ( Chapter 7 "Maintenance"). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Note! The given values are for reference only! The expected lifetime is greatly affected by the temperature of the environment in which the sensor is used or stored (operation at 40 °C halves lifetime). Increases or decreases in atmospheric pressure have the same effect as increasing or decreasing oxygen concentrations. 3-9 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 3.2 Oxygen Measurement 3.2.3 Special Hints Due to the measuring principle the electrochemical oxygen cell requires a minimum internal consumption of oxygen (residual humidity avoids drying of the cell). Supplying cells continuously with dry sample gas of low grade oxygen concentration or with sample gas free of oxygen could result in a reversible detuning of O2 sensitivity. The output signal will become unstable, but response time remains constant. For correct measurement the cell needs continuously to be supplied with concentrations of at least 0.1 Vol.-% O2 . We recommend to use the cells if need be in alternating mode, means to purge cells with conditioned (not dried, but dust removed) ambient air when measurement pauses. If it is necessary to interrupt oxygen supply for several hours or days, the cell has to regenerate (supply cell for about one day with ambient air). Temporary flushing with nitrogen (N2) for less than 1 h (e.g. for analyzer zeroing purpose) has no influence on measuring characteristics.This sensor is not suitable for anorganic gases containing chlorene or flourene! In addition it is not suitable for sample gases containing ozone, H2S (> 100 ppm) or NH3 (> 20 ppm). Concen- Interference tration Level Gas Carbon monoxide CO 0-100 % no effect Carbon dioxide 0-100 % no effect Nitric monoxide CO2 NO 0-1 % no effect Nitrogen dioxide NO2 0-1 % no effect SO2 0-3 % 3% 0-3 % no effect NH3 0-3 % 1% 0-100 % no effect 0-3 % 1% Sulfur dioxide Hydrogen sulfide Ammonia Hydrogen H2S H2 Hydrogen chloride HCl Benzene Methane C6H6 0-100ppm CH4 0-100 % 1% no effect Tab. 3-5: Electrochemical Oxygen Measurement Cross Interference by Accompanying Gases For a number of other interfering gases Tab. 3-5. 3-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 3.3 Thermal Conductivity Measurement Gas Helium He Neon Ne Argon Ar Krypton Kr Xenon Xe Radon Rn Hydrogen H2 Oxygen O2 Chlorine Cl2 Sulfur Dioxide SO2 Nitrogen N2 Ammonia NH3 Carbon Dioxide CO2 Air N2 /O2 Hydrochloric Acid HCl Carbon Monoxide CO Methane CH4 Butane C4 H10 l in mw / cm grd 50 °C 1580 516 189 102 60 26 1910 283 96,8 113 277 270 184 276 151 267 371 185 The bridge output signal (UBr) is adjusted to zero when in rest position (no gas flow). By default the reference gas path is closed (not flown through by gas). When sample gas is supplied, the sensors in the sample gas path are cooled due to the thermal conductivity effect: The gas absorbs heat and carries it away from the sensors. This tunes the Wheatstone bridge and generates a signal proportional to the thermal conductivity. Additional electronics linearizes and conditions this signal to provide usefull measuring values.Depending on application, it is possible to supply a reference gas to the bridge‘s reference side. The output signal in this case is proportional to the difference of the thermal conductivities of sample and reference gas. UBr Tab. 3-6: Examples of Specific Thermal Conductivities RS 3.3.1 Principle of Operation A Wheatstone bridge, made of 4 temperature sensitive resistors (PT 100 sensors), is surrounded by gas in a way, that each 2 sensors are located in the sample gas stream (RS) and in a reference gas stream (RR), Fig. 3-8. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG RS RR Sample RR Reference Fig. 3-8: Wheatstone Bridge 3-11 3 Thermal conductivity is the property of a material that indicates its ability to conduct heat. Thermal conductivity measurement primarily is used for measuring concentrations of hydrogen (H2) and helium (He). These gases are characterized by a specific thermal conducitivity, differing clearly from that of other gases (see table 3-5). Principles 3.3 Thermal Conductivity Measurement Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 3.3 Thermal Conductivity Measurement 3.3.2 Technical Implementation A block made of stainless steel contains two gas paths. Both, the volume of the block and the mass of the sensors have been minimized in order to obtain short response times. To suppress influences by changing ambient temperature the block is thermostatted and isolated against ambience. The sensors are fully glass packaged to withstand aggressive gases. 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 Sensor Sample gas inlet and outlet Reference side inlet and outlet Metal block Heater for thermostatting Fig. 3-9: TC Cell, Exterior View , Thermal Isolation Removed 3-12 5 2 1 2 3 4 5 1 3 4 5 Internal gas path Sample gas inlet and outlet PT 100 sensors Metal block Lid Fig. 3-10: TC Cell, Sectional View Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 3.6 Measurement Specification 3.4 Measurement Specification Sample gas components and measuring ranges (standard configurations) Note! The following table gives an overview only. Not all data is applicable to all analyzer variations. The sample gas(es) and measuring ranges for your specific analyzer are given by the order acknowledgement and on the analyzer‘s name plate label. 1 More than 60 gases are detectable; other components and configurations on request 2 Lowest measuring range 0 - 200 ppm 4 0-3% 0 - 100 ppm 0 - 50 % 0 - 5 ppm 4 0 - 10 ppm 4 0 - 300 ppm 0 - 1000 ppm 0 - 1000 ppm 0 - 400 ppm 0 - 10 % 0 - 300 ppm 0-2%5 0 - 100 ppm 0 - 1000 ppm 0 - 800 ppm 0 - 25 ppm 0 - 100 ppm 0 - 100 ppm 0-5% 0-1%4 0 - 1,000 ppm 0 - 10 % 0 - 25 ppm 0 - 20 ppm 0 - 300 ppm 0-2% 0 - 1000 ppm Dew point below ambient temperature 3 Higher concentrations decrease sensor lifetime 4 5 Highest measuring range 0-3% 0 - 100 % 0 - 100 % 0 - 100 % 0 - 100 % 0 - 100 % 0 - 100 % 0 - 100 % 0 - 10 % 0 - 100 % 0 - 100 % 0 - 10 % 0 - 100 % 0 - 100 % 0 - 10 % 0 - 100 % 0 - 10 % 0 - 100 % 0 - 100 % 0 - 25 % 3 0 - 100 % 0 - 100 % 0 - 100 % 0 - 100 % 0-2% 0-5% 0-2% 0-8% Principles CH3COCH3 C2 H 2 NH3 Ar CO2 CO Cl2 C 2H 6 C2H5OH C 2H 4 He C6H14 H2 CH4 CH3OH C4H10 NO2 NO N 2O O2 O2 C 3H 8 C 2H 6 SO2 SF6 C 7H 8 C2H3Cl H 2O 3 Gas component 1 Acetone Acetylene Ammonia Argon Carbon dioxide Carbon monoxide Chlorine Ethane Ethanol Ethylene Helium Hexane Hydrogen Methane Methanol n - Butane Nitrogen dioxide Nitrogen monoxide Nitrous oxide Oxygen (electrochemical) Oxygen (paramagnetic) Propane Propylene Sulfur dioxide Sulfur hexafluoride Toluene Vinyl chloride Water vapor 2 Non-standard specifications for lowest range Special "refinery" application with 0 - 1% H2 in N2 available Tab. 3-7: Gas Components and Measuring Ranges, Examples Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 3-13 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 3.6 Measurement Specification General Performance Specifications NDIR/UV/VIS Oxygen Sensor (PO2 and EO2) Thermal Conductivity Detection limit <1%1 4 <1%1 4 <2%1 4 Linearity <1%1 4 <1%1 4 <1%1 4 < 2 % per week Zero-point drift < 0.5 % per week Span (sensitivity) drift <1%1 Repeatability <1%1 <5s3 5 6 < 2 % per week 1 1 4 < 1 % per week 1 4 4 4 s < t90 < 7 s 3 Response time (t90) < 2 % per week 1 4 < 1 % per week 1 <1%1 4 / approx. 12 s 3 4 5 s < t90 < 20 s 3 9 4 1 4 7 0.2 - 1.5 l/min. (+ 0.1 l/min) Permissible gas flow 0.2 - 1.5 l/min. Influence of gas flow < 0.5 % 1 4 <2%14 < 1,500 hPa abs. (< 7 psig) 17 < 1,500 hPa abs. (< 7 psig) 16 17 < 1,500 hPa abs. (< 7 psig) 17 < 0.10 % per hPa 2 < 0.10 % per hPa 2 < 0.10 % per hPa 2 < 0.01 % per hPa < 0.01 % per hPa Maximum gas pressure 18 0.2 - 1.0 l/min / 0.2 - 1.5 l/min. 6 9 <1%1 4 13 Influence of pressure – At constant temperature – With pressure compensation Permissible ambient temperature 8 2 0 to +50 °C (32 to 122 °F) < 0.01 % per hPa 2 2 0 to +50 °C (32 to 122 °F) 10 0 to +50 °C (32 to 122 °F) Influence of temperature (at constant pressure) – On zero point – On span (sensitivity) Thermostat control 14 Warm-up time 1 2 3 4 5 6 < 1 % per 10 K 1 < 5 % (0 to +50 °C) 1 11 15 < 1 % per 10 K 1 < 1 % per 10 K 1 15 < 1 % per 10 K 1 15 < 1 % per 10 K 1 15 Optionally 60 °C (140 °F) 5 60 °C (140 °F) 6 / None 9 75 °C (167 °F) 12 15 to 50 minutes 5 7 Approx. 50 minutes 6 15 to 50 minutes 7 Related to full scale Related to measuring value; 1 psi = 68.95 hPa From gas analyzer inlet at gas flow of 1.0 l/min (electronic damping = 0 s) Constant pressure and temperature Dependent on integrated photometer bench Paramagnetic oxygen measurement (PO2) 7 8 9 10 11 Depending on measuring range Pressure sensor is required Electrochemical oxygen measurement (EO2), not for use with sample gas containing FCHC´s Electrochemical oxygen measurement (EO2): +5 to +40 °C (41 to 104 °F) Starting from +20 °C (68 °F) to 0 °C (32 °F) to +50 °C (122 °F) to +20 °C (68 °F) 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Sensor / cell only Flow variation within + 0.1 l/min Optional thermostatically controlled box with temperature 60 °C (140 °F) Temperature variation: 10 K in 1 hour No sudden pressure surge for PO2 allowed Special conditions apply to model X2FD Limited to atmospheric if internal sample pump Notes! Not all data listed above are applicable to all analyzer versions (e.g. thermostatically controlled box is not available for 1⁄2 19 in instruments).See also table 3-9 for special performance specifications! Tab. 3-8: General Measurement Performance Specifications 3-14 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 3.6 Measurement Specification Special Performance Specifications for Gas Purity Measurements (ULCO & ULCO2) Noise <1%1 Detection limit <2% Linearity < +1 % 1 < +2 % 1 Span (sensitivity) drift < +2 % Repeatability Response time (t90) < +2 % 1 2 3 < +2 % 1 2 4 < 10 s resp. < 0.2 ppm 2 3 1 2 4 2 9 1 2 9 2 resp. < 0.2 ppm 1 resp. < 0.2 ppm < 10 s 2 3 9 1 2 4 9 < +2 % 1 2 resp. < 0.2 ppm 1 2 7 < +2% 1 2 9 7 0.2 - 1.5 l/min. < +2% 1 2 < 1,500 hPa abs. (< 7 psig) 10 resp. < 0.1 ppm 1 < +1 % 1 0.2 - 1.5 l/min. Influence of gas flow Maximum gas pressure <2% 2 1 2 2 < +2 % 1 Permissible gas flow <1%1 2 1 2 Zero-point drift B61: 0 - 5 ... 100 ppm CO2 Principles A61: 0 - 10 ... 100 ppm CO A62: 0 - 20 ... 100 ppm CO B62: 0 - 10 ... 100 ppm CO2 2 < 1,500 hPa abs. (< 7 psig) < 0.1 % per hPa 5 < 0.1 % per hPa 5 < 0.01 % per hPa < 0.01 % per hPa 5 – At constant temperature – With pressure compensation Permissible ambient temperature 8 5 5 to +40 °C (41 to 104 °F) 3 Influence of pressure 5 to +40 °C (41 to 104 °F) Influence of temperature (at constant pressure) – On zero point < +2 % per 10 K 6 < +2 % per 10 K 6 resp. < 0.2 ppm per 10 K 6 9 – On span (sensitivity) < +2 % per 10 K 6 < +2 % per 10 K 6 resp. < 0.2 ppm per 10 K 6 9 Thermostat control 1 2 3 4 5 Related to full scale Constant pressure and temperature Within 24 h; daily zero calibration requested Within 24 h; daily span calibration recommended Related to measuring value None None 6 7 8 9 10 Temperature must not change > 10 K within 1 h From gas analyzer inlet at gas flow of 1.0 l/min Barometric pressure sensor is required Applies to measuring range < 10 ppm Limited to atmospheric if internal sample pump Tab. 3-9: Special Performance Specifications for Gas Purity Measurements All these performance data is verified during the manufacturing process for each unit by the following tests: • Linearization and sensitivity test • Long term drift stability test • Climate chamber test • Cross interference test (if applicable) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 3-15 X-STREAM XE 3-16 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Chapter 4 Installation This chapter describes the correct installation procedure for the various X-STREAM analyzer versions. On receipt, check the packaging and its contents thoroughly for damage. Inform the carrier immediately of any damage to packaging or contents. Keep the packaging in a safe place until unit is installed. We recommend to keep the packaging available for returning the instrument in case of failure, because only the original packaging ensures proper protection during transportation! HAZARDS FROM MISSING INFORMATION Compare the contents of your package with the pictures below. Analyzers for hazardous areas need additional parts, described in the accompanying documentation refering to hazardous area installations. Call your local sales office if something is missing, and DO NOT continue to install your analyzer, until all parts are at hand! Analyzer Manuals: • this X-STREAM XE series manual, either as paper or CD-ROM version • a short form manual for general purpose instruments • special addendum manuals for hazardous area installations Fig. 4-1: X-STREAM XE Analyzers - Scope of Supply Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-1 4 Installation 4.1 Scope of Supply Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.2 Installation - Introduction 4.2 Introduction ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Before connecting the analyzer to mains power, please read the chapter on safety warnings and the following instructions carefully. The place of installation must be clean, dry and protected against strong vibrations and frost. Please observe the admissable operating temperatures given in the technical data. Units must not be subjected to direct sunlight or sources of heat. For outdoor installation it is recommended to install the unit in a cabinet. It should at least be protected against rainfall. In order to comply with regulations on electromagnetic compatibility, it is recommended to use only shielded cables which can be supplied by Emerson Process Management. The customer must ensure that the shielding is correctly connected to the signal cable plug housing. Submin-d plugs and sockets must be screwed to the analyzer. 4-2 The use of external submin-d to screw-type terminal adapters affects electromagnetic compatibility. In such a case the customer must take appropriate measures to comply with the regulations, and must declare conformity when this is legally required (e.g. European EMC guidelines). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Purging option The purging medium (e.g. to minimize CO2 interference or for enhanced safety when measuring corrosive or poisonous gases) must be dry, clean and free of corrosives or components containing solvents. To minimize cross interferences the purge gas also has to be free of components to be measured. Its temperature must correspond to the ambient temperature of the analyzer, but be at least within the range 20–35 °C (68–95 °F). For information about values for pressure and flow, please contact your nearest EMERSON Process Management sales office. 4 4.3 Gas Conditioning In order to ensure trouble-free operation, special attention must be paid to the preparation of the gases: All gases must be conditioned before supplying to the analyzer, to be • dry, • free of dust and • free of any aggressive components which may damage the gas lines (e.g. by corrosion or solvents) . Flammable gases must not be supplied without additional protective measures. Pressure and gas flow must remain within the values given in the „Measurement Specification“ section within this manual. If moisture cannot be avoided, it is necessary to ensure that the dew point of the gases is at least 10 °C (18 °F) below the ambient temperature to avoid condensate in the gas lines. The X-STREAM field housings can optionally be fitted with heated piping to enable the use of gases with a maximum dew point of 25 °C (77 °F). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Installation 4.3 Installation - Gas Conditioning 4-3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.3 Installation - Gas Preparation TOXIC GAS HAZARDS Take care that all external gas pipes are connected in the described way and that they are gastight to avoid leakages! Faulty connected gas pipes lead to explosion hazard or even to mortal danger! Don‘t take a breath of the emissions! Emissions may contain hydrocarbons or other toxic components (e.g. carbon monoxide)! Carbon monoxide may cause headache, sickness, unconsciousness and death. Do not confuse gas inlets and outlets. All gases supplied must be prepared beforehand. When supplying aggressive gases, ensure that the gas lines are not damaged. Max. admissable pressure: 1500 hPa, except in units with integrated valve blocks (500 hPa)! Exhaust lines must be installed to incline downwards and be unpressurized and protected against frost, and conform to legal requirements. The number of gas connections and their configuration may vary according to analyzer version and installed options. All gas connectors are labelled and can be found on the Should it be necessary to open the gas lines, the gas connectors should be sealed with PVC caps to prevent pollution by moisture, dust, etc. • analyzer’s rear panel (X-STREAM XEGP, X-STREAM XEGC) • underside of the analyzer (X-STREAM XEF, X-STREAM XEFD) Fig. 4-2: Labelling of Gas Connectors (example) 4-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.3 Installation - Gas Preparation The analyzer should be mounted close to the sample gas source to minimize transport time. A sample gas pump can be used to reduce the reaction time; this requires that the analyzer be operated in bypass mode or fitted with a pressure control valve to protect against excessive gas flow and pressure (Fig. 4-3). Exhaust Analyzer Exhaust Filter Installation Pressure control valve Flow sensor 4 Sample gas pump Fig. 4-3: Installation in Bypass Mode Internal solenoid valve block The max. permissable overpressure for all gases is restricted to 500 hPa if the analyzer is fitted with an internal solenoid valve block. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-5 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.4 Installation - Electrical Connections 4.4 Electrical Connections ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Only qualified personnel, observing all applicable technical and legal requirements, may install these devices and connect power and signal cables. Failure to comply may render the guarantee void and cause exposure to risk of damage, injury or death. The devices may only be installed by personnel who are aware of the possible risks. Working on units with screw-type terminals for electrical connections may require exposure to energized components. Wall-mountable X-STREAM analyzers are not fitted with power switches and are operational as soon as they are connected to a power supply. For these analyzers a switch or circuit breaker (IEC 60947-1/-3) must be installed on the premises. The switch or breaker must be located near the analyzer, easily accessible and labelled as a power supply cut-off for the analyzer. Units with screw-type terminals must be de-energized by unplugging it or operating the separate cut-off switch or circuit breaker when working on the power connections. To avoid the risk of electrical shock, all units must be earthed. For this reason, the power cable with a protective earth wire must be used. Any break in the earth wire inside or outside the unit may cause exposure to the risk of electrocution and is therefore prohibited. 4-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5 Analyzer Specific Instructions for Installation 4.5 Analyzer Specific Instructions for Installation Installation instructions: X-STREAM XEGC & XEGP page 4-8 X-STREAM XE field housings page 4-19 Notes for wiring signal inputs and outputs Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4 Installation Important note for X-STREAM XEFD! Due to the special conditions which must be observed when installing units in EX zones, the installation of the flameproof X-STREAM XEFD version is described in a separate instruction manual HASXMDE-IM-EX. Even if you do not install your X-STREAM XEFD in an EX zone, please install the unit according to the instructions in the separate manual. page 4-31 4-7 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGC, X-STREAM XEGP 4.5.1 X-STREAM XEGC, X-STREAM XEGP be used instead, provided it conforms to the specifications on 2-9. X-STREAM XEGC / XEGP analyzers should be operated in a horizontal position. An optional kit with brackets and blindplate enables to install XEGC models into a rack; this is accomplished by means of four screws ( 2-7 ). The external PSU is optionally available for rack mounting, too. HAZARD BY RACK INSTALLATION Digital in- / outputs USB connectors RJ45 ethernet connectors Analog outputs / relay outputs Service interface Plugs and sockets required for the electrical connections are on the rear panel of the units (fig. 4-4 & 4-5). X-STREAM XEGP analyzers provide an internal widerange power supply for worldwide use. X-STREAM XEGC analyzers are powered by an external DC 24 V power supply unit, optionally supplied with the unit. If a PSU is not included in delivery, another unit can The optional brackets for rack mounting ( 2-7) are not designed to carry the weight of the instrument! Gas inlets Gas outlets Support the instrument, when rack mounting! Power in Fuse Serial CAN interface Serial interface ( RS 232 / Modbus 485) Disregarding may cause personal injury and damaged equipment. 1: 2: 3: 2 1 ME + 24 V 0V( ) 3 Fig. 4-4: X-STREAM XEGC - Table Top Version Rear Panel 4-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Purge gas inlet (optional) Fuses Power in Power switch Serial CAN interface Serial interface ( RS 232 / Modbus 485) 4 Installation Gas outlets Gas inlets Digital in- / outputs (Board 2) Digital in- / outputs (Board 1) USB connectors RJ45 ethernet connectors Analog outputs / relay outputs Service interface 4.5.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGC, X-STREAM XEGP Fig. 4-5: X-STREAM XEGP - Table Top Version Rear Panel The number and configuration of the gas inlets and outlets vary from model to model and are indicated on the notice on the rear of the instrument. To simplify installation, we recommend labelling the gas lines as in the figures above (1, 2, 3, ...). This avoids confusion in case the analyzer ever has to be disconnected. X2GC Gas connections max number max for purging (incl. / separate) material sizes Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG X2GP 6 8 2 incl. 1 incl. & 1 separate PVDF; stainless steel (opt.) 6/4 mm; 1⁄4" 4-9 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Purge gas inlet (optional) Fuses Power in Power switch Strain reliefs and shielding contacts for signal cables Serial CAN interface Serial interface ( RS 232 / Modbus 485) 4 screw holes for rack mounting (7.5 x 10.5 mm / 0.29" x 0.41") Gas outlets Gas inlets Digital inputs / outputs USB connectors RJ45 ethernet connectors Analog outputs / NAMUR status relays Services interface 4.4.2 Installation - X-STREAM XEGP Fig. 4-6: X-STREAM XEGP - Rear Panel, Model With Terminal Adapters and Front Side Brackets for Rack Mounting The brackets on either side of the front panel enable to install the unit into a rack; this is accomplished by means of four screws (fig. 4-6). HAZARD BY INSTALLATION The brackets are not designed to carry the weight of the instrument! Support the instrument, when rack mounting! Disregarding may cause personal injury and damaged equipment. 4-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGC, X-STREAM XEGP Signal inputs and outputs The number of signal outputs actually available varies according to the unit’s configuration. Analog signals Relay outputs Analog signals and relay outputs are located on a shared 25-pin submin socket (X1; Fig. 4-7), 4-13). or on an optional terminals adaptor XSTA ( 4 (0) - 20 mA; burden: RB ≤ 500 Ω Dry relay change-over contacts can be used as NO or NC. max. 30 VDC, 1 A, 30 W Specification of relay outputs 1-4: Electrical specification: Installation Specification of analog signal outputs: 4 Note! Consider the installation notes in section 4.6. 1 Channel 2, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA 2 Channel 3, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA 3 Channel 4, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA 4 Channel 5, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA 5 unused 6 unused 7 Output1 (Failure) NC 8 Output1 (Failure) NO 9 Output1 (Failure) COM 10 Output3 (Off spec) NC 11 Output3 (Off spec) NO 12 Output3 (Off spec) COM 13 Pin Signal 14 Channel 1, GND 15 Channel 2, GND 16 Channel 3, GND 17 Channel 4, GND 18 Channel 5, GND 19 unused 20 Output2 (Maintenance request) NC 21 Output2 (Maintenance request) NO 22 Output2 (Maintenance request) COM 23 Output4 (Function check) NC 24 Output4 (Function check) NO 25 Output4 (Function check) COM Analog outputs Pin Channel 1, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Relay contacts (Status signals) Relay contacts (Status signals) Analog outputs Signal Note! Configuration of relay contacts as per standard factory setting (NAMUR status signals) Fig. 4-7: Socket X1 - Analog & Digital Outputs 1-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-11 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGC, X-STREAM XEGP Serial interface For specifications and notes on control, see chapter 7 Pin 1 Pin Pin 1 6 2 7 3 8 4 9 5 Pin 8 Pin no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 MOD 485/ MOD 485/ 2 wire 4 wire Common not used not used not used D1(+) not used not used not used D0(-) Common not used not used RXD1(+) TXD1(+) not used not used RXD0(-) TXD0(-) RS 232 Common RXD TXD not used Common not used not used not used not used Pin no. Signal 1 2 3 6 other TX+ TXRX+ RXnot used Ethernet connector Fig. 4-8: Plug X2 - Serial Interface Notes! Consider the installation notes in section 4.6. When terminal adapters are used, the Modbus interface terminals are located on the same adapter as those for the analog signal outputs ( Fig. 4-9, page 4-13). Then a flat flexible cable attached to the terminal adapter is used for connecting to the illustrated 9-pole plug. 4-12 X-STREAM analyzers are classified DTE (Data Terminal Equipment). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGC, X-STREAM XEGP 1 2 Analog Outputs 0.14 ... 1.5 mm2 Recommended (AWG 26 ... AWG 16) wire gauge: end sleeves not required Skinning length: 5 mm (0.2") Thread: M2 Min. tightening 0.25 Nm torque: (2.21 in.lb) 4 Channel 1, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 1, GND Channel 2, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 2, GND Channel 3, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 3, GND Channel 4, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 4, GND Channel 5, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA (in preparation) Channel 5, GND (in preparation) not used not used not used not used Output 1 (Failure), NC Output 1 (Failure), NO Output 1 (Failure), COM Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NC Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NO Output 2 (Maintenance Request), COM Output 3 (Out of Spec), NC Output 3 (Out of Spec), NO Output 3 (Out of Spec), COM Output 4 (Function check), NC Output 4 (Function check), NO Output 4 (Function check), COM not used Relay Outputs**) Signal P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 *) See table below **) Configuration of relay output terminals as per standard factory setting (NAMUR status signals) Serial Interface*) Pin 3 1 Connector for plug X1 (on reverse side) 2 Connection for flat cable to plug X2 (cable not illustrated) 3 Screw-type terminals Assignment of serial interface terminals Terminal P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 SER1 SER2 SER3 SER4 SER5 SER6 7 8 9 MOD 485/ MOD 485/ RS 232 2 wire 4 wire Common Common Common not used not used RXD not used not used TXD not used RXD1(+) not used D1(+) TXD1(+) Common not used not used not used not used not used not used not used RXD0(-) not used D0(-) TXD0(-) not used Note! Consider the installation notes in section 4.6. Fig. 4-9: Configuration of XSTA Terminal Adapter Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Installation To connect any serial interface, the adapter is equipped with a flat flexible cable ending in a 9-pin submin-D plug, which should be plugged onto the unit’s X2 connector. The XSTA adapter can optionally be used to connect signal cables to screw-type terminals instead of submin-D plugs and sockets: it is plugged onto the X1 Submin-D connector on the unit. 4-13 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGC, X-STREAM XEGP Digital inputs & outputs 7 or 14 digital inputs (X-STREAM XEGC: max. 7 inputs) 9 or 18 additional relay outputs (X-STREAM XEGC: max. 9 add. outputs) max. 30 V, internally limited to 2.3 mA HIGH: min. 4 V; LOW: max. 3 V common GND Dry relay change-over contacts can be used as NO or NC electrical specification electrical specification max. load. 30 V; 1 A; 30 W resistive Digital in- & outputs are located on shared 37-pin submin sockets (X4.1 or X4.2; Fig. 4-10), next page) or on optional terminals adaptor XSTD ( Pin Input 1 1 Input 2 2 Input 3 3 Input 4 4 GND for all digital inputs 5 unused 6 unused 7 Output 5 NC 8 Output 5 NO 9 Output 5 COM 10 Output 6, NC 11 Output 6, NO 12 Output 6, COM 13 Output 7, NC 14 Output 7, NO 15 Output 7, COM 16 Output 8, NC 17 Output 8, NO 18 Output 8, COM 19 Pin Signal 20 Input 5 21 Input 6 22 Input 7 23 Output 9, NC 24 Output 9, NO 25 Output 9, COM 26 Output 10, NC 27 Output 10, NO 28 Output 10, COM 29 Output 11, NC 30 Output 11, NO 31 Output 11, COM 32 Output 12, NC 33 Output 12, NO 34 Output 12, COM 35 Output 13, NC 36 Output 13, NO 37 Output 13, COM Digital inputs Signal To aid identification, the sockets are labelled X4.1 and X4.2. Consider the installation notes in section 4.6. Digital outputs Digital outputs Digital inputs Notes! Depending on model and configuration, an analyzer may be fitted with up to 2 of these sockets (the unit is thus equipped with 14 digital inputs and 18 digital outputs). Note! The configuration illustrated here is that of the first socket, labelled X4.1. Inputs 8-14 and outputs 14-22 are on the second socket (X4.2), if installed. Fig. 4-10: Sockets X4.1 and X4.2 - Pin Configuration 4-14 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGC, X-STREAM XEGP 1 0.14 ... 1.5 mm2 Recommended (AWG 26 ... AWG 16) wire gauge: end sleeves not required Skinning length: 5 mm (0.2") Thread: M2 Min. tightening 0.25 Nm torque: (2.21 in.lb) Note! The configuration illustrated here is that of the first adapter (on socket X4.1). Inputs 8-14 and outputs 14-22 are on the second adapter (on socket X4.2), if installed. 2 1 Connector for socket X4.1 / X4.2 (on reverse side) 2 Screw-type terminals Note! Consider the installation notes in section 4.6. Fig. 4-11: Configuration of XSTD Terminal Adapter Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Installation Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Input 4 Input 5 Input 6 Input 7 GND for inputs 1-7 unused Output 5, NC Output 5, NO Output 5, COM Output 6, NC Output 6, NO Output 6, COM Output 7, NC Output 7, NO Output 7, COM Output 8, NC Output 8, NO Output 8, COM Output 9, NC Output 9, NO Output 9, COM Output 10, NC Output 10, NO Output 10, COM Output 11, NC Output 11, NO Output 11, COM Output 12, NC Output 12, NO Output 12, COM Output 13, NC Output 13, NO Output 13, COM 4 Signal P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 Digital outputs Pin Digital inputs An XSTD adapter can optionally be used to connect digital I/O cables to screw-type terminals instead of Submin-D plugs and sockets: it is plugged onto the X4.1 and X4.2 (if fitted) Submin-D connectors on the unit. 4-15 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGC, X-STREAM XEGP Analog inputs Analog inputs are located on a 9-pole submin-D-connector (plug X5; Fig. 4-12) or on an optional terminals adaptor XSTI (Fig. 4-13). 0 - 1 (10) V, software selectable; Rin = 100 kΩ 2 analog inputs electrical specification optional (requires to fit wire bridges, see figures): 4 (0) - 20 mA ; Rin = 50 Ω optically isolated from analyzer GND protected against overload up to ± 15 V or ± 20 mA Note! Consider the installation notes in section 4.6. Signal BR 2 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog { } BR 2 signal in current mode to input 2 **) unused { } BR 1 signal in current mode to input 1 *) BR 1 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog Pin 5 4 3 2 1 Pin Signal 9 Input 2 high (+) 8 Input 2 low (-) 7 Input 1 low (-) 6 Input 1 high (+) *) alternatively set jumper P2 on electronics board XASI **) alternatively set jumper P1 on electronics board XASI Fig. 4-12: Plug X5 - Analog Inputs 4-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGC, X-STREAM XEGP A XSTI adapter can optionally be used to connect analog IN cables to screw-type terminals instead of a submin-D plugs and sockets. The adapter is plugged onto the unit´s submin-D connector X5. 0.14 ... 1.5 mm2 Recommended (AWG 26 ... AWG 16) wire gauge: end sleeves not required Skinning length: 5 mm (0.2") Thread: M2 Min. tightening 0.25 Nm torque: (2.21 in.lb) Signal P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 BR 1 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog BR 1 signal in current mode to input 1 Input 1 high (+) Input 1 high (+) Input 1 low (-) Input 1 low (-) BR 2 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog BR 2 signal in current mode to input 2 Input 2 high (+) Input 2 high (+) Input 2 low (-) Input 2 low (-) 4 Installation Pin 1 2 } IN1 Mode { } Analog Inputs { IN2 Mode 3 1 Connector for socket X5 (on reverse side) 2 Screw-type terminals 3 Reserved for future use Fig. 4-13: Configuration of XSTI Terminal Adapter Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-17 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.1 Installation - X-STREAM XEGC, X-STREAM XEGP Power supply X-STREAM XEGC 24 VDC is supplied to the unit by means of a three-pin XLR connector on the rear panel of the instrument. Depending on the order, the following is supplied as an accessory: either • an external power supply unit which can be connected directly to the analyzer using the supplied cable or • a connector which can be used with a cable and PSU as specified by the customer. Note the configuration of the pins on the connector ( Fig. 4-14). 2 1: 2: 3: 1 3 ME + 24 V 0 V (⊥) Fig. 4-14: 24 V DC in Connector, Pin Configuration Details of any PSUs supplied with the unit are 2-9. given on 4-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.2 Installation - X-STREAM XE Field Housings 4.5.2 X-STREAM XEF, X-STREAM XDF Fitted with four eyebolts and featuring IP66/ Type 4X protection, the X-STREAM XE field housing can be mounted in the open air on a wall or frame with no extra work. Gas fittings Connector for potential equalization Installation Cable glands 4 Note! Take care to reserve space at the right side of the instrument for laying the cables! All dimensions in mm [inches in brackets] Fig. 4-15: X-STREAM XEF - Dimensions for Installation HEAVY INSTRUMENT X-STREAM XEF / XDF analyzers, intended to be wall mounted and/or outdoor installed, weigh up to 45 kg (99 lbs), depending on the chosen options! Use two persons and/or suitable tools for transportation and lifting these instruments! Take care to use anchors and bolts specified to be used for the weight of the instruments! Assure that the wall / device for installation is sufficiently attached and stable to carry the instrument! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-19 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.2 Installation - X-STREAM XE Field Housings Note! Take care to reserve space at the right side of the instrument for laying the cables! Gas fittings Connector for potential equalization Cable glands All dimensions in mm [inches in brackets] Fig. 4-16: X-STREAM XDF - Dimensions for Installation 4-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.2 Installation - X-STREAM XE Field Housings 8 1 2 3 4 Note on XDF! In case of the dual compartment version XDF, the electrical connections are established in the upper compartment, and the gas connections to fittings at the lower compartment. Besides this, the design and layout of terminals and fittings are the same as with the single compartment version XEF. 1 7 1 2 3 4 Gas inlets Gas outlets 4 Terminals for signal cables Mains filter Power connections with integrated fuses Gland for power cable 6 5 5 6 7 8 Glands for signal cables Gas inlets and outlets Plugs for openings to connect housings Ethernet connectors (optional) Fig. 4-17: X-STREAM XE Field Housing - Arrangement of Terminals, Cable Glands and Gas Connectors Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-21 Installation application, and is noted on a sticker on the underside of the instrument next to the connectors. To simplify installation, we recommend labelling the gas lines in accordance with these markings. This avoids confusion should the analyzer need to be disconnectedfor maintenance. 4 Power and signal cables are connected using internal screw-type terminals. This requires opening the unit, which in turn requires releasing the fasteners on the housing. Gas connectors are accessible from the outside, on the underside of the instrument. The number and configuration of the gas inlets and outlets depends on the analytical Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.2 Installation - X-STREAM XE Field Housings Gas connections Gas connections max number max for purging (incl. / separate) material sizes 8 2 incl. PVDF; stainless steel (opt.) 6/4 mm; 1⁄4" Signal in- and outputs Preparation of signal cables All signal cables are connected to screw-type terminals located inside the housing. Access to the internal components is gained by releasing the two fasteners at the top of the unit and opening the front panel downwards. All cables must be fed through cable glands and secured with a gland nut. Properly installed, the glands act as a strain relief and guarantee EMC (electromagnetic compatibility): Installing cable glands with shielded cables 1. Strip the cabel 2. Expose braided shield 6. Push clamping insert into body and tighten dome nut 7. Assemble into housing and you´re done! 3. Feed cable through dome nut and clamping insert 4. Fold braided shield over clamping insert 5. Make sure that braided shield overlaps the O-ring by 3 ⁄ 32 “ (2 mm) 4-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.2 Installation - X-STREAM XE Field Housings ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Verify the power supply at installation site meets the specification given on the analyzer´s nameplate label, before installing the instrument! Verify power cables are disconnected and/or instrument is de-energized prior to working at the terminals! A maximum of three modules with 36 terminals each can be fitted. The terminals can be accessed by opening the front panel of the instrument. Characteristics of terminals: Accepted wire gauge: Skinning length: Thread: Min. tightening torque: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 0.14 ... 1.5 mm2 (AWG 26 ... AWG 16), end sleeves not required 5 mm (0.2") M2 0.25 Nm (2.21 in.lb) 4-23 4 The number of actually available signal outputs, and also the number of built-in modules with screw-type terminals, varies according to the configuration of the unit. Installation Verify the power cord is layed with a distance of at least 1 cm (0.4 in) to any signal cable to ensure proper insulation from signal circuits! Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.2 Installation - X-STREAM XE Field Housings Analog signals Relay outputs 1-4 Terminals for analog signals and relay outputs 1 - 4 are located on the outer left module (terminal block X1; Fig. 4-18). Specification of analog signal outputs: 4 (0) - 20 mA; burden: RB ≤ 500 Ω Dry relay change-over contacts can be used as NO or NC. max. 30 VDC, 1 A, 30 W Specification of relay outputs 1-4: Electrical specification: Note! Consider the installation notes in section 4.6.and the notes on installing cable glands on page 4-22. P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 Pin Channel 1, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 1, GND Channel 2, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 2, GND Channel 3, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 3, GND Channel 4, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 4, GND Channel 5, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 5, GND not used not used not used not used Output 1 (Failure), NC Output 1 (Failure), NO Output 1 (Failure), COM Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NC Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NO Output 2 (Maintenance Request), COM Output 3 (Out of Spec), NC Output 3 (Out of Spec), NO Output 3 (Out of Spec), COM Output 4 (Function check), NC Output 4 (Function check), NO Output 4 (Function check), COM not used Signal Relay Outputs**) Serial Interface*) Analog Outputs Configuration of relay output terminals as per standard factory setting (NAMUR status signals) **) Fig. 4-18: Terminal Block X1 - Analog Signals and Relay Outputs 1-4 4-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.2 Installation - X-STREAM XE Field Housings Serial interface The 9 terminals on the left (28 - 36) of the right most strip carry the serial interface signals. Specification and interface control: Chapter 9 Pin Channel 1, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 1, GND Channel 2, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 2, GND Channel 3, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 3, GND Channel 4, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 4, GND Channel 5, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 5, GND not used not used not used not used Output 1 (Failure), NC Output 1 (Failure), NO Output 1 (Failure), COM Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NC Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NO Output 2 (Maintenance Request), COM Output 3 (Out of Spec), NC Output 3 (Out of Spec), NO Output 3 (Out of Spec), COM Output 4 (Function check), NC Output 4 (Function check), NO Output 4 (Function check), COM not used Signal Serial Interface*) *) See table P4.4 SER1 P4.5Relay Outputs SER2**) P4.6 SER3 P4.7 SER4 P4.8 SER5 P4.9 SER6 P4.10 7 P4.11 8 P4.12 9 4 P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 Terminal Installation X MOD 485/ MOD 485/ RS 232 2 wire 4 wire Common Common Common Outputs not used not usedAnalogRXD not used not used TXD not used RXD1(+) not used D1(+) TXD1(+) Common not used not used not used not used not used not used not used RXD0(-) not used D0(-) TXD0(-) not used Notes! Consider the installation notes in section 4.6.and the notes on installing cable glands on page 4-22. X-STREAM analyzers are classified DTE (Data Terminal Equipment). Your analyzer´s type of serial interface is marked on a label nearby the terminals (see sample above) Fig. 4-19: Terminal Block X1 - Serial Interface Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-25 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.2 Installation - X-STREAM XE Field Housings RJ45 Ethernet connection The RJ45 connectors are located on an electronics board in the card cage section of the unit (Fig. 4-17, pg. 4-21). For connecting the analyzer into a network for analysis purposes, use the leftmost Ethernet connector. To install this connection, a cable must be fed through the cable entry without a connector. The connector can be wired when the free end has been fed into the instrument: We recommend the VARIOSUB RJ45 QUICKON connector (PHOENIX CONTACT), which is supplied with the unit and requires no special tools. Wiring instructions can be found in the separate manual supplied with the connector. Pin 1 Pin 8 Pin no. Signal 1 TX+ 2 TX- 3 RX+ 6 RX- other not used Fig. 4-20: X-STREAM XEF - Ethernet Connector 4-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.2 Installation - X-STREAM XE Field Housings Digital inputs and relay outputs (option) Terminals for these signals are located on the terminals board XSTD (terminal block X4; Fig. 4-21). electrical specification Notes! Depending on configuration, an analyzer can be fitted with up to two of these terminal blocks (the unit will then feature 14 digital inputs and 18 digital outputs). To aid identification, the sockets are labelled X4.1 and X4.2 (see sample of label to the right). max. load. 30 V; 1 A; 30 W resistive Consider the installation notes in section 4.6. and the notes on installing cable glands on page 4-22. P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 Pin Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Input 4 Input 5 Input 6 Input 7 GND for inputs 1-7 unused Output 5, NC Output 5, NO Output 5, COM Output 6, NC Output 6, NO Output 6, COM Output 7, NC Output 7, NO Output 7, COM Output 8, NC Output 8, NO Output 8, COM Output 9, NC Output 9, NO Output 9, COM Output 10, NC Output 10, NO Output 10, COM Output 11, NC Output 11, NO Output 11, COM Output 12, NC Output 12, NO Output 12, COM Output 13, NC Output 13, NO Output 13, COM Signal Digital outputs Note! The configuration illustrated here is that of the first adapter. Inputs 8-14 and outputs 14-22, if available, are on the second adapter. Digital inputs Fig. 4-21: X4: Terminal Blocks for Digital Inputs and Outputs Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-27 Installation 9 or 18 additional relay outputs max. 30 V, internally limited to 2.3 mA HIGH: min. 4 V; LOW: max. 3 V common GND Dry relay change-over contacts can be used as NO or NC 4 7 or 14 digital inputs electrical specification Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.2 Installation - X-STREAM XE Field Housings Analog inputs (option) Terminals for analog input signals are located on the terminals board XSTI (terminal block X5; fig. 4-22). 0 - 1 V, 2 analog inputs 0 - 10 V (software selectable) Rin = 100 kΩ optional (requires to fit wire bridges, see figure): 4 (0) - 20 mA ; Rin = 50 Ω optically isolated from analyzer GND protected against overload up to ± 15 V or ± 20 mA Note! Consider the installation notes in section 4.6. and the notes on installing cable glands on page 4-22. 2 Pin Signal } IN1 Mode not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used { } IN2 Mode P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 { BR 1 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog BR 1 signal in current mode to input 1 Input 1 high (+) Input 1 high (+) Input 1 low (-) Input 1 low (-) BR 2 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog BR 2 signal in current mode to input 2 Input 2 high (+) Input 2 high (+) Input 2 low (-) Input 2 low (-) 1 Screw-type terminals 2 Reserved for future use P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 1 Analog Inputs Fig. 4-22: Terminal Block X5 - Analog Input Signals 4-28 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.2 Installation - X-STREAM XE Field Housings Connecting the power cord The power cord is connected to screw-type terminals located inside the housing. Skinning length: Thread: Min. tightening torque: ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Verify the power supply at installation site meets the specification given on the analyzer´s nameplate label, before installing the instrument! Verify power cables are disconnected and/or instrument is de-energized prior to working at the terminals! Verify the power cord is layed with a distance of at least 1 cm (0.5“) to any signal cable to ensure proper insulation from signal circuits! Feed the power cable through the cable gland at the instrument´s right side and strip the outer insulation. Strip the individual wires and connect to the terminals (a label is located next to the terminals on the mains filter housing). Finally, tighten the outer dome nut to secure the power cable. Earth PE Live L Neutral N Power supply cable gland Fig. 4-23: Power Supply Connections Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-29 Installation Recommended wire gauge 0.2 ... 4 mm2 (AWG 24 ... AWG 12) min. 1.5 mm² (AWG 15), end sleeves not required 8 mm (0.315") M3 0.5 Nm (4.4 in.lb) 4 Accepted wire gauge: Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.5.2 Installation - X-STREAM XE Field Housings ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD BY MISSING EARTHING CONDUCTOR Before completing the electrical connection of the instrument, verify cables are inserted and connected in correct manner! Ensure the earthing conductor (protective earth; PE) is connected! When all connections are correctly made and checked, • close the front panel and secure with the two fasteners. 4-30 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.6 Installation - Notes on Wiring 4.6 Notes On Wiring Signal Inputs and Outputs Emerson Process Managament has made every effort during the development process, to ensure that the X-STREAM analyzer series ensures electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) with respect to emission and interference resistance, as confirmed by EMC measurements. However, EMC is not wholly influenced by the design of the instrument, but to a large degree by the on-site installation process. Please observe the following sections and precautions to guarantee the safe and problem-free operation of this analyzer. Installation 4.6.1 Electrical Shielding of Cables 4 In order to minimise ambient electromagnetic interference, it is necessary to take care making all electrical connections between the analyzer and any other devices: • We recommend using only shielded signal cables. The shielding must be connected at both ends to the housing (Fig. 4-24). Fig. 4-24: Shielded Signal Cable, Shielding Connected At Both Ends. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4-31 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.6 Installation - Notes on Wiring On-site conditions often differ from test environments and may require special precautions. Such a case arises when strong electromagnetic fields which could induce an interference current in the shielding. This type of current creates a potential difference between the connected housings. Two possible methods of eliminating this are described here. Fitters familiar with EMC problems must decide which method should be emplyed. • The shielding is connected only at one end (connecting to the analyzer is recommended): this gives better protection against external interference, and interference currents are prevented because the ground loop is interrupted. This is the preferred method for connecting cable shields in hazardous area installations, to prevent interference currents between connected enclosures. Fig. 4-25: Shielded Signal Cable, Shielding Connected At One end. • Cables with double shielding: in this case, one shielding is connected to the analyzer housing, the other shielding to the external device. This is advantageous when both units are supplied from different grids (e.g. when installed in different buildings). This method is more expensive, but gives the best protection against external interference and against interference currents. Fig. 4-26: Signal Cable With Double Shielding, Shieldings Connected At Alternate Ends. 4-32 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.6 Installation - Notes on Wiring Installation Fig. 4-27: Shield Connector Terminal With Cable 4 X-STREAM XEGP/XEGC with screw-type terminal adapters In order to avoid measured values being influenced by external interference signals when terminal adapters are in use, the signal cable shieldings must be connected to the analyzer housing by means of shield connector terminals: • Strip the signal cable to a length of 20 cm (8"). Take care to not damage the braided shield! • Pull up the contact part of the shield connector terminal, • feed through the cable as illustrated in Fig. 4-27, and • release the contact part down onto the braided shield. The result is a secure contact with the cable shield, improving the unit’s immunity against interference from other electronic devices. Finally connect the individual wires as described in section 4.5.1. The shield connector must be ordered to fit the cable diameter, and can be retrofitted: Ø 1.5 ... 6.5 mm (0.06" ... 0.25") Ø 5 ... 11 mm (0.2" ... 0.43") Ø 10 ... 17 mm (0.4" ... 0.66") Ø 16 ... 24 mm (0.63" ... 0.94") Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG part # ETC02019 part # ETC02020 part # ETC02021 part # ETC02022 4-33 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.6 Installation - Notes on Wiring 4.6.2 Wiring Inductive Loads Switching inductive loads creates electromagnetic interference: When an inductive load (e.g. relay, valve) is switched off, the magnetic field resists the change in current; this induces a high voltage across the coil contacts (several hundred volts). This impulse propogates through the connected cables and can influence any electrical devices nearby or destroy signal inputs and outputs. This can be avoided with a simple precaution: • A silicon diode is connected in parallel to the load’s contacts. The induced impulse is thus short-circuited at its source. The cathode must be connected to the positive end of the coil, the anode to the negative end (Fig. 4-28). 4.6.3 Driving High-Current Loads Loads which draw a current in excess of the specifications for X-STREAM series analyzer outputs (>30 mA / >1 A) may not be directly driven from digital or relay outputs. Such loads require external relays serving as de-coupling modules: the X-STREAM output drives the external relay, which in turn drives the load. In order to avoid interference, we recommend supplying the analyzer and the high-current loads from different sources (Fig. 4-29). As previously described, the use of suppressor diodes for inductive loads is highly recommended. Last Compatible filter components for standard valves are available on request. External relay Analyzer output Fig. 4-29: Driving High-Current Loads Fig. 4-28: Suppressor Diode for Inductive Loads. 4-34 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 4.6 Installation - Notes on Wiring 4.6.4 Driving Multiple Loads Frequently, several loads in one system are controlled by several analyzer outputs, whereby the power for the loads derives from a common source. Special care is needed when wiring the loads to minimize interference from switching these loads: avoid connecting the loads to their power supply by a common line: L Installation • 4 Fig. 4-30: Common Line • It is recommended the loads to be wired separately, and each load connected separately to the power supply. Beginning at the distribution point, both the + and the - wires for each load are laid together to the load (Fig. 4-31). Interference is further reduced if a twisted multi-core cable is used. ib str Di n io ut int po Lay cables to the loads together as far as possible (using twisted-pair cables if possible) Fig. 4-31: Loads in Parallel Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG J 4-35 X-STREAM XE 4-36 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Chapter 5 Startup 5.1 Introduction Once the unit has been unpacked and installed, it is recommended to first check the settings, and if necessary adjust them to the user’s needs. e.g: • What hardware is installed? • Is the unit configured to your needs (alarms, inputs, outputs, etc.) The following pages describe how to navigate through the menus and what is to be observed when configuring the unit. For the first startup after installation, follow the step-by-step instructions for navigating the menus, allowing you to familiarise yourself with the unit and its software, and if necessary adjust the settings to your own requirements. OPERATION AT LOW TEMPERATURES When operating an instrument at temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F), do NOT apply gas nor operate the internal pump before the warmup time has elapsed! Violation may result in condensation inside the gas paths or damaged pump diaphragm! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-1 5 Startup In order for the information in this chapter to be of any relevence, the unit must have been installed according to the instructions in chapter 4. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.2 Symbols Used 5.2 Symbols and Typographical Conventions In the following sections, the symbols and typographical conventions explained below are used to describe the software menus and navigation. Symbol Description Convention Within Process Descriptions Setup.. Menu title Setup.. Analog outputs.. Parent (SETUP) and current menu (ANALOG OUTPUTS) Analog outputs.. Output1...5 As an example, the menu for Output1 is shown; the menus for outputs 2 to 5 look identical Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Analog outputs.. Output1...5 To access the current menu, access level code 3 has to be entered somewhere in the menu history Access levels: Description Within Text (MENU TITLE) 6-12 For a detailed description of MENU, see page 6-12. CONTROL Identifies the CONTROL menu, e.g. "press enter to open CONTROL" CONTROL - RANGES From within the CONTROL menu, select the RANGES menu. "Valves" "Control.." Parameter or menu line name Never, 1 min Values to be selected 0 ... 2000 Value to be entered enter press key (here: key) enter Access level 1 (user) Access level 2 (expert) Access level 3 (administrator) Access level 4 (service level) Control.. Setup.. Status.. Info.. Screen shot (here: MAIN MENU) Service.. 5-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.3 Front Panel Elements 5.3 Front Panel Elements All X-STREAM XE gas analyzers have an graphic display to show measuring and status information, and the easy-to-use menu-based user interface for entering parameters. For ease of understanding, the user can at any time select one of three languages stored in Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 the unit (currently available: English, French, German, Italian, Polish, Portuguese and Spanish in various combinations). Units are operated by six keys on the front panel. 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 5.3.1 Display Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 10.000ppm CO 5.000ppm CO 7.000ppm CO 20.000ppm CO Input Ch1 Output Ch2 Flow 1 10.0000ppmCOppm 10.0000CO 0.00 l/min The measurement display can be configured in to various layouts. The figure to the left examplarly shows a 4 channel layout and a 2 channel layout with additional Information and differing letter sizes. 5.3.2 Status Line Status information is provided by different symbols in the display´s first line: Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 10.000 5.000 7.000 20.000 ppm CO ppm CO ppm CO ppm CO Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Bell = 'Alarm' Cross = 'Failure' Question mark = 'Off spec' Oil can = 'Maintenance request' Tool = 'Function check' Heart = the analyzer´s 'heart beat', indicating the instrument is operating. 5-3 5 Startup Fig. 5-1: X-STREAM XE Front Panel Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.3 Front Panel Elements 5.3.3 Keys Six keys enable the use of the menu system. Depending on the operational mode (measuring, browsing menus, editing) they have the following functions: enter key: Mode Function Measuring Enter main menu Open submenu (..) or Browsing execute command (!) Editing Confirm new entry home key: Mode Function Measuring (no function) Return to measurement disBrowsing play Editing Abort entry up / down keys: Mode Function Measuring Enter main menu Highlight next menu line Open the previous/next page, Browsing when currently a line beginning with / is highlighted Editing Change current parameter 5-4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.3 Front Panel Elements left key: Function Enter main menu or Measuring open 2nd measurement display page (if configured) Go up 1 level or page in menu Browsing system Move cursor 1 char to the left Leave channel selection Cancel editing of given paraEditing meter Go to previous menu page, if  shows in first menu line key: Mode Function Measuring Enter main menu or open 2nd measurement display page (if configured) Browsing Open submenu (..) Go to next menu page, when  shows in last menu line Editing Move cursor 1 char to the right Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-5 5 right Startup Mode Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.4 Software 5.4 Software The analyzer software displays measurement results and status messages, allows parameters to be set and edited, and maintenance functions (e.g. calibration) to be carried out. The software is organised hierarchically: The topmost level is called MEASUREMENT DISPLAY, followed by a MAIN MENU; all other menus and submenus are arranged below ( fig. 6-1, page 6-2). Menu lines can perform different functions, to be distinguished by the following characteristics: Function Text Description Simple text (not selectable with cursor) A variable description shows a colon; the line can be made up of up to 3 elements: 1. description 2. value (number or text) 3. unit (optional) Editable variables / parameters Examples: Span gas: 2000 ppm Tol.Check: Off Pressing enter in an editable variable line highlights the value to be changed. Function Description A command line text ends in an exclamation mark; pressing enter with such a line highlighExecutable ted, the command is executed, command e.g. a calibration procedure. Selectable submenu Example: Start calibration ! A menu line text ends in two dots. Press enter with a menu line highlighted to open the submenu. Example: Setup.. The optional unit can only be changed utilizing a setup menu. Variables shown without a colon cannot be edited, they are for information only. 5-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.4 Software Program Sequence 1of8 Action1: END-OF-PGRM Node1: All Page 4 Action2: END-OF-PGRM Node2: All  Program END-OF-PGRM Sequence 4of8 Action3: Action13: END-OF-PGRM Node3: All Node13: Action4: END-OF-PGRM All Action14: END-OF-PGRM Page 8 All Node4: Node14: All  ProgramEND-OF-PGRM Sequence 8of8 Action15: Action29: END-OF-PGRM Node15: All Node29: Action16: END-OF-PGRM All Action30: END-OF-PGRM All Node16: Node30: All To show the next page (indicator  ) • place the cursor in the last accessible line and press down or • press right, irrespective of where the cursor is located. To show the previous page (indicator  ) • place the cursor in the first accessible line and press up or • press left, irrespective of where the cursor is located. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-7 Startup Page 1 Some menus have more entries than can displayed at once. In these menus, an indicator in the last () and/or first () line indicates the direction the menu continues in. In the example to the left • page 1 continues downwards • page 4 continues upwards and downwards • page 8 continues upwards. 5 Browsing Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.4 Software Editing The editing mode enables changing parameters. It is initiated by pressing enter. If the selection is a parameter list, the current entry is highlighted and may be changed by up and down. If the selection is a value, the cursor is placed over the last character. Use up and down to change it. Use left and right to select another character. The type of available characters depends on the position of the cursor: • It is not possible to select the minus sign or decimal point as the last character. • It is not possible to select the decimal point in integer values. • For decimal numbers, the decimal point can be placed anywhere within certain limits. There are two ways to exit the data entry mode: enter: home: the entry is verified.If it is accepted, it is saved and the new value displayed; if not, an error message is displayed. Cancel: all settings and changes are reset to their former values. Component selection menu Within the analyzer software, one can distinguish between analyzer related and component related menus: While the first contain entries, relevant for the analyzer (e.g. time setting), the second contain entries relevant for a specific component (channel) only (e.g. calibrating a channel). For single channel analyzers, editing any channel specific parameter will only effect this one channel. Different for multi-channel analyzers: Such instruments require selecting a channel prior to changing channel related parameters. When a channel related menu entry is selected, automatically a SELECT COMPONENT menu shows up, to select the component of interest, or to cancel the current action. Select Component Component: Press Ch1 to return Select the component / channel you want to work with, and press enter. This menu does not show on single-channel units. Within menu descriptions, the following points out, that for multi-channel instruments a selection is required: Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be ... 5-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.4 Software 5.4.1 Access Levels & Codes Level three gives access to system admin parameters, e.g. for configuring data acquisition systems communication. Level two covers the expert settings, e.g. basic settings for calibrations and measurements. Level one is the user level and includes • parameters which should be set by trained personnel only. • functions, not to be started by any person (e.g. start calibrations). All menus not assigned to one of these levels are not editable or of minor relevance. Within this manual, the descriptions of the menus and procedures also indicate, which level the menus are assigned. These assignments cannot be changed. Access codes for levels 1 to 3 can be defined, activated and deactivated by the client. The analyzer is delivered with the following settings: Level Access code Status 1 00000001 Off 2 00000002 Off 3 00000003 Off Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Notes! If a low level is locked (status On), all higher levels will also be locked. If a high level is unlocked (status Off, or code entered when requested), automatically all lower levels will also be unlocked. For above reasons, it is always possible to enter a higher code than requested, to gain access to a menu (e.g. if access code 1 is requested, you may also enter access code 2). Entering access codes If an access code is required for a menu, a message like the following appears: Access Code 1 Code 00000000 Press to return To enter the code, press • up/down to change the currently selected digit, • left/right to select a different digit, • enter to submit the code or • home to exit the edit mode and return to the previous display. 5-9 Startup Level four has the highest priority and is used for factory settings — only qualified EMERSON service personnel have access to this level. We recommend to set new access codes, if you want to use this option ( 6-32)! 5 Access levels can be used to prevent changes to parameters by unauthorised personnel. The X-STREAM menu system supports four prioritized access levels, which can be activated and deactivated separately, and should be supplied with their own access codes. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.4 Software 5.4.2 Special Messages 5.5 Powering Up Depending on the last action performed by the user, one of the following messages may be displayed to assist or inform the user. 5.5.1 Boot Sequence Information on incorrect entry: The value entered by the user is outside valid limits. The display indicates what limits apply. Press  to return to the previous screen to enter an acceptable value. Wrong input Range 0.1 ... 50 Press  to return Confirmation of execution of command: Confirms that a function or procedure (e.g. calibration) has been started, or cancelled. The message automatically dissapears after a few seconds. Function executing Press  to return 5-10 When the unit is powered up, a series of internal tests is automatically performed. During this time the front panel keys are disabled, while the remaining time counts down in the display. 5.5.2 Measurement Display The measurement display is shown • automatically on completion of the boot sequence • when home is pressed • automatically after a set period of time of inactivity (i.e. with no keys being pressed). The information, to be provided in each of the four lines of the measurement display, can be configured by an expert (access level 2): • Sample gas components, measuring results and measuring units for each channel • secondary measurements, e.g. pressure, gas flow, temperature • nothing (empty line) The factory settings are as follows: Line 1: measured value of channel 1 Line 2: measured value of channel 2 Line 3: measured value of channel 3 Line 4: measured value of channel 4 Note! If less than four channels are installed in the unit, only the measureands for these channels are available for selection. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.5 Powering Up The setup menu enables several additional configurations, e.g. • 2 pages measurement display • different font sizes 6-29. Note! There are also functions, that do activate a relay, but are not shown on the display (e.g. concentration alarms). In such cases, check the status menu for more information. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 4 lines display Startup The display´s bottom line shows plain text status information (errors, maintenance requests, function checks or off-spec performance). Active messages are stored in an internal buffer. If there is more than one message in the buffer, the display will cycle through. Most messages also activate a NAMUR relay (if a relay has been assigned to that NAMUR function; 6-68). 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO Input Ch1 Output Ch2 Sample Ch3 Boiler Ch4 Input Ch1 Output Ch2 Flow 1 10.0000 10.0000 ppm CO ppm CO 5 The very first display line shows • a flashing heart, showing the instrument is operating • one or more status pictograms, if (NAMUR) status are active. Some of these are explained by a text message in the last line (see below) • a channel indicator, if the current menu page is related to a specific channel only. 0.00 l/min 2 lines display with additional secondary parameter line MEASUREMENT DISPLAY 5-11 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.6 Selecting the Language 5.6 Selecting the Language If the analyzer is operational and it becomes clear that the incorrect language has been set, which is unintelligible to the operator, the following sequence of keypresses (starting at the measurement display) can be used to set the language. If the system has been set up accordingly, the code for access level 1 must be entered at this point to enable access to the following menu. Note! The factory setting for this unit is "no code required”. For ease of operation, it is recommended to use the factory settings for access codes while setting up the unit for the first time. In the following sections, therefore, no more reference will be made to any need for entering a code. Note! Pressing enter the 3rd time in this sequence highlights the "Language” line. • • changes the language. enter sets this language and the display is updated accordingly. • If the selected language is not the intended, repeate the last three steps until the intended language is set. 5-12 down Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7 Checking the Settings ) Setup Display.. Alarm.. Measurements.. In-/Outputs.. Communication.. Alarms.. Installed Options.. Save-Load.. Display Contrast.. Language: English Phrase Version EN1.04B Measurements.. Measurement Display.. Menu Access.. 10 Min Auto Home: 10 Min Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Starting with the measurement display ( page 5-11), pressing any key except home will access the MAIN MENU; from here, follow these steps: (If the display is showing anything other than the measurement display, press home to return to the measurement display first). Note! If you are unfamiliar with the language set: 5-12 shows the sequence of keys to set a different language. If the system has been set up accordingly, the code for access level 1 must be entered at this point to enable access to the following menu. Note! The factory setting for this unit is "no code required”. For ease of operation, it is recommended to use the factory settings for access codes while setting up the unit for the first time. In the following sections, therefore, no more reference will be made to any need for entering a code. Set the preferred language for the software; each analyzer shipped with 3 out of below list of available languages. Currently available (may be extended by future software versions.): English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Polish, Portuguese 5-13 Startup ( these steps, the unit will be configured to the user’s needs and properly functioning. 5 The following sections are structured so that the user can work through them one by one after powering up the unit. After completing Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.1 Installed Options All X-STREAM gas analyzers can be fitted with a variety of optional components: follow these steps to see which options are installed on your analyzer. Press left to return to SETUP, highlight "Installed options" and press enter. Installed Options 1of2 Licenses.. Valves: Pumps: DIO#1 Installed: DIO#2 Installed: Anal. Outputs: AIN Installed:  None None No No 4 No This 2 pages menu indicates, which of the possible optional components are installed in the unit. The values displayed on your unit may differ from those illustrated here. Installed Options 2of2 Flow.. Pressure.. Licenses Key 1: Key 2: Key 3: Package Trial Days 5-14 Do not edit any entries in these menus without special knowledge. Incorrect entries may result in incorrect results or impair the performance of the unit. Initial access to this menu should be to gain information on the configuration of the unit. 0 0 0 "Licenses.." opens another menu where you can check or enter license codes to unlock optional software features. None Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.2 Configuring the Display Press left to return to SETUP. Line 1: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Line 5: Comp1 Comp2 Comp3 Comp4 Blank Labels.. Note! X-STREAM currently supports one pressure sensor only. Values Press1 to Press5 thus refer to the same sensor. Display 1 labels Line 1: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Line 5: When entering LABELS.., you may change the channel´s label, that is the first text phrase in a line showing a measurement value: If here nothing is entered, the default phrases (Ch1 ... Ch4) are used. Note! Notice the headlines of the menus showing a "1": This indicates that you can setup more than 1 measurement display page. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-15 5 Display 1 assignments Select the value to be displayed in each line of the measurement display. The following options are available: Comp1 ... Comp5, Temp1 ... Temp5, Press1 ... Press5, Flow1 ... Flow5 Blank (nothing) Startup Check the settings for the measurement display, temperature and pressure units, and for menu access: press enter to open DISPLAY.., select "Measurement display.." and press enter. If a setting does not meet your requirements, access that menu and adjust the parameter. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.3 Calibration Setup Once the display settings have been checked, press left to return to SETUP and open CALIBRATION to check the calibration settings. Setup.. Calibration.. Multi-channel unit: Select the component to be set in the gas component selection menu. Note! For more detailed information on calibration 7-5. procedures, Ch1 Calibration Gases.. Tolerances.. Procedure.. Valve Assignment.. Program Sequence.. Interval Time.. Deviations.. In CALIBRATION - GASES, enter the values for zero and span gas: • See gas supplier´s certificate for correct values. • Values must be correctly set for results to be accurate. • Multi-channel units: the values for each channel must be entered separately. Gases Zero Gas: Span Gas: Range Gases.. 0.000 ppm 50000.000 ppm Current Range: Range 1 Ch2 Tolerances DeviatToler: Zero Limit: Span Limit: 5-16 Off 20.0 % 20.0 % Press left to return to CALIBRATION, and enter TOLERANCES . By default the 'Deviation Tolerance check' option is set inactive (Off). With "DeviatToler" set to On, • during calibration the analyzer checks whether the values set for zero and span gas conform to the concentration of the gas currently being supplied. • If the concentrations differ more than the percentage of range entered in the following lines, the calibration is aborted.This prevents calibration from being performed when the incorrect gas is supplied (e.g. span gas calibration using zero gas), which would result in an incorrectly configured unit. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.7 Checking the Settings Press left several times to return to SETUP and open MEASUREMENT. Measurement 1of2 Ranges.. Damping.. Linearization.. Cross Interference.. Average.. Delay..  Ch1  Measurement 2of2 Cut-off: None Pressure Compensation .. Ch1 Pressure compensation Manual Pressure: 1013 hPa Pressure Pressure Status 1013 hPa Good Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Signal damping (set in DAMPING) allows smoothing the output signal, but also affects the response time of outputs and display: • The factory setting is 0 seconds. • The maximum possible t90 time is limited by the size of the internal sampling buffer and the sampling rates of the installed measuring principles/sensors. • Multi-channel units: the value for each channel must be entered separately. The second page´s last line enables the user • to enter the current ambient pressure manually, if no pressure sensor is installed, or • to view the current pressure, if a sensor is installed ( INSTALLED OPTIONS, page 5-14). If no pressure sensor is installed, enter the current ambient pressure here and adjust it, when significant changes take place: this improves the accuracy of the instrument. 5-17 5 Ch1 Startup Setup.. Measurement.. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.4 Setting the Analog Outputs Press left to return to SETUP, and then open IN/OUTPUTS, and from there ANALOG OUTPUTS. Setup.. In/Outputs.. Analog Outputs.. Analog Outputs Output1.. Output2.. Output3.. Output4.. Output5.. Signal: OutRange: Low Scale: Max Scale: AutoScale: FailMode: 0/4 mA: 20 mA: Hold: 5-18 Comp1 0-20 mA 0.00 100.00 Yes Live 0.00 100.00 No Select the analog output you like to check. Note! The following section only in brief describes Chapter the entries currently of interest! 6 for a more detailed description. Select the signal assigned to this analog output. Selectable options: 0 mA 20 mA Comp1 ... 4 Temp1 ... 4 Press1 ... 4 Flow1 ... 4 Calc A ... D RawVal1 ... 4 RangeID1 ... ID4 "Signal” specifies the value associated with the selected output. The following options (partly dependent on the number of measuring channels and sensors installed) are available: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.7 Checking the Settings Description The analog output is deactivated A 0 or 4 mA signal is generated, e.g. to check the signal processing in an external system. Whether a 0 or 4 mA signal is generated, is set by the "Out 0 mA range” line ( next page). A 20 mA signal is generated, e.g. to check the signal processing in an exter20 mA nal system. Comp1 ... 5 Gas concentration Temp1 ... 5 Temperature Press1 ... 5 Pressure Flow1 ... 5 Flow Calc A ... D Result of calculator RawVal1 ... 5 Raw value RangeID1 ... 5 ID of selected range Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG In contrast, capital letters A to D imply that these calculator results are component [channel] independent (Calc C is the result of calculator C). 5-19 5 *) Numbers 1 to 5 refer to components [channels] 1 to 5: In case of secondary parameters, this means, the selected value is that of the sensor assigned to the given component (Press2 is the pressure value of the sensor assigned to component 2). Startup Signal*) None Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.7 Checking the Settings Signal: OutRange: Low Scale: Max Scale: AutoScale: FailMode: 0/4 mA: 20 mA: Hold: Comp1 0-20 mA 0.00 100.00 Yes Live 0.00 100.00 No Next, select the output range: • 0-20 mA (dead zero) generates a 20 mA signal, if a concentration is measured at the upper limit of the signal range. A 0 mA signal is generated if the sample gas concentration equals the value specified with "LowScale" . • 4-20 mA (life zero): A 4 mA signal is generated if the concentration equals the value specified with "LowScale", thus enabling to detect e.g. a broken cable. Enter a concentration, to equal the low output limit (0 or 4 mA) Enter a concentration, to equal the high output limit (20 mA) Enable (Yes) or disable (No) output autoscaling. "FailMode" selects the output´s behaviour under failure conditions, considering or not, the NAMUR recommendation NE 43. NE 43 defines output signals enabling to detect different types of failures/status (see table 6-1): The related information is transmitted as a current signal, but outside the (0)4-20 mA measurement signal range. Available options: Track: NE 43 not considered. HIGH + 10%: NE 43 failure signal level: "above". LOW - 10%: NE 43 failure signal level: "below". 5-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.7 Checking the Settings Operation modes conforming to NAMUR 43 (NE 43) recommendations The operation modes described above do not generate a signal which enables detection of a failure in the measurement system. In such cases the behaviour of the output signal is undefined: either the last value is held, or a random NE 43 contains recommendations for setting analog outputs in order to avoid these situations. These are implemented by X-STREAM analyzers as follows: Setting "FailMode" to HIGH + 10% or LOW 10% defines specific analog output signals in case of a failure. Since these values do not occur under normal operation conditions, a data acquisition system is enabled to distinguish between the following situations (table 5-1): • Valid signal (signal within valid range; column C) • Signal out of range (signal rises or falls slowly to the limits given in columns D or E and holds this value until the concentration returns to a valid level). • Failure (signal out of range; column F) • Severed cable (no signal; column G) Output signal, if Column A B C D E F G "OutRange" "FailMode" Failure signal level acc. NE 43 Measured value is valid Measured value is below lower limit ("Low scale") Measured value is above upper limit ("High scale") An internal failure occured Cable is severed 0-20 mA Track - 0 ... 20 mA < -19 mA > 21 mA undefined 0 mA 4-20 mA Track - 4 ... 20 mA < -19 mA > 21 mA undefined 0 mA 0-20 mA LOW - 10% below 0 ... 20 mA -0.2 mA 20.5 mA -2 mA 0 mA 4-20 mA LOW - 10% below 4 ... 20 mA 3.8 mA 20.5 mA 2.4 mA 0 mA 0-20 mA HIGH + 10% above 0 ... 20 mA -0.2 mA 20.5 mA > 22 mA 0 mA 4-20 mA HIGH + 10% above 4 ... 20 mA 3.8 mA 20.5 mA > 21.6 mA 0 mA Tab. 5-1: Analog Output Signals Settings and Operation Modes Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-21 Startup However, a severed cable also results in a signal value of 0. An external data acquisition system thus cannot detect such an failure and accepts a gas concentration of 0. The commonly used method of detecting a severed cable is to apply an offset: a concentration corresponding to the lower range value is assigned an analog signal of 4 mA, enabling to detect a severed or disconnected cable. This live zero mode is activated by setting “Out Range” to 4-20 mA. value is sent. System failures thus cannot be detected by an external data acquisition system. 5 Operation Modes acc. NAMUR NE 43 If "OutRange" is set to 0-20 mA, a 20 mA signal is generated, if the measured concentration is equal to "Max Scale". A 0 mA signal is generated if the sample gas concentration is 0 (dead zero). Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.7 Checking the Settings "0/4 mA" enables to finetune the analog output: Set "Signal" to 0 mA and, while measuring the output current, adjust it to the expected value. Accepted range: -10,000 ... +10,000 Signal: OutRange: Low Scale: Max Scale: AutoScale: FailMode: 0/4 mA: 20 mA: Hold: 5-22 Comp1 0-20 mA 0.00 100.00 Yes Live 0.00 100.00 No "20 mA" enables to finetune the analog output: Set "Signal" to 20 mA and while measuring the output current, adjust it to the expected value. Accepted range: -10,000 ... +10,000 "Hold" selects the output´s behaviour during calibrations. If set to Yes, • the analog output is fixed to the last measured value; • concentration alarms, which may otherwise be triggered by the concentrations of the calibration gases, are supressed. If set to No, • the analog output signal always corresponds to the actual measured value during calibration; this may trigger alarms if limits are exceeded. Note! This behaviour may be undesireable if e.g. the unit is connected to a data acquisition system. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.7 Checking the Settings 5.7.5 Setting Concentration Alarms Note! If concentration alarms are not being used, continue with 5-24. Press left until SETUP is displayed, then open ALARMS - CONCENTRATION Concentration Alarm Monitor: LoLo Level: Lo Level: Hi Level: HiHi Level: Hysteresis: States.. On 50.000 ppm 100.000 ppm 400.000 ppm 600.000 ppm 10.000 ppm Four concentration limits can be set for each channel: "Lo" and "Hi" enframe the expected gas concentration, "LoLo" equals or is below "Lo", "HiHi" equals or is above "Hi". See the figure to the left for an explanation. If you enter values for any threshold, the above given order has to be considered. A message is displayed, if an entered value does no comply with this condition. Should the measured concentration go beyond one of the threshold levels (areas B, C, D & E in the figure), a message is displayed in the message line of the measurement display, the NAMUR pictogram appears (bell) and a corresponding digital output is activated, if assigned. Fig. 5-2: Arrangement of Concentration Thresholds Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A hysteresis avoids oscillating alarms in case the concentration is fluctuating around a threshold. 5-23 5 Ch1 Startup Multi-channel unit: Select the channel to be calibrated in the SELECT COMPONENT menu. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.7 Checking the Settings Ch1 Concentration Alarms LoLo Alarm: Lo Alarm Hi Alarm HiHi Alarm Off On Off Off Concentration 75.000 ppm You may turn the alarm function On or Off separately for each channel ("Alarm Monitor"). It´s also possible to use only some of the thresholds. In this case, set the not used to a level outside the range limits (for this, "Lo" and "LoLo" support entering negative values). In case of an alarm, you may like to enter the STATES submenu, to check which one is triggered. 5.7.6 Backup the Settings The most important settings have now been checked and the unit is configured to suite your needs. A backup copy of these configuration data can now be saved. Press left until SETUP and then open SAVELOAD. Save-Load Local Backup.. Factory Defaults.. USB Backup.. USB Firmware Update.. 5-24 This menu gives you the choice, to either • make a local backup to a protected memory area • restore the factory default settings, or • make a backup to an external USB device. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.7 Checking the Settings Local Backup Save.. UsrBack Date Restore.. Undo Restore! Busy Progress (0..1000) 7/29/09 14:26 For now, make a local backup: Enter LOCAL BACKUP and then select "Save..". 0 0 Save new local backup and overwrite old one! Are you sure? Confirm the operation (select "Yes!"). 5 Startup No! Yes! Copying Data Busy Progress (0..1000) 0 1000 Wait until "Progress (0..1000)" shows 1000, then press enter to return to LOCAL BACKUP. Press  to return You have now completed checking the unit’s settings: • Press home to return to the MEASUREMENT DISPLAY. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5-25 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 5.8 Perform a Calibration 5.8 Perform a Calibration We recommend to perform at least a zero calibration, after startup of the instrument, to ensure proper measuring results. Refer to chapter 7 for a �� comprehensive description of calibration procedures. 5-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 Chapter 6 User Interface and Software Menus This chapter describes the structure and content of the X-STREAM gas analyzer software menus. While this chapter describes all software menus in hierarchical order, chapters 5 & 7 explain by practical examples, how to navigate through the menus to perform certain basic setup operations, or maintenance functions. 6.1 Symbols and Typographical Conventions Description Symbol Within Process Descriptions Setup.. Menu title Setup.. Analog outputs.. Parent (SETUP) and current menu (ANALOG OUTPUTS) Analog outputs.. Output1...5 As an example, the menu for Output1 is shown; the menus for outputs 2 to 5 look similiar Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Analog outputs.. Output1...5 To access the current menu, access level code 3 has to be entered somewhere in the menu history Access levels: Access level 1 (user) Access level 2 (expert) Access level 3 (administrator) Access level 4 (service level) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Description Within Process Descriptions Screen shot (here: MAIN MENU) Control.. Setup.. Status.. Info.. Software Menus Symbol are used to describe the software menus and navigation. Service.. Convention 6 In the following sections, the symbols and typographical conventions described below Description Within Text (MENU TITLE) 6-12 For a detailed description of MENU, see page 6-12. CONTROL Identifies the CONTROL menu, e.g. "press enter to open CONTROL" CONTROL - RANGES From within the CONTROL menu, select the RANGES menu. "Valves" "Control.." Parameter or menu line name Never, 1 min Values to be selected 0 ... 2000 Value to be entered enter press key (here: key) enter 6-1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2 Menu System 6.2 Menu System Note! This overview does only show menu branches up to the 3rd menu level, not functions nor parameter lines! E.g. the lines "Pump" or "Lock menus" of CONTROL are not shown. The analyzer´s menu system has a dynamic behavior in that it does not show entries not supported by the current analyzer configuration. Therefore this overview might show entries hidden in your specific instrument! Status Menu Failures 6-109 Status Menu Off-specs 6-109 Status Menu Maintenance Requests 6-110 Status Menu Function Checks 6-110 Status Menu Component 6-112 Status Menu Temperature Sensors 6-114 Status Menu Pressure Sensors 6-115 Status Menu Measurement 6-111 Status Menu 6-108 Status Menu Flow Sensors 6-115 Control Menu 6-5 Status Menu Single Calibration 6-116 Next Automatic Calibrations Menu 6-118 Alarms Status Details 6-120 Operation Hours Status 6-121 Info Menu Measurements 6-123 Status Menu Calibration 6-116 Setup Menu 6-21 Status Menu Alarms 6-119 Note! See next page, lower diagram. Info Menu Components 6-123 Info Menu Installed Options 6-124 Info Menu Measurements 6-125 Main Menu 6-2 Note! See next page, upper diagram. Info Menu 6-122 Info Menu Identification 6-125 Service Menu 6-126 Notes! This figure applies to software revision 1.0.x Numbers are page numbers of this manual, where the associated menu is explained. Fig. 6-1: X-STREAM XE Software Menu Structure 6-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2 Menu System Zero Calibration Menu 6-6 Apply Gas Menu 6-16 Span Calibration Menu 6-7 Acknowledgements Menu 6-17 Ranges Menu 6-18 Zero Span Single Menu 6-10 Control Menu 6-5 Advanced Calibration Menu 6-8 Data logger 6-19 Calibration Status Summary 6-11 Calibration Status Single 6-12 Calibration Results 6-13 Event/Calibration logger 6-20 Calibration Results Single 6-14 Setup Alarms Concentrations 6-81 Calibration Deviations 6-15 Display Contrast Setup Menu 6-23 Setup Concentration Average Alarms 6-83 Display Setup Menu 6-22 Setup Temperature Alarms 6-85 Setup Alarms 6-80 Setup Pressure Alarms 6-85 Display Measurements Setup Menu 6-24 Measurement Display Setup Menu 6-29 Menu Access Setup 6-32 Setup Flow Alarms 6-85 Setup Alarms Calculatorn 6-86 Setup Calibration Gases 6-34 Software Menus Setup Calibration Tolerances 6-35 Setup Calibration Procedure 6-36 Setup Installed Options Licenses 6-89 Calibration Setup Menu 6-33 Setup Installed Options 6-88 Setup Installed Options Flow 6-90 Setup Calibration Valves 6-37 Setup Calibration Program Sequence 6-39 Setup Installed Options Pressure 6-91 Setup Calibration Interval Time 6-40 Setup Calibration Deviations 6-42 Notes on Save-Load Procedures 6-93 Save-Load Local backup 6-94 Save-Load USB Backup 6-95 Setup Measurement Ranges 6-44 Setup Menu 6-21 Setup Damping 6-47 6 Setup Save-Load 6-92 Save-Load Factory Defaults 6-94 Setup Linearization 6-48 Save-Load USB Backup 6-96 Setup Measurement 6-43 Setup Cross Interference 6-56 Setup Measurement Average 6-59 Setup Operation Hours Meter 6-97 Setup Measurement Delay 6-60 Setup Identification 6-98 Component Tag Setup Menu 6-99 Setup NTP Server 6-101 Setup Manual Time 6-102 Setup Pressure Compensation 6-61 Setup Analog Outputs 6-63 Setup Time 6-100 Setup Digital Outputs 6-68 Setup In-/Outputs 6-62 Format USB Stick 6-104 Setup Data Logger Export 6-106 Setup USB Interface 6-103 Setup Internal SHS 6-73 Setup Analog Inputs 6-74 Setup Data Logger 6-105 Setup Event Logger 6-107 Setup PLC 6-107 Setup Digital Inputs 6-71 Setup Communication 6-77 Setup Communication Serial 6-78 Setup Communication Ethernetn 6-79 Setup Calculator 6-107 Fig. 6-1: X-STREAM XE Software menu structure (continued) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2 Menu System 6.2.1 Switching On Input Ch1 Output Ch2 Flow 1 10.0000 10.0000 Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 ppm CO ppm CO 0.00 l/min When the unit is powered up, a self-test (POST) is initiated, after which the unit shows the MEASUREMENT DISPLAY. Note! Two different measurement display layouts are available and user selectable. DISPLAY SETUP, 6-29. Depending on the setup, either a 2-channel layout or a 4-channel layout is used. 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO MEASUREMENT DISPLAY Press left or right to switch to the MAIN MENU and select one of the main submenus: Start functions or perform actions Control.. Setup.. Status.. Info.. Setup the instrument Service.. Get status information Some analyzer information MAIN MENU 6-4 Get service information 6-5 6-21 6-108 6-122 6-126 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2 Control Menu Control.. Perform zero calibrations 6-6 Perform span calibrations 6-7 Perform advanced calibrations Off Off 6-16 Press enter in this line to lock all menus, for which "Code" in MENU ACCESS has been set to On ( 6-32) Acknowledge messages 6-17 Available if the related internal pump is installed: Switch internal pump 1 / 2 On or Off. Note! These lines do not appear if digital inputs are used to control the pumps ( 6-71), or if no internal pump is available. Set ranges  Data Logger.. Event/Calibration Logger.. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-18 Handle data logger data 6-19 Handle event/calibration logger data 6-20 6-5 Software Menus Apply gases 6 Zero Calibration.. Span Calibration.. Advanced Calibration.. Apply Gas.. Lock Menus! Acknowledgements Pump 1: Pump 2: Ranges.. 6-8 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.1 Zero Calibration Menu Control.. Zero Calibration.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be calibrated. Press enter in this line to cancel any ongoing calibration Press tion Zero Calibration Cancel! Start! Zero Gas 0.000 ppm Concentration 0.000 ppm Flow 0.00 l/min Status.. Results.. Restore.. enter in this line to start a zero calibra- Nominal zero gas concentration (can be set 6-24) in SETUP Currently measured gas concentration, if a flowsensor is installed. Currently measured gas flow Open a submenu to see calibration status 6-12 information Open a submenu to see calibration results 6-14 information Press enter in this line to restore calibration data to the last known good data set. A confirmation screen appears, before the function is executed. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to calibrate another channel. 6-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.2 Span Calibration Menu Control.. Span Calibration.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be calibrated. Span Calibration Cancel! Start! Span Gas 0.000 ppm Concentration 0.000 ppm Flow 0.00 l/min Status.. Results.. Restore.. Nominal span gas concentration (can be set 6-24) in SETUP Currently measured gas concentration. Currently measured gas flow, if a flow sensor is installed. Open a submenu to see calibration status 6-12 information Open a submenu to see calibration results 6-14 information Press enter in this line to restore calibration data to the last known good data set. A confirmation screen appears, before the function is executed. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to calibrate another channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-7 6 Press enter in this line to start a span calibration Software Menus Press enter in this line to cancel any ongoing calibration Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.3 Advanced Calibration Menu Control.. Advanced calibration.. Start and control valve supported calibration procedures Note! This menu is only available if “Valves” in INSTALLED OPTIONS is set to a value other than none. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Press enter in this line to cancel any ongoing calibration Zero & span a single channel Advanced Calibration 1of2 Cancel! Zero&Span Single.. Zero All! Span All! Zero&Span All! Programmed Sequence! Blowback!  6-5 Highlight any of the next 3 lines and press enter to start the related calibration procedure: - zero all channels - span all channels - zero and span all channels Press enter in this line to start a programmed calibration sequence; 6-39 for information on how to program a sequence. Press enter in this line to start a blowback procedure for all channels Note! This menu is also available in single-channel units. In this case, the 3rd and 4th lines will start a zero or span calibration, while the 5th line starts the same procedure as the 2nd. 6-8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.2 Control Menu  Advanced Calibration 2of2 Status.. Results.. Next Automatic Calibrations.. Open a submenu to see calibration status 6-11 summary for all channels Open a submenu to see calibration results 6-13 summary for all channels 6 Software Menus Open a submenu to view the scheduled dates for next automatically performed calibrations 6-118 . Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-9 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.3.1 Zero & Span Single Menu Control.. Advanced Calibration.. Zero&Span Single.. Start and control a valve supported calibration procedure for zero and span for a single channel only. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be calibrated. Press enter in this line to cancel any ongoing calibration Press enter in this line to start a zero & span calibration procedure Zero&Span Single Cancel! Start! Zero Gas Span Gas Blowback! Concentration Status.. 0.000 ppm 500.000 ppm 0.000 ppm Nominal zero gas concentration (can be set 6-24) in SETUP Nominal span gas concentration (can be set 6-24) in the SETUP menu Immediately start a blowback procedure Currently measured gas concentration. Open a submenu to see calibration status summary for all channels 6-11 Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to select another channel. 6-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.3.2 Calibration Status Summary Control.. Advanced Calibration.. Status.. Press enter in this line to cancel any ongoing calibration Indicates the currently ongoing procedure (Purging, Zeroing, Spaning, Ready) Shows the current procedure, or Off Shows the remaining time for the current procedure Shows the time for the previous procedure Information about the step currently carried out Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-11 6 Calibration Status Summary Cancel! Calibration Status Single.. Current Action Ready Action Detail Off Current Duration 0s Prev. Duration 0s Current Step 0 Software Menus Open a submenu to see detailed calibration status information for a specific component 6-12. (to be selected in a next step) Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.3.3 Calibration Status Single Control.. ... ... Calibration Status Single.. This menu gives a channel specific status. Note! This menu can be opened from several higher-level menus, dependent on which it now may be necessary to select a component: Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be viewed. Press enter in the first line to cancel any ongoing calibration Indicates the currently ongoing procedure (Purging, Zeroing, Spaning, Ready) Calibration Status Single Cancel! CalibrStatus Ready Remaining Time 0s Concentration 0.000 ppm Zero Gas 0.000 ppm Span Gas 5000.000 ppm Current Range Range 1 Applied Gas Sample gas Shows the remaining time for the current procedure Currently measured gas concentration. Current channel´s calibration gases setup Range under calibration. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to view the status for another channel. 6-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.3.4 Calibration Results Control.. Advanced Calibration.. Results.. Result OK Any ZeroFail Any SpanFail No No Calibration Results Single.. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Open a submenu to see detailed, channel specific calibration results information 6-14 6-13 6 Calibration Results Summary Software Menus Open this menu, to see an overall calibration results summary. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.4 Calibration Results Single Control.. ... ... Calibration Results Single... This menu gives a channel specific summary of results. Note! This menu can be opened from several higher-level menus, dependent on which it now may be necessary to select a component: Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be viewed. Calibration Results Single Zero Result Zero Date Span Result Span Date Calibr. Ranges Success ---Success ---None Deviations.. Open a submenu to view calibration results deviations information next page. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to view another channel´s results. 6-14 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.2 Control Menu Calibration Deviations Example: A measuring channel shows zero drift of 10 ppm per week. It is calibrated once a week. After the 3rd zero calibration, DEVIATIONS shows: ZeroDev: 10 ppm (=last calibr.) ZeroDev. total: 30 ppm (=summary of 3 calibrations carried out within 3 weeks) This menu gives a channel specific summary of deviations of calibration results. Note! This menu is a submenu of CALIBRATION RESULTS SINGLE, which can be opened from several higher-level menu. In the context of this menu, deviation means the value, a calibration corrected the zero or respectively the span calibration value. Software Menus Control.. ... Calibration Results Single.. Deviations.. 6 6.2.2.4.1 ZeroDev. or SpanDev. in concentration units give the correction of the last corresponding calibration. Deviations ZeroDev. ZeroDev. Total 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm SpanDev. SpanDev. Total 0.000 ppm 0.000 Ppm Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG ZeroDev. total or SpanDev. total in concentration units give the total (sum of) corrections of the corresponding calibrations since the last time, deviations have been reset ( SETUP CALIBRATION - DEVIATIONS; 6-42) 6-15 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.5 Apply Gas Menu Control.. Apply gas.. If the instrument is equipped with internal, or connected to external valves, this menu enables to apply a specific gas to the analyzer, e.g. for maintenance purposes. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel for the gas to be applied. Apply gas Applied Gas: SampleGas Flow Concentration 1.00 l/min 25.000 ppm Select the gas to be applied. Available options: SampleGas ZeroGas SpanGas1 SpanGas2 SpanGas3 SpanGas4 Blowback All Closed Currently measured gas concentration. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. 6-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.6 Acknowledgements Menu Control.. Acknowledgements.. Acknowledgements This submenu provides function lines to acknowledge status messages and alarms, separately (lines 1 to 5) or simultaneously (last line). To do so, highlight the relevant line and press enter. 6 Failures! Off-Specs! Maintenance Requests! Function Checks! Alarms! All States! Software Menus If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-17 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.7 Ranges Menu Control.. Ranges.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be configured. Ranges Current Range Range Start Range End Concentration Range1 0.000 ppm 100000.000 ppm 25000.000 ppm Select the measuring range to be used. Available options: Range1 Range2 Range3 Range4 Lines 2 & 3 show the corresponding range limits. Line 4 shows the currently measured value. Note! To change range limits 6-44 SETUP, page Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. 6-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.8 Data Logger Control.. Data logger.. Enter this menu to export data logger data to an external device for further processing. Data Logger Data Logger Data to USB! Cached Entries Total Entries 10 120 Number of entries currently in RAM, not yet saved to the internal data logger (total entries) file. Note! Data is written to the internal file every 30 min, or the moment, "Logging" is turned Off (SETUP - DATA LOGGER; 6-105 ) Total number of entries in the internal data logger file. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-19 6 Export logged data (=total entries) to an USB device. Notes! Make sure, there´s a memory device connected! Before the data is exported, all "Cached entries" are copied to the "Total entries" file. Software Menus If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.2 Control Menu 6.2.2.9 Event/Calibration Logger Control.. Event/Calibration Logger.. Enter this menu to export event or calibration logger data to an external device for further processing. Note! This menu is available only, if an optional software features license code has been purchased and installed; 6-89 If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Export logged event data to an USB device. Note! Make sure, there´s a memory device connected! Total number of entries of the internal event logger file. Event/Calibration Logger Event Logger Data to USB! Total Entries 1 Calib Logger Data to USB! Total Entries 5 Export logged calibration data to an USB device. Note! Make sure, there´s a memory device connected! Total number of entries of the internal calibrationein logger file. 6-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3 Setup Menu Setup.. Enter this menu to change basic analyzer settings. Setup display layout, language and more 6-22 Setup calibration parameters 6-62 Configure In- and Outputs Setup communication parameters Configure concentration alarms 6-77 6-80 Configure installed options, enter licence codes for software options 6-88 Backup and restore analyzer configurations 6-92 Operation hours meter 6-97 System identification 6-100 Setup date/time Setup 2of2 Operation Hours Meter.. Identification.. Time.. USB Interface.. Data Logger.. Event Logger.. PLC.. Calculator.. USB interface setup 6-103 Data logger setup 6-105 Event logger setup PLC setup Calculator setup Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-98 6-107 6-107 6-107 6-21 Software Menus Display.. Calibration.. Measurement.. In-/Outputs.. Communication.. Alarms.. Installed Options.. Save-Load.. Setup channel specific parameters 6-43 6 Setup 1of2 6-33 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1 Display Setup Menu Setup.. Display.. From within this menu you can setup how measuring results show up, control menu access, and more. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 1 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Adjust the display´s contrast 6-23 Selects the preferred language for the analyzer software. Available options may vary according to the software version. Currently available: English, French, German, Italian, Polish, Portuguese, Spanish Display Contrast.. Language: English Phrase Version EN1.08 Measurements.. Measurement Display.. Menu Access.. 10 Min Auto Home: 10 Min Phrases file version Configure how measurement results are displayed 6-24 Setup the measurement display 6-29 Configure menu access authorizations 6-32 This parameter determines the time period without user activity, before returning to the measurement display from any submenu. Available options: Never, 1 min, 10 min 6-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.1 Display Contrast Setup Menu Setup.. Display.. Contrast Press (148). Contrast 148 Increase / decrease contrast by a value of 3, each time enter is pressed in either of these lines. Limits: 82 ... 208 Shows the currently used contrast value and is updated each time, enter is pressed in one of the above menu lines. Notes! If by mistake characters are not visible any longer, reset the contrast to the default value. The display´s contrast is temperature dependent. If need be, re-adjust. The default value gives an acceptable result for the analyzer´s permitted operating temperature range. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-23 Software Menus Default! Increase! Decrease! to reset to the default value 6 Contrast enter Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.2 Display Measurements Setup Menu Setup.. Display.. Measurements.. Enter this menu to setup measurement tags, units, precision and more for primary and secondary measurements. This specifies how the measured values are displayed. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Configure the parameters for Measurements Component.. Temperature.. Pressure.. Flow.. Gas measurement 6-25 6-27 Temperature measurement Pressure measurement Flow measurement 6-27 6-28 Note! Temperature, pressure and flow are referred to as 'secondary measurements'. 6-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.2.1 Display Component Setup Menu Setup.. Display.. Measurements.. Component.. Specify how the measured gas concentration values are displayed. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be configured. Component Unit.. Precision: Gas Name: Range Tag Concentration d.ddd CO Ch1-R1 10.000 ppm Enter this line to specify the gas name for this component. This name will show up on the measurement display. Maximum length: 12 characters Shows the current range tag Label Input Output Flow 1 10.0000 10.0000 ppm CO ppm CO Unit text Gas name The last line shows the current settings for the selected channel, depending on the settings above, and is updated if settings are changed. 0.00 l/min Secondary measurement Fig. 6-2: Measurement Display Elements Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. 6-25 6 Configure the precision of the displayed measured value for this component. Selectable options: 0. 0.1 0.12 0.123 0.1234 (means, the fraction part can be setup between none and four digits). Software Menus Configure the component´s measuring unit 6-26 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.2.1.1 Component Unit Setup Menu Setup.. Display.. Measurements.. Component.. Unit.. Within this menu, configure the component´s unit to be used for measurement results. Select the measuring unit for the component. Available options: ppm, ppb, Vol%, Custom Ch1 Component Unit Unit: ppm Unit Text: ppm Span Gas Unit: ppm Span Unit Text: ppm Custom Factor: 1.000000 Custom Offset: 0.000000 Span Gas 50000.000 ppm Concentration 0.000 ppm Configuring individual text strings is permitted only, if "Unit" or "Span gas unit" is set to Custom. 1) "Custom factor" and "Custom offset" are visible and editable only, if "Unit" or "Span gas unit" is set to Custom. For all other options, conversion factors and offsets are pre-defined. 2) Note! Texts for units, and values for factor and offset are not checked for plausibility. Any arbitrary value can be set.. 6-26 Set the text for the measuring unit of the component, to be shown in the measuring screen: each character must be set separately.1) Select the measuring unit for the span gas. Available options: ppm, ppb, Vol%, Custom Note! Zero gas unit and zero gas unit text are always as configured for the component (first 2 menu lines)! Set the text for the measuring unit of the span gas: each character must be set separately.1) Gas concentrations are internally calculated as ppm. To use other units, the corresponding factor must always be specified, e.g. 0.0001 to calculate from ppm to %.2) If necessary, enter an offset here, to be added to the measured value.2) The last 2 lines show how the settings affect the display of measurements. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.2.2 Display Temperature Setup Menu Setup.. Display.. Measurements.. Temperature.. Select the temperature unit to be used for all measurements. Available options: °C, °F, K Temperature Unit Unit: Precision: °C 1 DSP-T1 30.0 °C Configure the precision of temperature displays Accepted values: 0 ... 2 Note! Conversion factors for the different units are pre-defined. 6.2.3.1.2.3 Display Pressure Setup Menu 6 Setup.. Display.. Measurements.. Pressure.. Select the pressure unit to be used for all measurements. Available options: hPa, mbar, bar, psig, Pa Pressure Unit Unit: Precision: DSP-P1 Software Menus Example for the current settings. hPa 0 1013 hPa Configure the precision of pressure displays Accepted values: 0 ... 2 Example for the current settings. Note! Conversion factors for the different units are pre-defined. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-27 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.2.4 Display Flow Setup Menu Setup.. Display.. Measurements.. Flow.. Note! This menu is available only if at least one flow sensor is installed ( 6-88 ). Flow Unit Unit: Precision: DSP-F1 l/min 2 1.00 l/min Select the flow unit to be used for all measurements. Available options: l/min, l/h, ml/min, gal/min Note! 1 gal = 1 US.liq.gal. = 3.7853 l Configure the precision of flow displays Accepted values: 0 ... 2 Example for the current settings. Note! Conversion factors for the different units are pre-defined. 6-28 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.3 Measurement Display Setup Menu Setup.. Display.. Measurement Display.. Enter this menu to configure the measurement display. Line 1: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Line 5: Comp1 Comp2  Display 2 Assignments Comp3 Comp4 Line 1: Comp1 Blank Line 2: Comp2 Line 3: Comp3 Line 4: Comp4 Line 5: Blank Labels.. Labels.. Note! Primary measurements are gas measurements. Secondary measurements are pressure, flow, temperature; these are always displayed with the smaller font. Display 1 Assignments Line 1: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Line 5: Comp1 Comp2 Comp3 Comp4 Flow1 Labels.. On either setup menu page, highlight the line to be configured, press enter and then select the parameter to be displayed in the related line by means of up / down. Available options: Comp1 ... Comp5 Temp1 ... Temp5 Flow1 ... Flow5 Press1 ... Press5 CalcA ... CalcD Blank Configure the labels Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-30. 6-29 6 Display 1 Assignments The MEASUREMENT DISPLAY may be configured as a single or dual page version, where the content of each page can be configured separately by a related page within this setup menu. The first setup menu page ('Display 1 ...') configures the first MEASUREMENT DISPLAY page. You may specify up to 5 measurements to be shown on the page. If only up to two primary and one secondary measurements are configured, the display will use the 2 lines layout with bigger characters. Enter the second menu page ('Display 2 assignments') to setup a second MEASUREMENT DISPLAY page. Software Menus If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.3.1 Setup Measurement Display Labels Setup.. Display.. Measurement Display.. Labels.. Display 1 Labels Line 1: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Line 5: Input Output Flow1 For each MEASUREMENT DISPLAY line you may enter an individual text, called "label". Specifications: • free alphanumeric text • maximum length: 8 characters. Labels • show up on the MEASUREMENT DISPLAY only, • may be setup for primary and secondary measurements, as they refer to the MEASUREMENT DISPLAY line, and not to the parameter. Within this menu, to configure a label, enter the related menu line and enter the text. Display 2 Labels Line 1: Line 2: Line 3: Line 4: Line 5: Press1 Press2 Flow2 Note! There are separate DISPLAY LABELS menus for each MEASUREMENT DISPLAY. 6-30 Differing from labels, tags are used to identify a measurement (primary or secondary), and for this reason • are transmitted via network • show up on menu head lines with channel related data • show up on the MEASUREMENT DISPLAY, too. Due to their importance for measurement identification within a network, the menu to setup tags can be found at SETUP - IDENTIFICATION, page 6-9925. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu Examples: MEASUREMENT DISPLAY, if besides gas names and units, only labels are setup: 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO Input Labels Output Flow 1 MEASUREMENT DISPLAY, if also tags are setup: Gas name1) Tags Unit text1) Input Ch1 Output Ch2 Ch3 Ch4 Flow 1 0.00 l/min 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO 0.00 l/min Identification of component specific menu pages: Ch1 Concentration Off Off Off Off 5.000 ppm Identification of components in log files: Tags Fig. 6-3: Usage of Labels and Tags Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Software Menus LoLo alarm: Lo alarm: Hi alarm: HiHi alarm: To configure gas names and units: SETUP - DISPLAY - MEASUREMENTS, page 6-25. 1) Concentration 6 Tag 6-31 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.1.4 Menu Access Setup Setup.. Display.. Menu access.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Menu access Restrict Level1: Off Code Level1: 00000001 Restrict Level2: Off Code Level2: 00000002 Restrict Level3: Off Code Level3: 00000003 Activate: On Home When using access codes, we recommend NOT using the factory-set codes. Enter these lines to activate or de-activate the access restrictions for the related menu level. Avaliable options: On, Off Setup the access codes: Up to 8 alphanumeric characters may be entered for each code. Determines how unlocked menus are relocked to restore security settings. Available options: On Home: all levels with active acess code are locked on return to the MEASUREMENT DISPLAY 1 min: Levels are locked after 1 minute of inactivity. Never: Menus remain unlocked Note! Executing “Lock menus!” in CONTROL ( 6-5), immediately sets all activated locks. 6-32 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.2 Calibration Setup Menu Setup.. Calibration.. Note! Multi-channel unit: Some of the following submenus require to select the component to be configured: In SELECT COMPONENT, select which channel´s calibration to be configured. Setup calibration tolerances; Ch1 6 Submenu to specify the calibration gases for the selected channel; 6-34. 6-35. Calibration Gases.. Tolerances.. Procedure.. Valve Assignment.. Program Sequence.. Interval Time.. Deviations.. Setup details for the channel´s calibration procedure; 6-36. Assign calibration valves; 6-37. Program a detailled calibration sequence; 6-39. Specify interval times for automatic calibra6-40. tions; See (and reset) calibrations deviations infor6-42. mation Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Software Menus If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. 6-33 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.2.1 Setup Calibration Gases Setup.. Calibration.. Gases.. Enter this line to setup the zero gas concentration. Ch1 Gases Zero Gas: Span Gas: Range Gases.. 0.000 ppm 50000.000 ppm Current Range: Range 1 Enter this line to setup the span gas concentration. Submenu to specify different calibration gases for several ranges (if instrument is setup to below. use different ranges); Information about currently used range. Note! The calibration gases units are as setup for 6-26. the currently selected channel; 6.2.3.2.1.1 Setup Range Gases Setup.. Calibration.. Gases.. Range Gases.. Ch1 Range Gases Zero Gas1: 0.000 ppm Zero Gas2: 0.000 ppm Zero Gas3: 0.000 ppm Zero Gas4: 0.000 ppm Span Gas1: 500.000 ppm Span Gas2: 5000.000 ppm Span Gas3: 25000.000 ppm Span Gas4: 50000.000 ppm 6-34 This menu enables to specify separate zero and span calibration gas concentrations for each range of the selected channel. Note! The calibration gases units are as setup for the currently selected channel; 6-26. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.2.2 Setup Calibration Tolerances Setup.. Calibration.. Tolerances.. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be configured. Ch2 Tolerances Off 20.0 % 20.0 % If tolerance check is enabled (On), setup the limits for zero and span gas individually. Accepted values: 0 ... 100 % (of the channel´s full range) 6 DeviatToler.: Zero Limit: Span Limit: Software Menus This parameter determines whether the tolerance check is active during calibration (On), or not (Off). Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-35 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.2.3 Setup Calibration Procedure Setup.. Calibration.. Procedure.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be configured. The time required to completely fill the gas line with the related gas, when switching to zero or span gas 1). Adjust according your system. Accepted values: 0 ... [max. time, see next menu line] The maximum time to complete a calibration procedure, if calibrated with stability method. If not already regular finished, a calibration will be terminated after this time. Accepted values: 0 ... 600 seconds Ch2 Procedure Purge Time: Max. Time: Zero Ranges: Span Ranges Zero Method: Span Method: Test Mode: 10 s 120 s Together Separately Stability Instant No Note! Marked lines are available only if “Valves” in INSTALLED OPTIONS is set to a value other than none. 1) 6-36 see note on page 6-37 Specify how to calibrate multiple ranges of a channel. Available options: Together, separately Specify the calibration methods for zero and span calibrations. Available options: Stability, Instant Set to Yes, to simply check, if the calibration is still valid: now the instrument performs calibration procedures, without correcting the calibration parameters (simulation of calibrations). Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.2.4 Setup Calibration Valves Note! This line is available only if “Valves” in INSTALLED OPTIONS is set to a value other 6-88 ). than none. ( Setup.. Calibration.. Valve Assignment.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Valve Assignment 1of3 Sample Valve: Purge Time: V3 10 s Zero Valve: Purge Time: V4 5s Correct Assign Yes and • specify the purge time for each valve (accepted values: 0 ... 10,000 s) If there is no conflict in valve assignment, this line shows Yes, otherwise check if, e.g. one valve has been assigned different functions for the same channel. Note! The purge time depends on the gas line design and length, and is the time it takes for the gas stream to completely fill the measuring cell, after the related valve has been opened. Take care, that measured concentrations are faulty, because the cell is filled with improper gas, if purge times are too short. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-37 6 Ch1 For the selected channel: • assign the valves to be used for the different functions, (available options: None, V1 ... V20) Software Menus Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be configured. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu Ch1  Valve Assignment 2of3 Span1 Valve: V1 Purge Time: 1s Span2 Valve: None Purge Time: 0s Span3 Valve: None Purge Time: 0s Span4 Valve: None 0s Purge Time: On the 2nd menu page, assign the span valves, and specify their purge times for the different ranges of the selected channel. Ch1  Valve Assignment 3of3 Blowback Valve: Purge Time: None 0s The 3rd menu page enables to assign a blowback valve, and specify its purge time for the selected channel. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. 6-38 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.2.5 Setup Calibration Program Sequence Setup.. Calibration.. Program Sequence.. Note! This line is available only if “Valves” in INSTALLED OPTIONS is set to a value other than none ( 6-88 ). This menu with 8 pages allows to setup a sequences of up to 30 actions (steps), to carry out individual calibration procedures.  Program Sequence 4of8 Action13: END-OF-PGRM Node13: All Action14: END-OF-PGRM Node14: All Action15: END-OF-PGRM Node15: All Action16: END-OF-PGRM All Node16: ...  Program Sequence 8of8 Action29: END-OF-PGRM Node29: All Action30: END-OF-PGRM Node30: All Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Action name Span1-Cal ... Span4-Cal ZSpan-Cal Span-Cal Zero-Cal NoOp Blowback END-OF-PGRM What happens span calibrate range1 ... range4 zero & span calibrate span calibrate zero calibrate no action start blowback end of programmed sequence Available nodes are (depending on number of channels installed within your analyzer): Node name All Ch1 ... Ch5 Selected action is carried out for all installed channels the selected channel only Example: The sequence in the first figure to the left (page 1of8) starts with - a zero calibration for all channels, followed by - a span calibration of range 1 of channel 1 - a span calibration of range 2 of channel 3. 6-39 Software Menus ... Each step consists of an action and a related node. Available actions are: 6 Program Sequence 1of8 Action1: Zero-Cal Node1: All Action2: Span1-Cal Node2: Ch1 Action3: Span2-Cal Node3: Ch3 Action4: END-OF-PGRM All Node4: Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.2.6 Setup Calibration Interval Time Setup.. Calibration.. Interval Times.. Note! This line is available only if “Valves” in INSTALLED OPTIONS is set to a value other than none ( 6-88 ). Interval Times Select the procedure(s) you want to configure to be carried out on a regular (interval time) basis. Zero All.. Zero&Span All.. Programmed Sequence.. Blowback All.. 6.2.3.2.6.1 Note! All 4 lines in this menu link to submenus of a similiar design, exemplified in the following section. Setup an Interval Time Note! For information about how to access menus exemplified in this section, above. Depending on the procedure selected on the previous menu page, the title shows 'Zero All', 'Zero&Span All', 'Programmed Sequence' or 'Blowback All'. Enable or Disable interval times for the selected procedure ... Enable: Interval: Start Time.. Disabled 24 h Next: -- Time 6/22/09 15:33 Specify the interval between two procedures. Accepted values: 1 ... 10,000 h Shows the time for the next start of procedure, based on the current settings. Current time. 6-40 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu '...' in the title is replaced by 'Zero All', 'Zero&Span All', 'Programmed Sequence' or 'Blowback All', depending on the selected procedure. Month: Day: Hour: Minute: Set! Next 1 1 10 0 6/23/09 10:00 Set start date and time: The next calibration time is calculated, considering the entries in above lines and the interval time given on the previous page. Note! This procedure also updates the 4 lines above, to show the next calibration date as start time. 6 Shows the time for the next start of procedure, based on the current settings. Software Menus In lines 1 ... 4, specify date and time for the next countdown to start. Start ... Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-41 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.2.7 Setup Calibration Deviations Setup.. Calibration.. Deviations.. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be setup. In the context of this menu, deviation means the value, the current zero or span calibration value is corrected by subsequent calibrations. Ch2 Deviations ZeroDev 5.000 ppm ZeroDev Total 7.000 ppm Zero Deviation Reset! SpanDev 100.000 ppm SpanDev Total 230.000 ppm Span Deviation Reset! Example: A measuring channel shows zero drift of 10 ppm per week. It is calibrated once a week. After 3 weeks, DEVIATIONS would show: ZeroDev: 10 ppm (= last calibr.) ZeroDev Total: 30 ppm (= summary of 3 calibrations, carried out within 3 weeks) "ZeroDev." or "SpanDev." in concentration units give the correction by the last performed calibration. "ZeroDev. total" or "SpanDev. total" in concentration units give the total (sum of) corrections of all the referred calibrations since the last time, deviations have been reset. Reset all zero or span deviations. Note! These functions are carried out immediately, and there´s no undo! Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for a different channel. 6-42 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3 Setup Measurement Setup.. Measurement.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be configured. Submenu to configure up to 4 ranges per channel; 6-44. Measurement 1of2 Ranges.. Damping.. Linearization.. Cross Interference.. Average.. Delay..  Setup t90 times; 6-47. Setup and activate linearization; 6-56. Setup and activate cross interference compensation; 6-xx. Setup and activate averaging; 6-60. 6 Setup delay time; 6-59. Software Menus Ch1 Ch1  Measurement 2of2 Cut-off: None Pressure Compensation .. Cut-off mode: Output values are limited, in case they exceed the configured range limits, or are becoming negative. Available options: None: cut-off mode is disabled RngLimits: values are limited to range limits NonNegat.: negative values are output as '0' Setup ambient pressure for compensation; 6-61 Note! Cut-off always is disabled during calibrations! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. 6-43 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.1 Setup Measurement Ranges Setup.. Measurement.. Ranges.. Enter this menu to configure up to 4 ranges per channel. Select the range to be configured. Available options: Range1 ... Range4 For the current range, specify start and end concentration limits. Ch1 Ranges Current Range: Range Start: Range End: Starts & Ends.. Range Control: Auto Ranging.. Range1 0.000 ppm 50000.000 ppm Manual Specify the limits for up to 4 ranges per channel in one single menu, making it easier to 6-45. adjust several limits at a glance; For the current range, specify how range switching is done. Available options: Manual, Remote, Automatic Note! Selecting Remote or Automatic range control is not possible, if identical ranges end values are specified ( 6-45)! Specify the switchover levels for up to 4 6-45. ranges per channel; 6-44 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.1.1 Measurement Ranges Starts & Ends Setup.. Measurement.. Ranges.. Starts & Ends.. Ch1 Measurement Autoranging 6 6.2.3.3.1.2 Select the range to be configured, and set start and end concentrations. Note! For automatic or remote range control, all ranges end values need to be different! Software Menus Starts & Ends Range1 Start: 0.000 ppm Range1 End: 500.000 ppm Range2 Start: 0.000 ppm Range2 End: 1000.000 ppm Range3 Start: 0.000 ppm Range3 End: 5000.000 ppm Range4 Start: 0.000 ppm Range4 End: 10000.000 ppm Setup.. Measurement.. Ranges.. Autoranging.. For each range select separately, if autoranging is used (Yes) or not (No) Ch1 Auto Ranging Range1: Range2: Range3: Hysteresis: Switchover Levels.. Yes Yes Yes 10 % Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Specify the hysteresis for autoranging. Accepted range: 1 ... 50 % Alternatively specify switchover limits for each range separately; 6-46. 6-45 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.1.2.1 Autoranging Switchover Levels Setup.. Measurement.. Ranges.. Autoranging.. Switchover Levels.. Ch1 Switchover Levels MinLevel1: 200.000 ppm MaxLevel1: 500.000 ppm MinLevel2: 400.000 ppm MaxLevel2: 750.000 ppm MinLevel3: 600.000 ppm MaxLevel3: 2000.000 ppm MinLevel4: 1800.000 ppm MaxLevel4: 5000.000 ppm Specify individual switchover levels, instead of using one single hysteresis value for all ranges. Max. level gives the switchover limit for rising concentrations: If this level is exceeded, the analyzer activates the next higher range. Min. level gives the switchover limit for decreasing concentrations: If this level is underrun, the analyzer activates the next lower range. Note! As given in the figures to the left, specifying the 'Min.level' of a level to be lower than the 'Max.level' of the level right below, defines a switching hysteresis. 6-46 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu Setup Damping Setup.. Measurement.. Damping.. This software menu enables to setup an additional electronic damping (t90 time), that is added to the system damping. The reason to do so, is to e.g. have a smoother output signal. Ch1 Damping t90 Range1: t90 Range2: t90 Range3: t90 Range4: t90 Current Current Range t90 Time Max 2.0 s 2.0 s 2.0 s 2.0 s 2.0 s Ch1-R1 76.9 s Specify t90 times for each range of the selected channel. Gives the current t90 time, specified for the currently selected range. Shows the current measuring range. Gives the maximum possible t90 time, which is limited by the size of the internal sampling buffer and the sampling rates of the installed measuring principles/sensors. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-47 Software Menus Any measuring system applies a damping on its output signal, compared to the change of the 'real' measurand, due to delays caused by • electronic signal processing, • sensors with finite response time, • gas flow, and more. This damping is called 'system damping'. 6 6.2.3.3.2 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.3 Setup Linearization Setup.. Measurement.. Linearization.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Switch On or Off the linearizer. Specify the linearization methode to be used. Available options: Splines, Polynom. Ch1 Linearization Linearizer: Off LinearMethod: Splines Calculate! Setpoints (X).. Actuals (Y).. Linearizer Min 20.000 ppm Linearizer Max 110.000 ppm Normal Status Select this line to let the analyzer calculate the new linearization curve. First enter SETPOINTS (X) to enter the new setpoint values ( 6-50 ). When done, enter ACTUALS (Y) to enter the corresponding actuals ( 6-51 ). The linearization status. Possible values: Normal, Underflow, Overflow, Undefined 6-48 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu Specify the linearization methode to be used. Available options: Splines, Polynom.  Linearization LinearMethod: Splines LinearizerRange1: Off LinearizerRange2: Off LinearizerRange3: Off LinearizerRange4: Off Coefficients.. Current range: Range1 0.000 ppm Concentration Separately switch On or Off the Linearization for each range of the selected channel. Submenu to enter coefficients ( ). Select the currently to be used range. Ch1  Linearization Linearizer Min Linearizer Max Status 20.000 ppm 110.000 ppm Normal Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Software Menus Currently measured gas concentration Measuring range, covered by the linearization settings. Linearization status. Possible values: Normal, Underflow, Overflow, Undefined 6-49 6 Ch1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.3.1 Setup Linearization Setpoints (X) Setup.. Measurement.. Linearization.. Setpoints (X).. Ch1 Setpoints (X) 1of4 Lin X1: 0.000 ppm Lin X2: 0.000 ppm Lin X3: 0.000 ppm Lin X4: 0.000 ppm Lin X5: 0.000 ppm Lin X6: 0.000 ppm Lin X7: 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm Lin X8: To modify a linearization curve, within this menu enter up to 32 setpoint values (x values) for the new parameter sets. When done, return to the previous menu, enter ACTUALS (Y) and enter the corresponding (y) values. Ch1  Setpoints (X) 2of4 Lin X9: 0.000 ppm Lin X10 0.000 ppm Ch1 Lin X11: 0.000 ppm Lin X12: ppm  Setpoints0.000 (X) 3of4 Lin X13: 0.000 ppm Lin X17: 0.000 ppm Lin X14: 0.000 ppm Lin X18: 0.000 ppm Lin X15: 0.000 ppm Ch1 Lin X19: 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm ppm Lin X16: Lin X20:  Setpoints0.000 (X) 4of4 Lin X21: 0.000 ppm Lin X25: 0.000 ppm Lin X22: 0.000 ppm Lin X26: 0.000 ppm Lin X23: 0.000 ppm Lin X27: 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm Lin X24: Lin X28: 0.000 ppm Lin X29: 0.000 ppm Lin X30: 0.000 ppm Lin X31: 0.000 ppm Lin X32: 0.000 ppm 6-50 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.3.2 Setup Linearization Actuals (Y) Setup.. Measurement.. Linearization.. Actuals (Y).. Ch1 Actuals (Y) 1of4 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm To modify a linearization curve, after having entered the setpoint values (x values) for the new parameter sets, within this menu enter the new actuals (y) values. 4 menu pages enable to enter up to 32 values. Note! Take care to enter the same number of actuals as setpoints! Ch1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6  Actuals (Y) 2of4 Lin Y9: 0.000 ppm Lin Y10 0.000 ppm Ch1 Lin Y11: 0.000 ppm Lin Y12: 0.000  Actuals (Y) 3of4ppm Lin Y13: 0.000 ppm Lin Y17: 0.000 ppm Lin Y14: 0.000 ppm Lin Y18: 0.000 ppm Lin Y15: 0.000 ppm Ch1 Lin Y19: 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm Lin Y16: Lin Y20: 0.000  Actuals (Y) 4of4ppm Lin Y21: 0.000 ppm Lin Y25: 0.000 ppm Lin Y22: 0.000 ppm Lin Y26: 0.000 ppm Lin Y23: 0.000 ppm Lin Y27: 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm Lin Y24: Lin Y28: 0.000 ppm Lin Y29: 0.000 ppm Lin Y30: 0.000 ppm Lin Y31: 0.000 ppm Lin Y32: 0.000 ppm Software Menus Lin Y1: Lin Y2: Lin Y3: Lin Y4: Lin Y5: Lin Y6: Lin Y7: Lin Y8: 6-51 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.3.3 Polynomials Coefficients Setup.. Measurement.. Linearization.. Coefficients.. Assign polynomials to each range of the current channel. Multiple assignments are supported. Range1 Uses: Range2 Uses: Range3 Uses: Range4 Uses: Coeffs Poly1.. Coeffs Poly2.. Coeffs Poly3.. Coeffs Poly4.. Calculation.. 6-52 Poly1 Poly3 Poly3 Poly4 Submenus to enter polynomials coefficients; . Submenu to calculate the polynomials; . Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.3.3.1 Enter Polynomials Coefficients 10.0 % 5.0 % 100000 ppm No coeffs Enter the coefficients here for a 4th order polynomial: a4 x4 + a3 x3 + a2 x2 + a1 x + a0 6 Software Menus Overflow: Underflow: a0: a1: a2: a3: a4: RefValue State Poly1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-53 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.3.3.2 Calculate Polynomials Ch1 LinearSetpoints.. CalcPolySet: Calculate! Cancel! State Poly1 State Poly2 State Poly3 State Poly4 Merit Submenu for linearization setpoints ( 6-55 ) All poly No coeffs No coeffs No coeffs No coeffs 0 Ch1  Approximation setup MaxItera: Cut-off: 6-54 100 0.001 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.3.3.2.1 Linearization Setpoints Ch1 Linearization setpoints 6-50 ). 6-51 ). 10000 ppm 10000 ppm 10000 ppm 10000 ppm 6 Software Menus Setpoints (X).. Actuals (Y).. RefPoly1: RefPoly2: RefPoly3: RefPoly4: Clear all points! Submenu to enter setpoints ( Submenu to enter actuals ( Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-55 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.4 Setup Cross Interference Setup.. Measurement.. Cross Interference.. This menu enables to configure up to 4 sources (internal or external) for cross interference compensation. Ch1 Cross Interference Activated: IF Source1.. IF Source2.. IF Source3.. IF Source4.. 6-56 Off Enable (On) or disable (Off) cross interference compensation for the selected channel. Up to 4 sources of concentration values can be configured for compensation. These sub6-57. menus are exemplified on Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu Setup Cross Interference Sourcen Setup.. Measurement.. Cross Interference.. IF Source1 ... 4 Select the source of measuring values to be used for cross compensating the selected channel. Available options: None: source is disabled for cross compensation Conc1 ... Conc5: Measurement values of internal channels 1 ... 5 AIN1, AIN2: Analog input 1 or 2 Calc A ... Calc D: Result of Calc A to Calc D Ch1 IF Source1 Source: Value Status Interference Factor: None 0 Good 1 Apply IF Factor! Linearization Curve.. Shows the interfering components value, currently applied. Shows the interfering components status. Available options: Absent, Good. Specify the influence of the selected source on the selected channel to be compensated. Accepted range: -1x109 ... +1x109 Apply the configured settings. If the source signal is not linear, enter this submenu .to configure a fourth-order polynomial, 6-578. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-57 Software Menus Within this menu, configure the source and effect of interference of the component, interfering the currently selected channel. 6 6.2.3.3.4.1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.4.1.1 Setup Cross Interference Linearization Curve Setup.. Measurement.. Cross Interference.. IF Source1 ... 4 Linearization Curve.. Note! The menu figure to the left shows the default setup for the polynomials, which relates to a straight line. So, if your IF source signal is linear, no further actions or changes in this menu are required. Reference value to normalize the linearization curve. Accepted range: -1E+9 ... +1E+9 Ch1 IF Source1 6-58 Reference Value: 1 IF Polynomial a1: IF Polynomial a2: IF Polynomial a3: IF Polynomial a4: 1.00000000 0.00000000 0.00000000 0.00000000 Enter up to 4 polynomial factors to linearize the interfering component´s input signal with a fourth-order polynomial of the form a4 x4 + a3 x3 + a2 x2 + a1 x Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.5 Setup Measurement Average Setup.. Measurement.. Average.. Some applications, like e.g. CEMS, require to calculate and monitor concentration averages. Enter this menu to setup averaging. Average 2 min 32 s 0.000 ppm Elapsed time for the next average. Last average result. 6 Averaging Time: Next Average in Last Average Software Menus In this line specify the averaging time. Accepted values: 0 ... 120 min Ch1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-59 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.6 Setup Measurement Delay Setup.. Measurement.. Delay.. This menu option enables to delay a measurement output (on all display, analog outputs, network, etc.). Use this option to compensate signal delays within multichannel instruments, if you need very synchronous results. Reasons for unsynchronous behaviour may be e.g. serial tubing of multiple channels, where the first channel already gives a valid reading, while the last one is still waiting for the gas. Ch1 Delay Delay Time:: Delay Time Max 6-60 2.0 s 98.0 s Setup the output delay time. Accepted range: 0.0 s ... "Max. Delay time" The acceptable maximum delay time is internally calculated, depending on the installed measuring options, and cannot be changed. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.3.7 Setup Pressure Compensation Setup.. Measurement.. Pressure Compensation.. Manually enter the current ambient pressure for pressure compensation. Note! If a pressure sensor is installed, this line is hidden! Ch1 Manual Pressure: 1013 hPa Pressure Pressure Status 1013 hPa Good 6 These lines show the pressure, currently used for pressure compensation and the status. Software Menus Pressure compensation Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-61 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4 Setup In-/Outputs Setup.. In-/Outputs.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Enter the submenu for the in- or outputs you want to configure: In-/Outputs Analog Outputs.. Digital Outputs.. Digital Inputs.. Internal SHS.. Analog Inputs.. Analog outputs: Digital outputs: Digital inputs: 6-68 6-71 Internal sample handling system: Analog inputs: 6-62 6-63 6-73 6-74 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.1 Setup Analog Outputs Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Analog Outputs.. Configure your analyzer´s analog outputs. Analog Outputs Output1.. Output2.. Output3.. Output4.. Output5.. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Note! All submenus for the analog outputs settings are of an identical design. 6-63 6 Enter the submenu for the output you want to configure. Software Menus If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.1.1 Setup Analog Outputn Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Analog outputs.. Output1...5.. Signal: OutRange: Low Scale: Max Scale: AutoScale: FailMode: 0/4 mA: 20 mA: Hold: Comp1 0-20 mA 0.00 100.00 Yes Live 0.00 100.00 No "Signal” specifies the value associated with the selected output. The following options (partly dependent on the number of measuring channels and sensors installed) are available: Signal*) None Description The analog output is deactivated A 0 or 4 mA signal is generated, e.g. to check the signal processing in an external system. Whether a 0 or 4 mA signal is generated, is set by the "Out 0 mA range” line ( next page). A 20 mA signal is generated, e.g. to check the signal processing in an exter20 mA nal system. Comp1 ... 5 Gas concentration Temp1 ... 5 Temperature Press1 ... 5 Pressure Flow1 ... 5 Flow Calc A ... D Result of calculator RawVal1 ... 5 Raw value RangeID1 ... 5 ID of selected range *) Numbers 1 to 5 refer to components [channels] 1 to 5: In case of secondary parameters, this means, the selected value is that of the sensor assigned to the given component (Press2 is the pressure value of the sensor assigned to component 2). 6-64 In contrast, capital letters A to D imply that these calculator results are component [channel] independent (Calc C is the result of calculator C). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu Enter a concentration, to equal the low output limit (0 or 4 mA) Enter a concentration, to equal the high output limit (20 mA) Enable (Yes) or disable (No) output autoscaling. Note! Factory settings are OutRange: 4-20 mA and FailMode: LOW - 10%, if not changed at time of order. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG "Fail mode" selects the output´s behaviour under failure conditions, considering or not, the NAMUR recommendation NE 43. NE 43 defines output signals enabling to detect different types of failures/status (see table 6-1): The related information is transmitted as a current signal, but outside the (0)4-20 mA measurement signal range. Available options: Track: NE 43 not considered. HIGH + 10%: NE 43 failure signal level: "above". LOW - 10%: NE 43 failure signal level: "below". 6-65 Software Menus Comp1 0-20 mA 0.00 100.00 Yes Live 0.00 100.00 No 6 Signal: OutRange: Low Scale: Max Scale: AutoScale: FailMode: 0/4 mA: 20 mA: Hold: "Out(put) range": • 0-20 mA (dead zero) generates a 20 mA signal, if a concentration is measured at the upper limit of the signal range. A 0 mA signal is generated if the sample gas concentration equals the value specified with "LowScale" . • 4-20 mA (life zero): A 4 mA signal is generated if the concentration equals the value specified with "LowScale", thus enabling to detect e.g. a broken cable. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.1.1.1 Operation Modes Acc. NAMUR NE 43 If "OutRange" is set to 0-20 mA, a 20 mA signal is generated, if the measured concentration is equal to "Max Scale". A 0 mA signal is generated if the sample gas concentration is 0 (dead zero). However, a severed cable also results in a signal value of 0. An external data acquisition system thus cannot detect such an failure and accepts a gas concentration of 0. The commonly used method of detecting a severed cable is to apply an offset: a concentration corresponding to the lower range value is assigned an analog signal of 4 mA, enabling to detect a severed or disconnected cable. This live zero mode is activated by setting “Out Range” to 4-20 mA. Operation Modes Conforming to NAMUR 43 (NE 43) Recommendations The operation modes described above do not generate a signal which enables detection of a failure in the measurement system. In such cases the behaviour of the output signal is undefined: either the last value is held, or a random value is sent. System failures thus cannot be detected by an external data acquisition system. NE 43 contains recommendations for setting analog outputs in order to avoid these situations. These are implemented by X-STREAM analyzers as follows: Setting "FailMode" to HIGH + 10% or LOW 10% defines specific analog output signals in case of a failure. Since these values do not occur under normal operation conditions, a data acquisition system is enabled to distinguish between the following situations (table 6-1): • Valid signal (signal within valid range; column C) • Signal out of range (signal rises or falls slowly to the limits given in columns D or E and holds this value until the concentration returns to a valid level). • Failure (signal out of range; column F) • Severed cable (no signal; column G) Output signal, if Column A B C D E F G "OutRange" "FailMode" Failure signal level acc. NE 43 Measured value is valid Measured value is below lower limit ("Low scale") Measured value is above upper limit ("High scale") An internal failure occured Cable is severed 0-20 mA Track - 0 ... 20 mA < -19 mA > 21 mA undefined 0 mA 4-20 mA Track - 4 ... 20 mA < -19 mA > 21 mA undefined 0 mA 0-20 mA LOW - 10% below 0 ... 20 mA -0.2 mA 20.5 mA -2 mA 0 mA 4-20 mA LOW - 10% below 4 ... 20 mA 3.8 mA 20.5 mA 2.4 mA 0 mA 0-20 mA HIGH + 10% above 0 ... 20 mA -0.2 mA 20.5 mA > 22 mA 0 mA 4-20 mA HIGH + 10% above 4 ... 20 mA 3.8 mA 20.5 mA > 21.6 mA 0 mA Tab. 6-1: Analog Output Failure Modes 6-66 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu "0/4 mA" enables to finetune the analog output: Set "Signal" to 0 mA and, while measuring the output current, in this line adjust it to the expected value. Accepted range: -10,000 ... +10,000 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG "20 mA" enables to finetune the analog output: Set "Signal" to 20 mA and while measuring the output current, in this line adjust it to the expected value. Accepted range: -10,000 ... +10,000 "Hold" selects the output´s behaviour during calibrations. If set to Yes, • the analog output is fixed to the last measured value; • concentration alarms, which may otherwise be triggered by the concentrations of the calibration gases, are supressed. If set to No, • the analog output signal always corresponds to the actual measured value during calibration; this may trigger alarms if limits are exceeded. Note! This behaviour may be undesireable if e.g. the unit is connected to a data acquisition system. 6-67 Software Menus Comp1 4-20 mA 0.00 100.00 Yes LOW - 10% 0.00 100.00 No 6 Signal: OutRange: Low Scale: Max Scale: AutoScale: FailMode: 0/4 mA: 20 mA: Hold: Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.2 Setup Digital Outputs Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Digital Outputs.. This first menu page enables to configure digital outputs 1 ... 4, which are the basic outputs, available with every X-STREAM XE analyzer ('X1' in the menu title refers to the instrument´s I/O connector X1). Digital Outputs (X1) Output1 Node: System Output1 Signal: Off Output2 Node: Ch1 Output2 Signal: Off Output3 Node: Ch2 Output3 Signal: Off Output4 Node: Ch3 Output4 Signal: Off For each output 1 .. 4 specify within the "Node" line the signal source. Available options: System, Ch1 ... Ch5 (depending on the number of channels installed). If any one of Ch1 ... Ch5 is selected, only signals, valid for the selected channel are considered. If System is selected, analyzer specific signals are selectable. Once the "Node" is specified, for each output 1 .. 4 select within the "Signal" line, what to output. Depending on the node, the list of available signals varies; next page. 6-68 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu Off On Heartbeat Any Failure Any Off-Spec Any MaintRequ Any FctCheck Any calibrating Any zeroing Any spanning Any zero failed Any span failed Any range low Any range high Any conc alm Any average alm Any temper alm Any press alm Any flow alm V1 ... V20 Pump1 ... 2 Ext Alarm1 ... 8 PLC result1 ... 10 CalcA rslt LoLo CalcA rslt Lo CalcA rslt Hi CalcA rslt HiHi CalcB rslt LoLo .... CalcD rslt HiH Description Switched off Switched on Status changes every second (test mode) Node: Ch1 ... Ch5 Option Off On Heartbeat Any failure, off-spec, maintenance request or function check status is set Failure Off-Spec MaintRequ Any calibration, zero or span calibration is ongoing Calibrating Zeroing Spanning Zero failed Span failed Range underflow Range overflow A zero or span calibration failed Any measured value exceeds a current range Any channel triggered an alarm of the selected type Drive an external valve Drive an external pump An alarm is triggered The result of calculatorA exceeds the selected limit Similar to CalcA, but for calculators B ... D Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG FctCheck Range 1 ... 4 Conc LoLo Conc Lo Conc Hi Conc HiHi Average .. ..LoLo, ..Lo, ..Hi, ..HiHi Temperature .. ..LoLo, ..Lo, ..Hi, ..HiH Pressure .. ..LoLo, ..Lo, ..Hi, ..HiH Flow .. ..LoLo, ..Lo, ..Hi, ..HiH (related to channel) Description Switched off Switched on Status changes every second (test mode) A channel specific failure, off-spec, maintenance request or function check status is set The channel is calibrating, zeroing or spanning The selected procedure failed Measured value exceeds current range The selected range is active A concentration alarm of the selected type is triggered A concentration average alarm of the selected type is triggered A temperature alarm of the selected type is triggered A pressure alarm of the selected type is triggered A flow alarm of the selected type is triggered 6-69 Software Menus Option (related to analyzer) 6 Node: System Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu If your instrument features optional digital I/O boards, similiar menu pages for the additional digital outputs are unlocked. The options for each output are as described before.:  Digital Outputs (X4.1) 1of3 Output5 Node: System Output5 Signal: Off Output6 Node: Digital OutputsSystem (X4.1) 2of3 Output6 Signal: OffSystem Output8 Node: Output8 Off Output7 Node: Signal: System Output7 Signal: OffSystem Output9 Node:  Digital Outputs (X4.1) 3of3 Output9 Signal: Node: OffSystem Output11 Output11 Off Output10 Node: Signal: System Output10 Signal: OffSystem Output12 Node: Output12 Signal: Off Output13 Node: Output13 Signal: System Off  Digital Outputs (X4.2) 1of3 Output14 Node: System Output14 Signal: Off Output15  Node: Digital OutputsSystem (X4.2) 2of3 Output15 Signal: OffSystem Output17 Node: Output17 Off Output16 Node: Signal: System Output16 Signal: OffSystem Output18 Node:  Digital Outputs (X4.2) 3of3 Output18 Signal:Node: OffSystem Output20 Output20 Off Output19 Node: Signal: System Output19 Signal: OffSystem Output21 Node: Output21 Signal: Off Output22 Node: Output22 Signal: 6-70 Menu pages 4 ... 6 (titled 'Digital outputs (X4.1)') enable to configure outputs 5 ... 13 on the first expansion board ('X4.1' in the menu title refers to the instrument´s I/O connector X4.1). Menu pages 7 ... 9 (titled 'Digital outputs (X4.2)') enable to configure outputs 14 ... 22 on the second expansion board ('X4.2' in the menu title refers to the instrument´s I/O connector X4.2). System Off Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.3 Setup Digital Inputs Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Digital Inputs.. If your instrument features optional digital I/O boards, this menu appears, enabling to configure the digital inputs. Input1 Node: Input1 Function: Input1 Edge: Input2 Node: Input2 Function: Input2 Edge: System ExtFail Up Ch1 Range1 Down System Input3 Node: Input3 Function: ExtFail Input3 Edge: Up Input4 Node: System Input4  Function: ExtFail Digital inputs (X4.1) 3of3 Input4 Edge: Up Input5 Input6 Node: Node: Ch1System Input5 Input6 Function: Range1ExtFail Function: Input5 Edge:Edge: Down Input6 Up Input7 Node: Up Input7 Function: Ch3 Range4 Input7 Edge:  Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Once the "Node" is specified, for each input select the "Function" of that input (depending on the node, the list of available signals varies; next page) and select, how the input is to be triggered: by rising "Edge" (Up), or falling "Edge" (Down). 6-71 6 Digital Inputs (X4.1) 1of3 For each input 1...7 specify within the "Node" line the signal source. Available options: System, Ch1 ... Ch5 (depending on the number of channels installed). If any one of Ch1 ... Ch5 is selected, only signals, valid for the selected channel are selectable. If System is selected, any system signal is selectable. Software Menus Menu pages 1...3 (titled "Digital inputs (X4.1)") enable to configure inputs 1...7 on the first expansion board ('X4.1' in the menu title refers to the instrument´s I/O connector X4.1). Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu Node: System Inputn Function Option Description None Not used ZeroCalAll Carry out the selected SpanCalAll calibration procedure, ZeroSpanCalAll or cancel any ongoing calibration CancelAll ExtFail The input is a NAMUR ExtMaint signal of the selected ExtFctCtrl type ExtOffSpec  Inputn Function Option Description None Not used ZeroCal Carry out the selected SpanCal calibration procedure, or cancel any ongoing ZeroSpanCal calibration Cancel Activate the selected Range 1 ... 4 range Digital Inputs (X4.2) 1of3 Input8 Node: System Input8 Function: ExtFail Input8 Edge: Up Input10 Node: Input9  Edge: UpSystem Input10 Function: Input9 Node: Ch3ExtFail Edge: Up Input9 Input10 Function: Range4 Input11 Node: System  Input11Function: ExtFail Digital inputs (X4.2) 3of3 Input11 Edge: Up Input12Input13 Node: Node: Ch1System Input12Input13 Function: Function: Range1ExtFail Input12 Edge:Edge: Down Input13 Up Input14 Node: Up Input14 Function: Ch3 Input14 Edge: Range4 6-72 Node: Ch1 ... Ch5 Menu pages 4 ... 6 (titled 'Digital inputs (X4.2)') enable to configure outputs 8 ... 14 on a second expansion board ('X4.2' in the menu title refers to the instrument´s I/O connector X4.2). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.4 Setup Internal SHS Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Internal SHS.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Software Menus Off Off Off Off Off Off Off Off 6 Internal SHS (1of2) Gas1 Signal: Gas2 Signal: Gas3 Signal: Gas4 Signal: Gas5 Signal: Gas6 Signal: Gas7 Signal: Gas8 Signal:  Internal SHS (2of2) Pump1 Signal: Off Pump2 Signal: Off Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-73 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.5 Setup Analog Inputs Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Analog Inputs.. Enter this menu to configure the optional analog inputs. Note! If your instrument does not feature analog inputs, this menu is not available. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Analog Inputs Analog Input1.. Analog Input2.. 6-74 Select the analog input you want to configure 6-75). ( Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.5.1 Setup Analog Input n Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Analog Inputs.. Analog Input1 ... 2 Max. Good Value: Min. Good Value: 800 1100 Adjust analog-digital conversion 1013 Good Shows the calculated input value, based on the conversion coefficients a0..a2, as specified in the submenu. 6-76 Adjust Conversion.. Calc. Input Value Status Input value status. Possible entries: Absent, Failure, Good, Simulated (e.g. when in test mode) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-75 6 Analog Input1 Software Menus With this two lines specify the range for the input value to be accepted as 'good'. The (not shown) unit for these entries is the measurement unit of the external source, such as e.g. pressure sensor: hPa, flow sensor: l/min, ... Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.4.5.1.1 Adjust Conversion Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Analog Inputs.. Analog Input1 ... 2 Adjust Conversion.. Select the type of signal, provided by the external source. Available options: 0..10V, 0..1V, 4..20mA: voltage or current signal is applied Off: Input is switched off Test: the instrument internally generates a step-like signal for testing purposes. Adjust Conversion Input1 Mode: 4..20mA ADC Output 8388608 Input Normalized to 0...1 Coeff a0: 1 Coeff a1: 2 Coeff a2: 3 Calc. Input Value 1013 Status Good Shows the internal ADC output (informative) Enter the coefficients for your input signal here, considering - it is for a cubic equation max. - it is normalized to 0...1 (see note in menu) Shows the calculated input value, based on the coefficients a0..a2, for comparison with the real input value. If both do not match, correct the coefficients. Input signal status. Possible values: Absent, Failure, Good, Simulated (e.g. when in test mode) 6-76 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.5 Setup Communication Setup.. Communication.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Setup the interface parameters to meet the configuration of your host system. Configure the serial interface ( Serial.. Web Server: Ethernet1.. Ethernet2.. On 6-78) Specify, if (On) or not (No) a web server connection is used. 6 Configure "Ethernet1" or "Ethernet2"�� communication ( 6-79) Software Menus Communication Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-77 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.5.1 Setup Communication Serial Setup.. Communication.. Serial.. Select the Modbus protocol. Available options: MODB-RTU, None Serial Protocol: 32Bit Mode: Mbus ID: Baud Rate: Parity: Modbus-RTU 16BitLow 1 19200 Even Modbus mode of operation. Available options: 32Bit (=Daniel mode), 16BitLow (=Modicon mode, LOW word first) 16BitHigh (=Modicon mode, HIGH word first) Enter instrument ID for network. Accepted values: 1 .. 254 Select baud rate for the serial interface. Available options: 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200 Set whether a parity bit is used. Available options: None, Even, Odd 6-78 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu Setup Communication Ethernetn Setup.. Communication.. Ethernet1...2 Ethernet1 MAC 123456789 IP: 123.456.78.9 Subnet: 255.255.255.1 Gateway: 123.456.78.0 Use DHCP: Yes IP Status Ready Apply Configuration!  Within these menus, configure the Ethernet communication for connector 1 or 2. Most entries are standard, to be setup to meet your local network configuration. Enter the second menu page to configure the Modbus parameters. If your network does not feature a DHCP server, enter these lines to configure the network settings manually. If your network does not feature a DHCP server, select No to enter the network settings manually. If your network features a DHCP server, "IP status" turns to Ready, if a valid IP address has been assigned.  Ethernet1 Modbus 32Bit Mode: Modb Timeout: 16BitLow 1000 ms 6 To apply any changes made on this first menu page, press enter in this line. Modbus mode of operation. Available options: 32Bit (=Daniel mode), 16BitLow (=Modicon mode, LOW word first) 16BitHigh (=Modicon mode, HIGH word first) Modbus timeout. Accepted values: 500 ... 10,000 ms Note! At maximum 2 hosts at a time can connect to the analyzer. "MBus timeout" specifies the time interval to elapse, before a host without activity is disconnected. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Software Menus 6.2.3.5.2 6-79 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.6 Setup Alarms This menu and its submenus enable to configure a couple of alarm conditions. In case an alarm goes off, a status is set and the related pictogram shows in the display. Also digital outputs may be configured to be activated ( 6-68 ). Setup.. Alarms.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Select if the alarms outputs are failsafe (Yes) or not (No): Failsafe means, relay output coils are powered during normal operation. Alarms Alarms Output Failsafe: Concentration.. Conc Average.. Temperature.. Pressure.. Flow.. Yes Configure concentration alarms ( 6-81 ) Configure alarms for concentration averages ( 6-83 ) Configure temperature alarms ( Configure pressure alarms ( Configure flow alarms ( Alarms 2 Calculator A.. Calculator B.. Calculator C.. Calculator D.. 6-80 6-85 ) 6-85 ) 6-85 ) X-STREAM XE analyzers can be upgraded with optional software packages, to provide 4 calculators (A ... D). Their results can be monitored to activate alarms ( 6-86 ). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.6.1 Setup Alarms Concentrations Setup.. Alarms.. Concentration.. Note! To configure concentration alarm levels for averaging measurements, 6-83! Ch1 Concentration Alarm Monitor: LoLo Level: Lo Level: Hi Level: HiHi Level: Hysteresis: States.. On 50.000 ppm 100.000 ppm 400.000 ppm 600.000 ppm 10.000 ppm Specify up to 4 concentration (threshold) levels: "LoLo" and "Lo" levels are to be setup below the expected concentration. "HiHi"and "Hi" levels are to be setup above the expected concentration. See the figure to the left for details. Specify the hysteresis to be considered around the concentration levels, to avoid oscillating alarms. To view the current alarm states; 6-82 Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-81 6 Switch On or Off the alarm monitor for the current channel. Software Menus Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be setup. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.6.1.1 View Concentration Alarms States Setup.. Alarms.. Concentration.. States.. Ch1 Concentration Alarms LoLo Alarm: Lo Alarm Hi Alarm HiHi Alarm Concentration 6-82 Off On Off Off This menu gives an overview of activated alarms, based on the currently measured "Concentration". 75.000 ppm Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.6.2 Setup Concentration Average Alarms Setup.. Alarms.. Conc Average.. Note! To configure concentration alarm levels for non-averaging measurements, 6-81! If concentration averaging ( 6-59) is active, specify concentration alarms within this menu. In this case, an alarm goes off only, if an average value exceeds one of the given levels. Ch1 Concentration Average Alarm Monitor: LoLo Level: Lo Level: Hi Level: HiHi Level: Hysteresis: States.. On 50.000 ppm 100.000 ppm 400.000 ppm 600.000 ppm 10.000 ppm Specify up to 4 concentration (threshold) levels: "LoLo" and "Lo" levels are to be setup below the expected concentration. "HiHi"and "Hi" levels are to be setup above the expected concentration. See the figure to the left for details. Specify the hysteresis to be considered around the concentration levels, to avoid oscillating alarms. To view the current alarm states; 6-84 Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to change the settings for another channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-83 6 Switch On or Off the alarm monitor for the current channel. Software Menus Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be setup. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.6.2.1 Setup Alarms Conc Average States Setup.. Alarms.. Average.. States.. ConcAverage Alarms LoLo Alarm Lo Alarm Hi Alarm HiHi Alarm Average 6-84 Off Off On Off This menu gives an overview of activated alarms, based on the currently measured "Average" of concentration. 468.000 ppm Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu Setup Temperature Alarms Setup.. Alarms.. Temperature.. 6.2.3.6.4 Configuring temperature alarms is similiar to the procedure for concentration alarms; 6-81 . Setup Pressure Alarms Configuring pressure alarms is similiar to the 6-81 procedure for concentration alarms; . 6 Setup.. Alarms.. Pressure.. Software Menus 6.2.3.6.3 6.2.3.6.5 Setup Flow Alarms Setup.. Alarms.. Flow.. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Configuring flow alarms is similiar to the procedure for concentration alarms; 6-81 . 6-85 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.6.6 Setup Alarms Calculatorn Setup.. Alarms.. Calculator A..D Any X-STREAM XE analyzer can be upgraded with optional software packages to provide 4 calculators (A ... D). The results can be monitored to activate alarms. Note! This menu is available only, if a valid software upgrade code has been purchased and entered ( 6-89 ). For more information on calculators, see the associated separate software features manual. Switch On or Off the alarm monitor for the current calculator (here: exemplary Calculator A). Calculator A Alarm Monitor: LoLo Level: Lo Level: Hi Level: HiHi Level: Hysteresis: States.. On 50.000 100.000 400.000 600.000 1000 Specify up to 4 threshold levels: "LoLo" and "Lo" levels are to be setup below the expected calculator result range. "HiHi"and "Hi" levels are to be setup above the calculator result range. See the figure to the left for details. Specify the hysteresis to be considered around the threshold levels, to avoid oscillating alarms. To view the current alarm states; 6-86 6-84 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.6.6.1 Setup Alarms Calculator n States Setup.. Alarms.. Calculator n.. States.. LoLo Alarm Lo Alarm Hi Alarm HiHi Alarm 468.000 Unit A Note! The calculator result unit is shown as configured in SETUP - CALCULATOR. 6 Result A Off Off Off Off This menu gives an overview of activated alarms, based on the currently calculated "Result n" (here of Calculator A). Software Menus Calculator A Alarms Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-87 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.7 Setup Installed Options Setup.. Installed Options.. Note! Don´t change settings in this menu without experienced knowledge! Wrong settings may result in a defective instrument. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Some software features are optional and can be unlocked with a license code. To do so, 6-89 Installed Options 1of2 Licenses.. Valves: Pumps: DIO#1 Installed: DIO#2 Installed: Anal. Outputs: AIN Installed: None None No No 4 No Lines 3 to 6 show if the related optional component is installed with the current instrument (Yes) or not (None), respectively shows, how they are installed ("Valves": Internal, External or Int+Ext), or which ("Pumps": Pump 1, Pump 1&2). Indicates how many analog outputs are installed (0 ... 9). Indicates if analog inputs are installed, or not. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be setup.  Installed Options 2of2 Flow.. Pressure.. Setup flow sensor installation, 6-90 Setup pressure sensor installation, 6-91 Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT to change the settings for a different channel. 6-88 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu Setup.. Installed Options.. Licenses.. Licenses Key 1: Key 2: Key 3: Package Trial Days 88888 88888 88888 Trial 21 This menu is used to unlock software features, to be purchased separately. By default, X-STREAM XE analyzers provide a web browser interface and a basic data logger. 3 optional software packages are available, to upgrade the software: Enhanced: add PLC and calculator. Advanced: add advanced data logger, event/calibration logger and email support. Professional: add all enhanced and advanced packages options. Note! For more information on these options, see the associated separate software features manual. Trial version Enter 88888 into each line "Key 1" to "Key 3" to unlock a 30 days full version (Professional) trial. This trial is available only once for each analyzer, and only, if no other package has been activated before ("Package" shows None). Once entered, "Trial Days" shows the remaining time, until the package is disabled. To unlock one of above packages for unlimited time, contact your EMERSON sales office. Have the analyzer serial number at hand, to purchase and receive an unlock code. The code (3 5-digit numbers) has to be entered into lines "Key 1" to "Key 3". If the entered code is correct, "Package" shows the related name (see above). Upgrades from one to another package are possible at any time, by purchasing and entering a valid unlock code. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-89 Software Menus Setup Installed Options Licenses 6 6.2.3.7.1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.7.2 Setup Installed Options Flow Setup.. Installed Options.. Flow.. Select the flow measurement data source for the currently selected channel. Available options: XSP F1 ...XSP F4: internal sensors, connected to the board XSP AIN1, AIN2: analog inputs Ch1 Flow Flow Source: Flow SensorMin.: SensorMax.: Flow Status XSP F1 1.00 l/min 0.00 l/min 1.50 l/min Good Currently measured flow. The sensor´s minimum and maximum limits. The sensor´s status. Possible entries: Good, Absent, Failure 6-90 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.7.3 Setup Installed Options Pressure Setup.. Installed Options.. Pressure.. Pressure Pressure Source: Pressure SensorMin: SensorMax Pressure Status Reference: Manual Pressure: Compensation: AIN1 1013 hPa 800 hPa 1100 hPa Good 1013 hPa 1014 hPa Off Currently measured pressure, or currently entered manual pressure value. The sensor´s minimum and maximum limits, or the limits for manual pressure entries. The sensor´s status. Possible entries: Good, Absent, Failure 6 Ch1 Enter the reference pressure for pressure compensaion here. Manually enter the current ambient pressure here. Note! If "Pressure source" is set to an option other than Manual, this line is hidden. Enable or disable pressure compensation for the selected channel. Available options: On, Off Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Software Menus Select the pressure measurement data source for the currently selected channel. Available options: XSP P1, XSP P2: internal sensors, connected to the board XSP AIN1, AIN2: analog inputs Manual: enter the current pressure manually 6-91 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.8 Setup Save-Load Setup.. Save-Load.. Enter this menu, if you want to save or restore configuration files from/to your analyzer. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Enables to save/restore analyzer configuration data to/from a special internal memory 6-94 area; Save-Load Local Backup.. Factory Defaults.. USB Backup.. USB Firmware Update.. Restore the factory configuration; 6-94 Save/restore analyzer configuration data to/ from external USB devices; 6-95 Update the analyzer firmware with a new version, available on the connected USB device; 6- 6-92 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu Notes on Save-Load Procedures Save new local backup and overwrite old one! Are you sure? After selecting any 'backup' procedure, a safety prompt appears: select "Yes!" to start the backup; "No!" cancels. Note! There is no undo for this procedure, overwriting any older backup! Restore from local backup! This will restart device! Are you sure? After selecting any 'restore' procedure, a safety prompt appears: select "Yes!" to start the backup; "No!" cancels. No! Yes! 6 No! Yes! Software Menus 6.2.3.8.1 Copying data Busy Progress (0..1000) 0 1000 Press  to return Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG While a backup or restore procedure is ongoing, an information screen appears, as shown to the left: Wait until "Progress (0..1000)" shows 1000, then press enter to return to the previous menu. 6-93 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.8.2 Save-Load Local Backup Setup.. Save-Load.. Local Backup.. This menu enables to save or restore the current analyzer configuration to/from a special internal memory area. Consider the notes on 6-93 ! Save the configuration data Date of last backup Local Backup Save.. UsrBack Date Restore.. Undo Restore! Busy Progress (0..1000) 7/29/09 14:26 0 0 Restore saved configuration data Undo a restore Wait until "Progress (0..1000)" shows 1000, then press enter to return to LOCAL BACKUP. 6.2.3.8.3 Save-Load Factory Defaults Setup.. Save-Load.. Factory Defaults.. Note! Factory defaults are saved once after factory startup and can only be restored! Consider the notes on 6-93 ! Date of last backup Factory Defaults FacBack Date Restore.. Undo Restore! Busy Progress (0..1000) 7/29/09 14:26 0 0 Restore saved factory configuration data Undo a restore Wait until "Progress (0..1000)" shows 1000, then press enter to return to LOCAL BACKUP. 6-94 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.8.4 Save-Load USB Backup Setup.. Save-Load.. USB Backup.. This menu enables to save or restore the current analyzer configuration to/from an external USB device. Consider the notes on 6-93 ! Save the configuration data USB Backup Restore saved configuration data 0 1000 Undo a restore 6 Save.. Restore.. Undo Restore! Busy Progress (0..1000) Software Menus Note! Take care to consider the important informa7-57, before starting any procetion on dures with USB devices! Wait until "Progress (0..1000)" shows 1000, then press enter to return to LOCAL BACKUP. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-95 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.8.5 Save-Load USB Firmware Update Setup.. Save-Load.. USB Firmware Update.. Replace current firmware! This will restart device! Are you sure? No! Yes! 6-96 Firmware is the analyzer´s basic operation software. This menu enables to update your current analyzer firmware from an external USB device, e.g. to add new features, etc. After selecting the firmware update procedure, a safety prompt appears: select "Yes!" to start the procedure; "No!" cancels. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.9 Setup Operation Hours Meter Setup.. Operation Hours Meter.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Operation Hours Meter MaintRequInterval: Hrs of Operation Reset Hours! 26000 h 145 h Operating hours since last reset. Note! If this function is enabled, a maintenance request is triggered the moment, "Hrs of Operation" matches "MaintRequInterval". To reset this message, activate "Reset Hours". Press enter in this line to reset the operating hours meter for the selected channel. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT to change the settings for a different channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-97 6 Ch1 Enter the operating hours for the selected channel´s maintenance requests interval. Accepted range: 0 ... 26280 hrs. Note! Enter 0 to disable operation hours monitoring for the selected channel. Software Menus Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be configured. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.10 Setup Identification Setup.. Identification.. Enter analyzer identification data here. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Identification System Tag: Plant Name: Customer: Device tag Plant name Company name Enter a device tag here to identify the analyzer in e.g. a network Enter a plant and customer name here. Component Tags.. Enter tags for components; 6-98 6-99 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.10.1 Component Tag Setup Menu Setup.. Identification.. Component Tags.. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be setup. Tags Tag: Range1 Tag: Range2 Tag: Range3 Tag: Range4 Tag: Ch1 Ch1-R1 Ch1-R2 Ch1-R3 Ch1-R4 Note! If set, the "Tag" always appears in the very top menu line, if the current menu refers to a specific component. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT to change the settings for a different channel. Label Tag Input Ch1 Output Ch2 Label ) Flow 1 0.000 ppm CO 0.000 ppm CO MEASUREMENT DISPLAY setup, page 6-30, to setup labels, and see examples of usage. Gas name Unit text 0.00 l/min Fig. 6-4: Measurement Display With Labels and Tags (example) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-99 Software Menus Ch1 Within this menu, you may configure the component´s tag, and individual tags for each range. Accepted entries: alphanumeric text, up to 8 characters long. 6 Component´s tag Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.11 Setup Time Setup.. Time.. Within this menu configure time settings. Note! Correct time settings are important for e.g. time interval based calibrations and log files entries. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Select, how the analyzer time is set Available options: Manual, NTP Time Time Source: NTP Server.. Manual Time.. Time Manual 7/7/2009 10:27 Configure a NTP time server 6-101 Enter this menu to setup the analyzer time manually 6-102 The last line shows the current analyzer time. Note! Time format is 24h (13 = 1 pm) 6-100 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.11.1 Setup NTP Server To sync the time with a NTP server, • select NTP as "Time Source" in the previous menu • ensure the analyzer has internet access ( SETUP - COMMUNICATION - ETHERNET1 or ETHERNET2; page 6-79 ). Next enter • a valid NTP server IP address • the difference (hrs) of your local time to the standard NTP time (UTC) Accepted values: -12 ... 12 hrs • the difference (min) of your local time to the standard NTP time (UTC) Accepted values: 0 ... 59 min NTP Server NTP Server: xx.xxx.xx.xxx Time Zone: 1h Time Zone: 0 min Sync Time: No Sync Interval: 1h Synchronize Now! Time 7/7/2009 13:27 Set "Sync Time" to Yes, if you want the analyzer to automatically sync the time. The interval, you want your analyzer to synchronize with the NTP server Accepted values: 0 ... 23 h To manually sync the time, start "Synchronize Now!" The last line shows the current analyzer time. Note! Time format is 24h (13 = 1 pm) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-101 Software Menus Note! A list of public NTP serves is available on the internet, e.g. at http://support.ntp.org/bin/view/Servers/WebHome. The Network Time Protocol (NTP) is a protocol for synchronizing the clocks of computer systems over internet. NTP provides UTC time, and no information about time zones or daylight saving time is transmitted. 6 Setup.. Time.. NTP Server.. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.11.2 Setup Manual Time Setup.. Time.. Manual Time.. Manual time Year: Month: Day: Hour: Minutes: Set! Time 2009 7 7 10 29 7/7/2009 13:29 Use this menu page to manually set analyzer date and time. Note! Time format is 24h (13 = 1 pm) The last line shows the current analyzer time. 6-102 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.12 Setup USB Interface Setup.. USB Interface.. If the system is set up accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Interface: USB Operation USB Total USB Free Usage Warning: enabled Mass Memory 4033.6 MB 3985.7 MB 95 % Format USB Stick.. If "Interface" is set to Disabled, the line shows Disabled, too. Software Menus USB Interface USB stick memory information (if a device is connected). 6 Indicator for an connected USB device. If "Interface" is set to Enabled, this line shows status USB information: MassMemory, if a memory stick is connected Formatting, if formatting a device is ongoing NoDevice, if no device is connected Specify the usage limit for the USB stick, to give a warning. Format an USB memory stick before using it with this analyzer 6-104 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-103 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.12.1 Format USB Stick Setup.. USB interface.. Format USB stick... Format USB stick and erase all existing data! Are you sure? No! Yes! Select "Yes!" to start formatting. A progress screen appears. Formating has ended when "Busy" in this screen shows 0. Note! While formatting is in progress, "USB operation" in the previous menu shows formatting. Do not remove a device while formatting! This may cause loss of data or abnormal behaviour of the instrument! Formatting creates a basic file system structure on the stick: 'emerson_xe' directory within the root File, to automatically run functions when 7-66 connecting the stick to an analyzer, 'Serial number directory', beginning with 'SN', followed by the analyzer´s numeric serial number. Fig. 6-5: USB File System Structure 'logs' directory to hold the log files, copied to the stick by "Export data to USB!" actions within logger menus. Files within this directory are specific only for the analyzer with the serial number of the parent directory. File with USB tools, 6-104 7-67 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.13 Setup Data Logger Setup.. Data Logger.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 3 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Enable (On) or disable (Off) data logging. Data logger Logging: Sample Time: Data Logger Data Delete! Cached Entries Total Entries Off 1s 14 0 Export.. Export data to USB! Number of records currently in RAM, not yet saved to the internal data logger file. Note! Data is written to the internal file every 30 min, or the moment, "Logging" is turned Off Total number of records in the internal data logger file. Setup data logger export options ( 6-106). Notes! Make sure, there´s a memory device connected! If not yet present, the structure as shown on 6-104 is created on the stick, without formatting. The log files can be found within the 'logs' directory, 6-104. 7-65 for detailed information on the content of logfiles. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Export logged data to an USB device. Note! See left hand notes. 6-105 6 Delete current set of logged data. Note! There is no undo for this procedure! Software Menus Specify data logging interval time. Accepted values: 0 ... 30,000 s Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.13.1 Setup Data Logger Export Setup.. Data Logger.. Export.. Export 6-106 Concentration: Temperature: Flow: Pressure: Yes No No Yes FieldSep: TAB Menu lines 1 ... 4: Specify which data to be exported. Available options: Yes, No Select the field separator, separating the different data columns in the exported text file. Available options: TAB, Semikol, Comma Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.3 Setup Menu 6.2.3.14 Setup Event Logger Setup.. Event Logger.. Note! This menu is available only, if a valid software upgrade code has been purchased 6-89 ). See the separate and entered ( software options manual for more information on this menu. Note! This menu is available only, if a valid software upgrade code has been purchased 6-89 ). See the separate and entered ( software options manual for more information on this menu. 6 Setup.. PLC.. Software Menus 6.2.3.15 Setup PLC 6.2.3.16 Setup Calculator Setup.. Calculator.. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Note! This menu is available only, if a valid software upgrade code has been purchased 6-89 ). See the separate and entered ( software options manual for more information on this menu. 6-107 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4 Status Menu Status.. Within this menu, select any submenu to see detailed information about related status. Note! Lines 1 to 4 conform with NAMUR status. If no status of a specific type is active (no message to show), the related menu line is hidden. Failure status information ( 6-109 ) Off-specs status information ( Failures.. OffSpecs.. Maintenance Requests.. Function Checks.. Measurement.. Calibration.. Alarms.. Operation Hours Meter.. Time 1/02/10 13:18 6-109 ) Maintenance request status information 6-110 ) ( Function checks status information ( 6-110 ) Measurement status information 6-111 ) ( Calibration status information ( Alarms status information ( Operation hours information ( 6-116 ) 6-119 ) 6-121 ) Current date & time 6-108 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.1 Status Menu Failures Failures Ch1 SENSOR Communication Ti.. Ch2 SENSOR Communication Ti.. Ch3 SENSOR Communication Ti.. Ch4  SENSOR Communication Failures 2 Ti..  Failures 3   Up to 3 menu pages are prepared to show status messages of type 'Failure'. Note! If no failure is active (no message to show), this menu is hidden. Messages starting with strings like 'Ch1' are channel related, while all others are analyzer related. For a detailled description of messages, hints on causes of failures and recommended actions, chapter 8 'Troubleshooting'. 6.2.4.2 Status Menu Off-Specs Offspecs Offspecs 2    Offspecs 3  Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6 Status.. Off-specs.. Software Menus Status.. Failures.. Up to 3 menu pages are prepared to show status messages of type 'Off-specs'. Note! If no off-spec is active (no message to show), this menu is hidden. Messages starting with strings like 'Ch1' are channel related, while all others are analyzer related. For a detailled description of messages, hints on causes of off-specs and recommended actions, chapter 8 'Troubleshooting'. 6-109 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.3 Status Menu Maintenance Requests Status.. Maintenance Requests.. Maintenance Requests Maintenance Requests 2    Maintenance Requests 3  Up to 3 menu pages are prepared to show status messages of type 'Maintenance requests'. Note! If no maintenance request is active (no message to show), this menu is hidden. Messages starting with strings like 'Ch1' are channel related, while all others are analyzer related. For a detailled description of messages, hints on causes of maintenance requests and recommended actions, chapter 8 'Troubleshooting'. 6.2.4.4 Status Menu Function Checks Status.. Function Checks.. Function Checks Function Checks 2     6-110 Function Checks 3 Up to 3 menu pages are prepared to show status messages of type 'Function check'. Note! If no function check is active (no message to show), this menu is hidden. Messages starting with strings like 'Ch1' are channel related, while all others are analyzer related. For a detailled description of messages, hints on causes of function check and recommended actions, chapter 8 'Troubleshooting'. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.5 Status Menu Measurement Status.. Measurement.. View status information on a specific component ( 6-112 ) Component.. Temperature Sensors.. Pressure Sensors.. Flow Sensors.. View status information on pressure sensors ( 6-115 ) 6 View status information on flow sensors ( 6-115 ) Software Menus Measurement View status information on temperature sensors ( 6-114 ) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-111 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.5.1 Status Menu Component Status.. Measurement.. Component.. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be viewed. Ch1 Component Raw Signal1 109518.000 Raw Signal2 54321.000 Raw Signal 2.016 Concentration 1,984 % Current Range Range 1 Statistics.. Secondary Variables.. Opens a submenu with measurement statistics for the selected channel; 6-113 Opens a submenu with information on secondary variables (pressure, flow, ...) of this channel; 6-114 Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to view the status for another channel. 6-112 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.4 Status Menu Status Menu Component Statistics Status.. Measurement.. Component.. Statistics.. Ch1 Statistics MinConc MinDate MaxConc MaxDate 0.000 ppm 7/7/2009 07:42:49 5000.000 ppm 8/7/2009 12:11:10 StdDev Start Date Reset Statistics.. 6.2.4.5.1.1.1 100 ppm 1.1.10 10:00 This menu page provides some statistical data for the selected component: • Minimum and maximum measured concentrations, and the related date • standard deviation of measured concentrations, and date when calculation started To reset statistics below Software Menus 6.2.4.5.1.1 Status Menu Reset Statistics 6 Status.. Measurement.. Component.. Reset statistics.. If the system is setup accordingly, the access code for level 2 must be entered to gain access to this menu. Ch1 Reset Statistics Reset Peak! Reset StdDeviation! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Select, which statistic to reset. Note! There´s no undo for these functions! 6-113 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.5.1.2 Status Menu Secondary Variables Status.. Measurement.. Component.. Secondary Variables.. Ch1 Temperature Temp Status TempZComp TempSComp Pressure Pressure Status Flow Flow Status Source Current 6.2.4.5.2 40.0 °C Good 0.0 °C 0.0 °C 1013 hPa Good 1.1 l/min Good If the analyzer features an IR measurement, this line shows the IR source current. Status Menu Temperature Sensors Status.. Measurement.. Temperature Sensors.. Ch1 Temperature Sensors 1of2 DSP-T1 40.0 °C Status Installed DSP-T2 0.0 °C Status Absent DSP-T3 0.0 °C Status Absent Ch1 DSP-T4 0.0 °C Abset Status Temperature Sensors 2of2 AIN1 20.0 °C Status Installed AIN2 0.0 °C Status Absent 6-114 This menu page provides some secondary measurement data for the selected component: • Temperature, pressure and flow values • Status of the related sensors • Reference temperature for temperature compensation, separately for zero and span Possible status values: Good, Simulated, Failure, Absent View data for all possibly installed temperature sensors, provided in two lines each: Each first line shows the temperature sensor and the currently measured value, followed by a related line showing the sensor status: Sensor (possible values: DSP-T1 ... -T4, AIN1, AIN2) and current temperature. Sensor status Possible values: Installed, Absent, Failure. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.4 Status Menu Status Menu Pressure Sensors DSP-P1 Status DSP-P2 Status AIN1 Status AIN2 Status 6.2.4.5.4 Pressure Sensors 1090 hPa Installed 0 hPa Absent 0 hPa Absent 0 hPa Absent View data for all possibly installed pressure sensors, provided in two lines each: Each first line shows the pressure sensor and the currently measured value, followed by a related line showing the sensor status: Sensor (possible values: DSP-P1, DSP-P2, AIN1, AIN2) and current pressure. Sensor status Possible values: Installed, Absent, Failure. Software Menus Status.. Measurement.. Pressure Sensors.. Status Menu Flow Sensors Status.. Measurement.. Flow Sensors.. Ch1 Flow Sensors 1of2 DSP-F1 0.0 l/min Status Installed DSP-F2 0.0 l/min Status Absent DSP-F3 0.0 l/min Ch1 Status Absent DSP-F4 0.0Sensors l/min  Flow 2of2 Absent Status AIN1 0.0 l/min Status Installed AIN2 0.0 l/min Status Absent Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG View data for all possibly installed flow sensors, provided in two lines each: Each first line shows the flow sensor and the currently measured value, followed by a related line showing the sensor status: Sensor (possible values: DSP-F1 ... -F4, AIN1, AIN2) and current flow. Sensor status Possible values: Installed, Absent, Failure. 6-115 6 6.2.4.5.3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.6 Status Menu Calibration Status.. Calibration.. Calibration Component.. Next Automatic Calibrations.. 6.2.4.6.1 Enter this menu to view calibration status information. View calibration data for a specific component 6-116. Enter this menu to view scheduled dates for the next automatically performed calibrations; 6-118. Status Menu Single Calibration Status.. Calibration.. Component.. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT, select the channel to be viewed. Ch1 Single Calibration Status.. Results.. View the calibration status for the current 6-117. channel; View the calibration results for the current 6-110. channel; Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to view the status for another channel. 6-116 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.6.1.1 Calibration Status Single Menu Status.. Calibration.. Single Calibration.. Status.. This page provides calibration status information for the last calibration for the selected component. Ch1 Calibration Status Single Calibration Results Single Menu Status.. Calibration.. Single Calibration.. Results... 6 6.2.4.6.1.2 Ready 0s 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm 5000.000 ppm Range 1 SampleGas Software Menus CalibrStatus Remaining Time Concentration Zero Gas Span Gas Current Range Applied Gas This page provides calibration results for the selected channel. Ch1 Calibration Results Single Zero Result Zero Date Span Result Span Date CalibrRanges Success 7/7/2009 Success 7/7/2009 None Deviations.. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Calibration result deviations for the current channel; 6-118. 6-117 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.6.1.2.1 Calibration Results Single Deviations Status.. Single Calibration.. Results.. Deviations.. This menu page provides calibration results for the selected channel. Ch1 Deviations ZeroDev ZeroDev Total 0.000 % 0.000 % SpanDev SpanDev Total 0.000 % 0.000 % 6.2.4.6.2 Next Automatic Calibrations Menu ... ... Next Automatic Calibrations.. Note! This menu page is accessible from STATUS CALIBRATION, and CONTROL - ADVANCED CALIBRATION. This page provides information about scheduled automatic calibrations. Next Automatic Calibrations Zero All Zero & Span All Progr. Sequence Blowback All 6-118 4/15/10 14:30 ---- Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.7 Status Menu Alarms Concentration.. Conc Average.. Temperature.. Pressure.. Flow..   Alarms 2 Calculator A.. Calculator B.. Calculator C.. Calculator D.. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG The first menu page opens submenus for component (channel) related alarms, where you have so select the component of interest first, before gaining access to the detailed information. Software Menus Alarms This menu lets you select from several alarm functions, to view detailed status information. The second menu page is available only, if the calculator option has been installed, and then enables to view related alarm status information. 6-119 6 Status.. Alarms.. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.7.1 Alarms Status Details Status.. Alarms.. ... All alarm status menus, accessible from STATUS - ALARMS ( previous page), are designed in a similiar way to provide the information. For submenus of the first STATUS ALARMS menu page only: Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be viewed. '...' in the title is replaced by the text of the submenu line, selected in the previous menu, e.g. "Concentration" Ch1 ... Alarm States LoLo Alarm Lo Alarm Hi Alarm HiHi Alarm Concentration Off Off Off Off These four menu lines show, if alarms are activated (On), or not (Off). 500 ppm The last line shows the current value for the selected function, e.g. the currently measured concentration. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to view the status for another channel. 6-120 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.4 Status Menu 6.2.4.7.2 Operation Hours Status Status.. Operation Hours Meter.. Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be viewed. Ch1 30000 h 145 h 6 MaintRequInterval Hours of Operation Software Menus Operation Hours Meter Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT, to view the status for another channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-121 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.5 Info Menu 6.2.5 Info Menu Info.. Open this menu to view the most important information about your instrument at a glance. Info Firmware 1.0 XSP Version 1.0 Serial no 123456789 Components.. Installed Options.. Ethernet1 IP 192.168.1.1 Ethernet2 IP 192.168.1.2 10/01/10 14:00  Time  Data Logger Event Logger PLC Enabled Calculator Enabled Identification.. LOI Firmware Phrase Version Time 6-122 Off Off Yes No Enter this submenu to see how many measuring channels are installed; 6-123 . Enter this submenu to see information about 6-124 . installed options; Enter this submenu to see how the analyzer 6-125 . is identified, e.g. in a network; V1.00 12.02.10 EN 1.09 10/01/10 10:00 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.5 Info Menu 6.2.5.1 Info Menu Components Info.. Components.. Components Channel1 Channel2 Channel3 Channel4 Channel5 Measurement.. Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Only measuring channels indicating Enabled are installed in the current analyzer. See below for the measurement info menu Info.. Components.. Measurement.. Software Menus Info Menu Measurements This menu shows the full scale limits. 6 6.2.5.1.1 Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be viewed. Measurement RangeAbsMin RangeAbsMax -10000 ppm 10000000 ppm Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT to change the settings for a different channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 6-123 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.5 Info Menu 6.2.5.2 Info Menu Installed Options Info.. Installed Options.. Installed Options Package Valves Pump DIO#1 Installed DIO#2 Installed Anal. Outputs AIN Installed 6-124 None None None Yes No 4 No This menu indicates, if your analyzer features any of the listed options. ("Package" refers to the software upgrade options; 6-89). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.5 Info Menu 6.2.5.3 Info Menu Identification Info.. Identification.. Identification System Tag Plant Name Customer My Tag My Plant Me See how the instrument is identified. Info Menu Component Tags Info.. Identification.. Component Tags.. View channel and range tags for a selected component. 6 6.2.5.3.1 Multi-channel unit: In SELECT COMPONENT select the channel to be viewed. Tags Tag Range1 Tag Range2 Tag Range3 Tag Range4 Tag Ch1 Ch1-R1 Ch1-R2 Ch1-R3 Ch1-R4 Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT to change the settings for a different channel. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Software Menus Component Tags.. 6-125 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 6.2.6 Service Menu 6.2.6 Service Menu Service.. Service Europe.. North America.. Latin America.. Asia-Pacific.. Factory Setup.. This menu provides contact information about Emerson Process Management offices in several world regions (see below). The factory setup menu is protected by access level 4 code, and intended to be used by special trained personnel (Emerson Process Management service) only! Service information (exemplarly; see analyzer, or contact your sales office for latest data) Europe Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Industriestr. 1 D-63594 Hasselroth Germany T +49(6055) 884-0 T +49(6055) 884-209 Latin America Emerson Process Management Rosemount Analytical Inc. 11100 Brittmoore Park Road Houston, TX 77041 United States of America T +1(713) 467-6000 F +1(713) 827-3328 6-126 North America Emerson Process Management Rosemount Analytical Inc. 6565 P Davis Industrial Parkway Solon, OH 44139 United States of America T +1(440) 914-1261 F +1(440) 914-1262 Asia-Pacific Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific Pte Ltd 1 Pandan Crescent Singapore 128461 Singapore T +65(6777) 8211 F +65(6777) 0947 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 Chapter 7 Maintenance and Other Procedures 7.1 Introduction This chapter gives instructions not only for maintenance procedures, but also covers several procedures useful for properly operating the instruments. Maintenance carried out on a regular basis ensures long-term efficiency of your EMERSON Process Management gas analyzer! page 7-2 for general information about maintenance procedures and intervals. Live parts are accessible when working at open and powered instruments, and is subject to instructed and trained personnel only! Take care to observe all applicable safety instructions! For more detailled information about how to: Perform a leak test Perform a calibration Replace an electrochemical oxygen sensor Clean the instrument´s outside Backup / restore configuration data sets Use log files Handle files on USB sticks Access the web browser interface page 7-62 page 7-66 page 7-68 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG page 7-4 page 7-5 page 7-41 page 7-51 page 7-52 7 Maintenance & Procedures ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD 7-1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.2 General Maintenance Information 7.2 General Maintenance Information Intervals given in the following tables are based on standard operating conditions (ambient temperatures +10 ... +40 °C / +50 ... +104 °F; temperature changes < 10 K /hr). Try cleaning contaminated components. Replace components showing corrosion, or not passing inspections or tests! Maintenance intervals must be shortened for differing operating conditions, and if aggressive gases are supplied. Take care of special maintenance instructions in separate manuals for accessories or safety equipment, e.g. flame arrestors, infallible containments, etc. If applicable, consider the manual addendums for instruments for hazardous areas! Visual Inspections Component Tubing, flexible Tubing, stainless steel (SS) Pressure sensor, pressure switch, Flowmeter Pump Valve block Flame arrestors Field housings (IP 66 / NEMA 4X) Field housings stopping plugs Field housings cable glands 7-2 Interval Leakage, embrittlement, contamination Corrosion, contamination Corrosion, leakage Fixed screws, swing free to move Corrosion, leakage Corrosion, damages, firmly seated Corrosion, damages on enclosure and gaskets Firmly seated Firmly seated Once a year Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.2 General Maintenance Information Tests Pump diaphragm Capillars Flame arrestors Infallible containments RAW measuring values Interval Leak Test Once a year After 5,000 hrs of operation (=208 days, if continuously operating) Pressure drop Once a year See instructions in separate maPressure drop nual See instructions in separate maSeveral nual Verify counts for zero Monthly, then quarterly gases Acceptable values: (decreasing counts photometer quotient: 1.0 ± 0.1 may indicate conta- NO, N2O quotient: 1.0 ± 0.2 pO2, eO2, TC: 0 ± 100,000 counts mination of optical (for zero gas N2) components) Leak Test Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7 Replace Components Regularly Component Interval Filter, internal Once a year, at least when contaminated Filter, external Several times a year, depending on process conditions Maintenance & Procedures Component Tubing, flexible Pressure sensor, pressure switch Valve block 7-3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.3 Performing a Leak Test 7.3 Performing a Leak Test To achieve best and proper measuring results you must ensure the gas path system does not have leaks. The following procedure describes how to perform a leak test with focus on the instrument. The gas path system should be leak tested at least on a bimonthly basis and after maintenance, replacement or repair of gas path parts. Note! It is recommended to include external equipment (e.g. cooler, dust filters, etc.) into a leak test! Required tools • U-turn manometer for max. 1.45 psi (100 mbar) • Stop valve Procedure • Connect the water filled u-turn manometer to the analyzer‘s sample gas output (disconnect external gas lines). • Install the stop valve between gas input fitting and a nitrogen (N2) supply. • Open the stop valve until the internal gas path is under pressure of approx. 0.725 psi/50 mbar (corresponding to 19.7 inch/500 mm water column) • Close the stop valve. After a short time for the water to balance, the water level must not change over a time period of approx. 5 minutes! 7-4 HAZARD FROM GASES Before opening gas paths they must be purged with ambient air or neutral gas (N2) to avoid hazards caused by toxic, flammable, explosive or harmful to health sample gas components! Analyzer overpressure approx. 0.725 psig / 50 mbar stop valve Water Fig. 7-1: Leak Testing With U-Turn Manometer Max. pressure 7.25 psig (500 mbar)! Multi channel instruments: Analyzers with parallel tubing require separate leak tests for each gas path ! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4 Calibration Procedures X-STREAM gas analyzers support several calibration procedures: Manual calibration Typically a calibration procedure is carried out manually by supplying the gases sequentially by hand and activating the procedures via front panel keys.The operator has to take care to consider purge times and supply the proper gases in correct order. It is the operators responsibility to not perform a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration! Advanced calibration Advanced calibration is a more comfortable variation of manual calibration, providing ONE KEY calibrations supported by internal and/or external valves. The analyzer automatically supplies the right gas and considers purge times. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Remote calibration Remote calibrations may be activated by means of digital inputs or Modbus commands. Calibrations activated via digital inputs require either internal or external valves to be installed. Modbus supports both calibrations with or without valves as well as calibration sequences. Unattended automatic calibration Unattended automatic calibrations are activated utilizing the analyzer software time interval setting: After a specified time interval has elapsed, the analyzer automatically carries out valve supported zero or span calibrations. The main advantage is that no user interaction is required to start a calibration or during calibrations: The analyzer automatically supplies the right gas, considers purge times and, that a span calibration has to be preceded by a zero calibration. Configuring and performing calibrations is important to ensure proper analyzer function. For this reason, several calibration related SETUP and CONTROL menus and their submenus can be protected by different access codes. In the following sections this manual does not note when to enter access codes. For information about which calibration related menus can be access code protected Chapter 6 - CONTROL menus, 6-5 and SETUP menus, 6-21. 7-5 7 Note! To achieve best and proper measuring results, it is recommended to perform zero and span calibrations on a regular weekly basis. Also a zero calibration must always precede a span calibration! Zero calibration To perform a zero calibration supply either nitrogen (N2) or another suitable zero gas [conditioned ambient air or industrial air (NOT for oxygen measurement!)] to the gas path. Span calibration Supply span gases with concentrations of 80 % to 110 % of the upper measuring range limit to the gas path. Using lower concentrations may decrease accuracy when measuring above the span gas concentration! If the oxygen concentration is known, ambient air may be used for an oxygen channel span calibration. Maintenance & Procedures 7.4 Calibration Procedures Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4 Calibration Procedures Before starting any calibration take care of the table below, and the following sections, describing general preparations for calibration procedures and how to perform such calibrations! Type of Procedure Manual calibration Menu Page (CONTROL - ) ZERO CALIBRATION... SPAN CALIBRATION... Furthermore you´ll find information about calibration gases setup: 7-7. Valves Simultaneously More Information Calibrated Channels optional single channel page 7-17 required all channels page 7-20 ADV.CALIBRATION - ZEROALL! Advanced calibration ADV.CALIBRATION - SPANALL! ADV.CALIBRATION - ZSCALALL! Remote calibration n.a. (via Modbus or Dig IN) recommended all channels page 7-32 Unattended calibration n.a. (via interval time) required all channels page 7-36 7-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations Before starting calibrations it is required to tell the instrument the calibration gas concentrations. Setup.. Calibration.. Gases.. Starting from the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press down to open the MAIN MENU, enter SETUP-CALIBRATION and directly enter GASES. Gases Zero gas: Span gas: Range gases.. 0.000 ppm 50000.000 ppm Current range: Range 1 Enter the concentration value for the zero gas to be used during zero calibration. Enter the concentration value for the span gas to be used during span calibration. Note! The units for the calibration gases are taken from the related entry in the display setup menu. Multi-channel unit: Press left to enter SELECT COMPONENT to change the settings for a different channel. When done, press left to return to CALIBRATION. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-7 7 Note! Within the following sections it is not always pointed out, where to enter access codes or select components! Maintenance & Procedures Multi-channel unit: Select the channel to be calibrated in SELECT COMPONENT. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations Next enter TOLERANCES: By default the option 'Deviat.toler.' (deviation tolerance check) is disabled (Off). Tolerances Deviat. toler.: Zero limit: Span limit: Off 20.0 % 20.0 % Example: Measuring range: 0 ... 50 % Zero gas: 0 % Span gas: 50 % Tolerance limits: 20.0 % (see figure above) Situation: Due to a fault zero gas is supplied to carry out a span calibration, instead of span gas. Deviat. toler. check disabled (Off): The analyzer calibrates the span with the wrong gas resulting in an analyzer out of tune. Deviat. toler. check enabled (On): Starting a span calibration with zero gas connected instead of span gas, the analyzer gives an error message and stops calibrating because the measured (expected span gas) value differs more than the value specified, from the upper measuring range limit. Note! Unacknowledged maintenance requests are stored even if the instrument is switched off and on again! In addition: If, for example, a calibration was aborted because of a tolerance check, the maintenance request is active. If the operator 7-8 With deviation tolerance check enabled (On), during calibration the analyzer compares the currently measured concentration to the expected value, as setup in the GASES menu. If the measured concentration differs from the expected values by more than the percentage of measuring range, given in the menu lines 2&3, calibration is aborted and a maintenance request alarm is set (symbol, message and optional relay output). Resetting the alarm requires to perform a valid calibration, or to confirm it within CONTROL - ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. So, tolerance check helps avoiding calibrating with a wrong gas (e.g. starting a span calibration while zero gas is flowing), resulting in an instrument out of tune (see example to the left side). There are situations, when deviation tolerance check must be disabled, e.g. during first time calibration after changing the span gas concentration. In this cases select Off. does not acknowledge the request and performs a new calibration, now with disabled tolerance check, the earlier maintenance request is stored and re-activated again, when the tolerance check is enabled somewhere in the future! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations When done, press left several times to return to SETUP: If you use analog output signals, you may want to check or setup, how the analog signals proceeds during calibrations. Signal: Out range: LowScale: MaxScale: Auto scale: Fail mode: 0/4 mA: 20 mA: Hold: 0 0-20 mA 0.00 100.00 Yes Live 0.00 100.00 No The menu to the left shows up, where the last line parameter specifies the behaviour during calibrations: When "Hold" is set to Yes, • the analog output is fixed to the last measured value; • concentration alarms, which may otherwise be triggered by the concentrations of the calibration gases, are supressed. When set to No, • the analog output signal always corresponds to the actual measured value during calibration; this may trigger alarms when limits are exceeded. Note! This behaviour may be undesireable if e.g. the unit is connected to a data acquisition system. Setup this parameter in a way to serve your needs. If you do not intend to carry out valve supported calibrations, continue with 7-17. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-9 Maintenance & Procedures Output1.. Output2.. Output3.. Output4.. Output5.. To do so, enter IN-/OUTPUTS - ANALOG OUTPUTS and enter the submenu of your analog output: 7 Analog outputs Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.1 Preparing Calibrations 7.4.1.1 Valve Assignment for Valve Supported Calibrations As described earlier, several calibration procedures require installed internal and/or external valves. In addition this requires all requested calibration gases to be connected to the valves and the valves to be software assigned to the gases. Why is assigning valves required? For such calibrations the analyzer controls the gas flow and therefore needs to 'know' about the different valve functions - this is done by valve assignment. In addition variable valve assignment allows to use one valve for different functions. purge times Zero spanning with fixed assignment ch1 Zero spanning with variable assignment ch1 & ch2 ch1 ch1 & ch2 Example: • Dual channel analyzer for measuring CO and CO2. • Span gases are CO and CO2 , zero gas for both channels is N2. Without variable assignment one would need to zero span channel 1 separately from channel 2. Taking into account the purge times before a calibration calculation starts, to ensure the measuring cells are filled with calibration gas, the whole procedure would take a quite long time. With variable valve assignment the operator can specify e.g. the valve V1 to be the zero gas valve for channel 1 AND channel 2. Now, when starting a zero calibration, the analyzer calculates the zero values for both channels at a time! calibration ch1 ch2 ch1 & ch2 ch2 ch2 improvement in time timeline Fig. 7-2: Calibration Improvement by Variable Valve Assignments 7-10 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.1 Preparing a Calibration Installed Options 1of2 Licenses.. None None No No 4 No 7 Valves: Pumps: XDIO1 Installed: XDIO2 Installed: Anal. Outputs: AIN Installed: Open SETUP - INSTALLED OPTIONS and check the "Valves:" line. Available options: None: Valves are not supported Internal: Open INTSHS ( 7-12) to assign internal valves. External: Open DIGITAL OUTPUTS ( 7-13) to assign external valves. Int+Ext: Open both, INTSHS ( 7-120) and DIGITAL OUTPUTS ( 7-12) to assign internal and external valves. Maintenance & Procedures Before starting to assign valves to gases and channels, you need to check if valves are supported: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-11 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.1 Preparing a Calibration 7.4.1.1.1 Internal Valve Assignment If your analyzer provides internal valves, at first open SETUP - IN-/OUTPUTS - INTERNAL SHS to assign the valves to the gas inlets: Internal SHS (1of2) Gas1 Signal: Gas2 Signal: Gas3 Signal: Gas4 Signal: Gas5 Signal: Gas6 Signal: Gas7 Signal: Gas8 Signal: This menu allows to configure the optional internal valves for routing gas. V4 V1 V3 Off Off V2 Off Off Each available analyzer gas inlet ("Gas1 Signal ... Gas8 Signal") with a valve connected is assigned a virtual valve label (V1...V8). (If the components have been installed in the factory, the configuration is already setup). Notes! If already factory setup, changing the configuration could result in inproper operation! Depending on the analyzer model, 1 or 2 valve blocks with up to 4 or 8 valves can be installed. The number of available gas connections depends on the analyzer model and varies from 4 to 8. virtual valve label V4 valve block outlet to measuring cell V1 V3 tu V2 bi ng s internal valve block The exemplary menu settings shown above could relate to an analyzer configuration as shown here. Fig. 7-3: Internal Valves Assignments 7-12 gas fittings at analyzer rear side The next step is to assign the internal valves to the channels. If there are no external valves to be controlled by your analyzer, continue with 7-15. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.1 Preparing a Calibration External Valve to Digital Output Assignment Setup.. In-/Outputs.. Digital Outputs.. Digital Outputs (X1) Output1 Node: System Output1 Signal: Off Output2 Node: System Output2 Signal: Off Output3 Node: System Output3 Signal: Off Output4 Node: System Output4 Signal: Off Further pages are indicated by a down arrow (  ), only when at least one extension card (outputs 5 - 13) is installed:  Digital Outputs (X4.1) 1of3 Output5 Node: System Output5 Signal: Off Output6 Node: System Output6 Signal: Off  Digital Outputs (X4.1) 2of3 Output8 Output7 Node: Node: SystemSystem Output8 Signal: Off Output7 Signal: Off Output9 Node: System Output9 Signal: Off  Digital Outputs (X4.1) 3of3 Output11 Output10 Node: Node: SystemSystem Output11 Signal: Off Output10 Signal: Off Output12 Node: Output12 Signal: System Off Output13 Node: Output13 Signal: System Off Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG This menu configures the digital outputs: All outputs (default and optional) support the same range of signals/functions. Outputs 1 to 4 are available in every unit, and by default setup to provide NAMUR signals (see figures to the left). Maintenance & Procedures If your analyzer has to control external valves, at first check if all valves required for calibration are connected to digital outputs. Then open SETUP - IN/OUTPUTS - DIGITAL OUTPUTS, to software assign the valves to the outputs: 7 7.4.1.1.2 Outputs 5 - 13 are present on the first extension card,labelled X4.1 (outputs 9 to 13 setup on separate menu pages are not shown in this example). Note! Depending on the analyzer model, 1 or 2 Digital I/O extension cards can be installed. 7-13 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.1 Preparing a Calibration Verify which digital outputs are connected to control your external valves, and how the valves are labelled. Next enter the menu page, showing these outputs, and for each output select System in the line "Outputn Node" (where "n" is replaced by the output number). Finally for each output setup the valve's label.  Digital Outputs (X4.1) 1of3 Output5 Node: System Output5 Signal: V5 Output6 Node: Output6 Signal: System V6 Output7 Node: Output7 Signal: System V7 Example: For our example we assume, that the analyzer controls 4 internal and 3 external valves: • Internal valves are connected as shown in fig. 7-3. • 3 external valves are labelled V5 ... V7, and connected to digital outputs 5 .. 7 For this to be setup, enter the second page of the Digital Outputs menu, and for each output 5 ... 7 • select System for the "... Node" • select the label of the connected valve (V5, V6 or V7) for the "...Signal", as shown in the lefthand figure. The next step is to assign the valves to the 7-15. channels: Continue with 7-14 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.1 Preparing a Calibration 7.4.1.1.3 Calibration Valve Assignment For each channel a valve has to be assigned zero gas valve or span gas valve, whereat the valves can be freely assigned to any channel. This includes: • selecting the same combination for all channels • selecting combinations where one valve has the same function for several channels • selecting combinations where one valve has different functions for several channels, e.g. the channel 1 zero valve is the channel 2 span valve. Multi-channel unit: Select the component to be set in SELECT COMPONENT. Note! The selected channel is indicated in the uppermost display line! Ch1 Valve assignment 1of3 Sample valve: Purge time: V3 1s Zero valve: Purge time: V4 1s Correct assign Yes Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG On the first menu page, configure the sample and zero valves to be used for the selected channel with their individual purge times (this is the time needed to completely fill the cell with the gas, after the valve is activated. If the calibration is started earlier, the gas lines will still contain other components and the calibration will be inaccurate.). "Correct assign" indicates, if the current assignment is correct (Yes), or not (No). 7-15 7 To do so, enter SETUP - CALIBRATION VALVE ASSIGNMENT: Setup.. Calibration.. Valve assignment.. Maintenance & Procedures Depending on the gases used, this may allow higher calibration performance. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.1 Preparing a Calibration Ch1  Valve assignment 2of3 Span1 valve: V1 Purge time: 1s Span2 valve: None Purge time: 0s Span3 valve: None Purge time: 0s Span4 valve: None 0s Purge time: Now open the next menu to assign up to 4 span gas valves to the selected channel: one for each range. Note! Depending on the gas analyzer and SHS configuration, is may be possible to assign a specific valve to multiple ranges. Again, don´t forget to specify the individual purge times. Ch1  Valve assignment 3of3 Blowback valve: Purge time: None 0s On the 3rd menu page, assign a blowback valve for the selected channel, if such is installed. Note! To check, if entries, made on menu pages 2 & 3 are correct, go back to menu 1 and check "Correct assign". Multi-channel unit: On menu 1, press left to open SELECT COMPONENT to change the settings for a different channel. 7-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.2 Manual Calibration 7.4.2 Manual Calibration Starting from the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press down to open the MAIN MENU and enter CONTROL. Control.. To start a zero calibration select the first line: 7.4.2.1 Manual Zero Calibration Ch1 Zero calibration Cancel! Start! Zero gas 0.000 ppm Concentration 0.000 ppm Flow 0.00 l/min Status.. Results.. Restore! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Multi-channel unit: Select the channel to be calibrated in SELECT COMPONENT. Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gas is applied and flowing! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow as the sample gas (recommeded approx. 1 l/ min), pressureless and utilizing the correct gas fitting ( sect. 3.4). Ensure the warm-up time after switching on has elapsed! Warm-up time is 15 to 50 minutes depending on installed measuring system and configuration! The first line gives you the choice to cancel the procedure now. Select the second line to start the calibration. 7-17 Maintenance & Procedures Off Off 7 Zero calibration.. Span calibration.. Advanced calibration.. Apply gas.. Lock menus! Acknowledgements Pump 1: Pump 2: Ranges.. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.2 Manual Calibration The next lines show • the calibration gas setup (here: required zero gas concentration is 0.000 ppm), • the currently measured gas concentration • and the current gas flow. Ch1 Calibration status single Cancel! Calibr.status Ready Remaining time 0s Concentration 0.000 ppm Zero gas 0.000 ppm Span gas 5000.000 ppm Current range Range 1 Applied gas Sample gas "Status.." opens a new screen with enhanced calibration information about the current channel (indicated in the uppermost display line). Ch1 Calibration results single Zero result Zero date Soan result Span date Calibr. ranges Success 31/01/2009 Success 31/01/2009None "Results.." opens a new screen with results of earlier calibrations (see left side). Within this screen, "Deviations.." enables to open another screen, showing the last and and the summary of all deviations of earlier calibrations. Deviations.. Deviations 7-18 ZeroDev. ZeroDev. total 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm SpanDev. SpanDev. total 0.000 ppm 0.000 ppm When finished press left several times to return to either SELECT COMPONENT (multi channel analyzer only), to perform a zero calibration for another channel, or to CONTROL, where you may start a span calibration. The procedure and screens look similiar to those of a zero calibration: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.2 Manual Calibration 7.4.2.2 Manual Span Calibration Zero calibration.. Span calibration.. Advanced calibration.. Apply gas.. Lock menus! Acknowledgements Pump 1: Pump 2: Ranges.. Select "Span calibration.." Off Off Span calibration offers the same options as Zero calibration, so for a detailled description 7-17. 7 Span calibration Cancel! Start! Span gas 0.000 ppm Concentration 0.000 ppm Flow 0.00 l/min Status.. Results.. Restore! Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gas is applied and flowing! Maintenance & Procedures Multi-channel unit: Select the channel to be calibrated in SELECT COMPONENT. When finished, press left several times to return to SELECT COMPONENT (multi channel analyzer only), to perform a span calibration for another channel, or press home to return to the MEASUREMENT SCREEN, to finish with manual calibration procedures. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-19 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration Standard manual calibration procedures offer limited funtionality: To zero and span calibrate a multi channel instrument the operator has to manually start 2 procedures per channel in proper sequence. In addition he has to stay at the instrument to see when the one sequence has finished and to start the following. The same is applicable for a single channel instrument, when the operator wants to perform both zero and span calibrations. (Although advanced calibration offers most advantages for multi channel instruments, it may be used for single channel analyzers as well, that is to activate zero and span calibration for the one channel by a single key press.) The only precondition for making use of this new feature is to have internal and/or external valves installed and properly assigned 7-10). ( To improve even manual calibration procedures, X-STREAM analyzers offer a new ADVANCED CALIBRATION menu: It allows single key activation for • zero calibration of all channels of an analyzer • span calibration of all channels of an analyzer • zero and span calibration of all channels of an analyzer For a description of how to perform 7-20 all channel zero calibrations all channel span calibrations all channel zero & span calibrations page 7-21 page 7-24 page 7-27 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gas is applied! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow as the sample gas (recommeded approx. 1 l/min), pressureless and utilizing the correct gas fitting ( sect. 3.4). Make sure the purge time is set to a value ensuring the measuring cell is filled properly with the related calibration gas after the valve has opened! Ensure the warmup time after switching on has elapsed! Warmup time is 15 to 50 minutes depending on installed measuring system and configuration! 7 The procedure starts with the first channel´s zero valve, checks if other channel use the same zero valve, then in parallel zeroes all these channels and then selects the next zero valve. Fig. 7-4 on 7-23 for a procedure flow diagram. Maintenance & Procedures 7.4.3.1 Zero All Calibration Control.. Advanced Calibration.. Starting from the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press enter to open the MAIN MENU and enter CONTROL - ADVANCED CALIBRATION. Advanced calibration 1of2 Cancel! Zero&span single.. Zero all! Span all! Zero&span all! Programmed sequence! Blowback!  To start a zero calibration for ALL channels select the 3rd line. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Note! Single channel analyzers show the same menu, with the restriction, that the term `all` relates to the single channel only! 7-21 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration The analyzer immediately begins zero calibration(s), showing the CALIBRATION STATUS SUMMARY screen. Calibration Status Summary Calibration Status Single.. Current Action Ready Action Detail Off Current Duration 0s Prev. Duration 0s Current Step 0 "Current action" indicates, what currently is carried out (purging, zeroing, ready) "Action detail" shows the current procedure, or Off "Current duration" gives the remaining time for the current procedure "Prev. duration" shows the time elapsed since start of procedure "Current step" gives information about the step currently carried out. To see a detailled calibration status for a single channel, enter CALIBRATION STATUS SINGLE, Multi-channel unit: Select the channel in SELECT COMPONENT. Ch1 Calibration status single Cancel! Calibr.status Ready Remaining time 0s Concentration 0.000 ppm Zero gas 0.000 ppm Span gas 5000.000 ppm Current range Range 1 Applied gas Zero gas to open the status screen with enhanced calibration information about the current channel (indicated in the uppermost display line), including remaining calibration time, currently measured concentration, setup of zero & span gas concentrations and currently calibrated range (only valid for span calibrations). The procedure has finished when "Applied gas" shows Sample gas, or "Current action" in the previous screen says Ready. Press home to return to the MEASUREMENT SCREEN. 7-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration start zero all procedure select channel 1 start to zero all channels with the current zero gas valve assigned, considering the individual purge times is current channel the last channel? Maintenance & Procedures select all channels with the same zero gas valve assigned Yes END No 7 wait until all selected channels are zeroed increase channel no. by 1 Yes is this channel already zeroed? No Fig. 7-4: Zero All Calibration Procedure Flow Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-23 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration 7.4.3.2 Span All Calibrations Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gas is applied! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow as the sample gas (recommeded approx. 1 l/min), pressureless and utilizing the correct gas fitting ( sect. 3.4). Make sure the purge time is set to a value ensuring the measuring cell is filled properly with the related calibration gas after the valve has opened! Ensure the warmup time after switching on has elapsed! Warmup time is 15 to 50 minutes depending on installed measuring system and configuration! Control.. Advanced Calibration.. Advanced calibration 1of2 Cancel! Zero&span single.. Zero all! Span all! Zero&span all! Programmed sequence! Blowback!  Starting from the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press enter to open the MAIN MENU and enter CONTROL - ADVANCED CALIBRATION. To start a SPAN calibration for ALL channels select the 4th line. 7-30 for �� notes on span calibrating channels with multiple ranges! Notes! Perform zero calibrations before initiating span calibrations Single channel analyzers show the same menu, with the restriction, that the term `all` relates to the single channel only! The procedure starts with the first channel´s span valve, checks if other channel use the same span valve, then in parallel spans all these channels, and then selects the next span valve. Fig. 7-5 on 7-26 for a procedure flow diagram. 7-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration The analyzer immediately begins span calibration(s), showing the CALIBRATION STATUS SUMMARY screen. Multi-channel unit: Select the channel in SELECT COMPONENT. Ch1 Calibration status single Cancel! Calibr.status Ready Remaining time 0s Concentration 0.000 ppm Zero gas 0.000 ppm Span gas 5000.000 ppm Current range Range 1 Applied gas Zero gas to open the status screen with enhanced calibration information about the current channel (indicated in the uppermost display line), including remaining calibration time, currently measured concentration, setup of zero & span gas concentrations and currently calibrated range. The procedure has finished when 'Applied gas' shows Sample gas, or "Current action" in the previous screen says Ready. Press home to return to the MEASUREMENT SCREEN. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-25 Maintenance & Procedures To see a detailled calibration status for a single channel, enter CALIBRATION STATUS SINGLE, 7 Calibration status summary Cancel! Calibration status single.. Current action Ready Action detail Ch2 Current duration 0s Prev. duration 0s Current Step 0 Press enter in the first line to cancel the current calibration "Current action" indicates, what currently is carried out (purging, zeroing, ready) "Action detail" shows the current procedure, or Off "Current duration" gives the remaining time for the current procedure "Prev. duration" shows the time elapsed since start of procedure "Current step" gives information about the step currently carried out. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration start span all procedure select channel 1 select all channels with the same span gas valve assigned start to span all channels with the current span gas valve assigned, considering the individual purge times is current channel the last channel? Yes END No wait until all selected channels are spanned increase channel no. by 1 Yes is this channel already spanned? No Fig. 7-5: Span All Calibration Procedure Flow Diagram 7-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration Control.. Advanced Calibration.. Advanced calibration 1of2 Cancel! Zero&span single.. Zero all! Span all! Zero&span all! Programmed sequence! Blowback!  Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Starting from the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press enter to open the MAIN MENU and enter CONTROL - ADVANCED CALIBRATION. To start a ZERO & SPAN calibration for ALL channels select the 5th line. 7-30 for �� notes on span calibrating channels with multiple ranges! Notes! Single channel analyzers show the same menu, with the restriction, that the term `all` relates to the single channel only! 7-27 7 Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gas is applied! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow as the sample gas (recommeded approx. 1 l/min), pressureless and utilizing the correct gas fitting ( sect. 3-4). Make sure the calibration purge time is set to a value ensuring the measuring cell is filled properly with the related calibration gas after the valve has opened! Ensure the warmup time after switching on has elapsed! Warmup time is 15 to 50 minutes depending on installed measuring system and configuration! This procedure is a combination of the two described before, with an important deviation: If a selected zero gas valve is also assigned span gas valve for an already zeroed channel, this channel is spanned, while others are Fig. 7-6 on 7-28 for a zeroed in parallel ( procedure flow diagram). Maintenance & Procedures 7.4.3.3 Zero&Span All Calibration Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration start zero all procedure select channel 1 select all channels with the same span gas valve assigned select all channels with the same zero gas valve assigned increase channel no. by 1 No is current channel the last channel? Yes is current valve also assigned span gas valve? Yes select all channels with the same span gas valve assigned, AND already zeroed select channel 1 No start to zero all channels with the current zero gas valve assigned, considering the individual purge times start to calibrate (zero or span) all channels with this valve assigned, considering the individual purge times wait until all selected channels are zeroed wait until all selected channels are calibrated span all channels with the current span gas valve assigned is current channel last channel? Yes END No increase channel no. by 1 is this channel already spanned? No Yes Fig. 7-6: Zero&Span All Calibration Procedure Flow Diagram 7-28 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration The analyzer immediately begins to calibrate, showing the CALIBRATION STATUS SUMMARY screen. Ready Ch2 0s 0s 0 To see a detailled calibration status for a single channel, enter CALIBRATION STATUS SINGLE, Multi-channel unit: Select the channel in SELECT COMPONENT. Ch1 Calibration status single Cancel! Calibr.status Ready Remaining time 0s Concentration 0.000 ppm Zero gas 0.000 ppm Span gas 5000.000 ppm Current range Range 1 Applied gas Zero gas to open the status screen with enhanced calibration information about the current channel (indicated in the uppermost display line), including remaining calibration time, currently measured concentration, setup of zero & span gas concentrations and currently calibrated range. The procedure has finished when "Applied gas" shows Sample gas, or "Current action" in the previous screen says Ready. Press home to return to the MEASUREMENT SCREEN. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-29 Maintenance & Procedures Calibration status single.. Current action Action detail Current duration Prev. duration Current Step 7 Calibration status summary "Current action" indicates, what currently is carried out (purging, zeroing, spanning, ready) "Action detail" shows the channel currently calibrated "Current duration" gives the remaining time for the current procedure "Prev. duration" shows the time elapsed since start of procedure Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration 7.4.3.4 Notes on Span Calibrating Channels With Multiple Ranges X-STREAM XE series gas analyzers support up to 4 ranges per measuring channel 6-44). ( For valve supported calibrations, each range can be assigned an individual span gas valve ( 6-37 and figure to the left). Ch1  Valve assignment 2of3 Span1 valve: V1 Purge time: 1s Span2 valve: V1 Purge time: 5s Span3 valve: V4 Purge time: 5s Span4 valve: V4 2s Purge time: Example: Span gas valves configuration Channel Range 1 Range 2 Range 3 Range 4 1 V1 V1 V4 V4 2 V1 V2 V4 V4 3 V4 V2 V5 -4 V5 V5 V5 V5 During calibrations, ranges are considered in a special way: • Ranges not assigned a span gas valve are disregarded for span procedures. • The main order of span calibrations is based on ascending order of channels: Firstly the channel 1 valves are selected in ascending order, then the (not yet used) valves of channel 2, etc., considering the next two conditions, saving time and gas consumption: • Ranges of the same channel with the same valve assigned: Only one range is span calibrated, and the resulting data is copied into the other range. • Ranges of different channels with the same valve assigned are calibrated in parallel, considering the individual purge times. Note! Except for copied data, all calibration steps can be reviewed in the event logger file. Resulting span calibration procedure, focusing on handling of ranges Step Valve 1 V1 Ch1 / R1 2 V4 Ch1 / R3 3 4 V2 V5 Ch2 / R2 Ch3 / R3 7-30 Calibrated channel / range (Cn / Rn) Ch 1 / R2 Ch2 / R1 (R1 data copied) Ch2 / R4 Ch1 / R4 Ch3 / R2 Ch2 / R3 (R3 data copied) (R3 data copied) Ch3 / R2 Ch4 / R1 (Ch4 / R1 data copied to all remaining Ch4 ranges) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.3 Advanced Calibration 7.4.3.5 Blowback From ADVANCED CALIBRATION you may also start a blowback procedure: Press enter in this line to . While the procedure is active, a "Function executing" message appears. 7 Maintenance & Procedures Advanced calibration 1of2 Cancel! Zero&span single.. Zero all! Span all! Zero&span all! Programmed sequence! Blowback!  Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-31 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.4 Remote Calibration 7.4.4 Remote Calibration Remote calibrations may be initialized by digital inputs or Modbus commands, whereas both offer different functionalities: Remote calibration via digital inputs (option) is feasible only in combination with internal or external valves and is limited to 3 procedures, to be assigned to any digital input: • Zero calibrate all channels (Zero all), • span calibrate all channels (SpanAll) and • zero & span calibrate all channels (Zero & span all). Note! By activating span calibrations, it is the operators responsibility to not perform a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration! The Modbus interface offers more variability in performing calibrations: • Calibration without valves: The Modbus command initializes the procedure within the analyzer, but the operator has to take care that the gases are supplied in proper order, has to consider purge times as well as the condition to not perform a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration. So, in this configuration Modbus may be used e.g. together with an external sample handling system that controls the gas flow. • Calibration with valves: Installed and assigned valves ( 7-10) support two different variations of how to perform calibrations: 1. Perform single calibrations The Modbus command initializes single procedures (zero or span calibrations). The analyzers controls gas supply and purge times while it is the operators responsibility to not activate a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration! 2. Special calibration procedures: • Zero calibrate all channels • Span calibrate all channels • Zero & span calibrate all channels. Initialized by the Modbus command the analyzer performs above mentioned procedures and controls gas supply, purge times and (for the last given procedure only) performs a zero calibration for all channels before activating span calibrations. For detailled descriptions on how to perform 7-32 calibrations initialized via digital inputs calibrations initialized via Modbus, without valves calibrations initialized via Modbus, with valves 7-33 7-35 7-35 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.4 Remote Calibration 7.4.4.1 Calibrations Initialized by Digital Inputs As already mentioned, the analyzer must either provide internal valves or external valves (connected to its digital outputs), to make use of this feature. time slot starts after the zero calibration has ended (see fig. 7-7, signal D), otherwise it is rejected (signal B).. Chapter 4 for information about electrical data and installation of digital inputs and outputs. Maintenance & Procedures Digital inputs are edged triggered whereat the type of edge (rising or falling) can be setup via software menu ( 6-7171). An edge is detected within a time slot of 300 to 500 ms after the edge is applied. To be accepted as an input signal, • no change in signal is permitted for a minimum duration of 500 ms after the edge has been applied, otherwise it is rejected. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7 Furthermore take care • calibrations can only be canceled by an approriate digital input signal or command, but not by another calibration trigger signal • while a calibration is ongoing, any valve can only be activated if it is not used by this calibration procedure, and not assigned to a channel currently calibrated. • input signals, intended to start another procedure, must be applied complying to the following condition: • if this next procedure affects components already in use for the ongoing procedure, the edge detection time slot must start after the ongoing procedure has ended For example, during an ongoing zero calibration, an input signal to start a span calibration for the same channel should be applied after the zero calibration has finished. At least it must be applied in a way, that the 300 to 500 ms edge detection 7-33 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.4 Remote Calibration Examples The sequences shown in Fig. 7-7 are based on the following setup for digital inputs IN1 to IN3: • IN1 starts a zero calibration, initiated by a rising edge • IN2 starts a span calibration, initiated by a rising edge • IN3 cancels all calibrations with its falling edge Zero calibration Span calibration Cancel Calibration If signals are applied as shown, then • IN1 (A) starts a zero calibration (Z1) • the detection window (300 - 500 ms after edge) for IN2 (B) begins while the zero calibration (Z1) is ongoing: Signal (B) is ignored • the edge of IN1 (C) is detected and the associated zero calibration (Z2) is started • the detection window (300 - 500 ms after edge) for IN2 (D) begins after the zero calibration (Z2) has ended, so the span calibration (S1) is started • the span calibration (S1) is canceled by the falling edge of IN3 (E) Fig. 7-7: Digital Inputs - Examples of Sequences 7-34 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.4 Remote Calibration 7.4.4.2 Modbus Activated Calibrations Without Valves 7.4.4.3 Modbus Activated Calibrations With Valves Several Modbus commands allow to start calibrations ( Chapter 9, List of Modbus Commands). If the analyzer provides either internal valves or digital inputs and outputs (for controlling external valves), then Modbus commands allow to make use of all the options described in Section 7.3.3 'Advanced Calibration' (page 7-20), with the Modbus commands replacing the manual front panel button keypresses. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG This means, Modbus commands can initialize • Zero calibrate all channels • Span calibrate all channels • Zero and span calibrate all channels. The analyzer controls the gas flow, if applicable optimizes the sequence of multiple calibrations and takes care to not activate a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration. 7-35 Maintenance & Procedures This means, the Modbus command immediately starts the calculation. The operator has to ensure in this moment, the proper gas is applied and the measuring system is filled with calibration gas. If applicable, he also has to take care to not activate a span calibration without a preceding zero calibration. For detailled instructions about manual calibration 7-17. 7 Several Modbus commands allow to start calibrations ( Chapter 9, List of Modbus Commands). If the analyzer does neither provide internal valves nor digital inputs and outputs (for controlling external valves), then the procedure corresponds to the manual calibration, with the Modbus commands replacing the manual front panel button keypresses. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.5 Unattended Automatic Calibration 7.4.5 Unattended Automatic Calibration The unattended automatic calibration feature allows to program the analyzer to automatically perform valve supported calibration procedures without the need of digital inputs or Modbus interface connections. Compared to the procedures described in the section before (advanced calibration), there are only very limited options, comparable to the manual calibration procedures: The operator has the simple choice of programming zero, or zero and span calibration intervals. The main features compared to advanced calibrations as described from 7-18 are: 1) an interval time specifies the time between two calibrations 2) starting and processing calibrations does not need operator interaction 3) for span calibrations the analyzer consi ders the requirement, that always a zero calibration has to be carried out first, 4) (multi channel instruments only): Every time an unattended calibration is started, it is carried out for all channels! 7-36 Before selecting any further line make sure the required calibration gases are applied, and valves are assigned properly! Supply all calibration gases with the same flow as the sample gas (recommended approx. 1 l/min), pressureless and utilizing the correct gas fittings ( sect. 3.4). Make sure the calibration purge time is set to a value ensuring the measuring cell is filled properly with the related calibration gas after the valve has opened! Ensure the warm-up time after switching on has elapsed! Warm-up time is 15 to 50 minutes depending on installed measuring system and configuration! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.5 Unattended Automatic Calibration Setup.. Calibration.. Interval times.. Zero all.. Zero & span all.. Programmed sequence.. Blowback all.. Settings Diagram 7 Several time intervals may be specified: "Zero all..": This entry specifies intervals for zero calibrations only! If there is an entry for "Zero & span all..", too, the instrument will carry out additional zero calibrations based on the "Zero & span all.." interval. "Zero & span all..": This is the interval to elapse before the analyzer automatically starts a full calibration procedure, consisting of a zero calibration followed by a span calibration. "Programmed sequence..": This is the interval time for the sequence, setup in SETUP CALIBRATION - PROGRAM SEQUENCE "Blowback all..": To blowback all channels at regular intervals, enter this submenu. Interval times Description Zero all: T1 Zero & span all: 0 Zero calibrations only; time interval T1 Zero all: 0 Zero & span all: T2 Span calibrations preceded by zero calibrations; time interval T2 Zero all: T1 Zero & span all: T2 Span calibrations, preceded by zero calibrations (time interval T2), and additional zero calibrations (time interval T1) Fig. 7-8: Graphical Explanation of Interval Time Settings Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Maintenance & Procedures Within SETUP - CALIBRATION, "Interval time.." opens the following screen: 7-37 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.5 Unattended Automatic Calibration All submenus opened by above menu lines have the same content, exemplarily described below: Set to Enabled, to use interval times for the selected calibration (here: Zero all) Enter the interval time Accepted range: 1 ... 10,000 h Zero all Enable: Interval: Start time.. Enabled 15 h In this submenu enter the start time for the first calibration (s. below) Next: -- Time 10/01/10 15:33 Start time & date for the next calibration, based on the entered parameters (empty until date & time have been entered in the submenu) Current date & time Start zero all Month: Day: Hour: Minute: Set! Next 1 10 16 0 10/01/10 16:00 In this submenu enter the date and start time for the first calibration after finishing this setup. Note! Time format is 24h (1 pm = 13) Start time & date for the next calibration, based on the entered parameters Zero all Enable: Interval: Start time.. 7-38 Enabled 15 h Next: 10/01/10 16:00 Time 10/01/10 15:33 Press left to return to the previous menu, to see a summary. Note! If the displayed current time is not correct, update the system setup on 6-100. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4.6 Verifying a Calibration 7.4.6 Verifying a Calibration For instruments without internal and/or external valves simply apply either span or zero calibration gas to the sample gas inlet. If the calibration still is proper, the reading on the MEASUREMENT SCREEN should show the related value. For instruments with internal and/or external valves follow the procedure below: Starting from the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press down to open the MAIN MENU and enter CONTROL. Enter APPLY GAS Maintenance & Procedures Off Off Multi-channel unit: Select the component to be verified in SELECT COMPONENT. Ch1 Apply gas Applied gas: Flow Concentration Span gas 1.00 l/min 25.000 ppm Changing the "Applied gas" parameter opens the related valve. Available options: SpanGas-1 ... -4, ZeroGas, SampleGas, Blowback, All closed. "Flow" shows the current gas flow, while "Concentration" should show the expected value, if the calibration is valid and correct. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-39 7 Zero calibration.. Span calibration.. Advanced calibration.. Apply gas.. Lock menus! Acknowledgements Pump 1: Pump 2: Ranges.. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.4 Calibration Procedures 7.4.8 Restoring a Calibration Ch1 Zero calibration Cancel! Start! Zero gas 0.000 ppm Concentration 0.000 ppm Flow 0.00 l/min Status.. Results.. Restore! In case a wrong configuration was detected after a calibration was carried out (e.g. wrong gas connected), there is an option to restore the last calibration data: Any menu, from where a channel specific calibration can be started, shows a line "Restore!" (see example to the left). Press enter in such a line to restore the last calibration data for the selected channel and type of calibration (zero/span). While restore is processing, a 'Function executing' message appears. 7.4.7 Cancelling an Ongoing Calibration Ch1 Zero calibration Cancel! Start! Zero gas 0.000 ppm Concentration 0.000 ppm Flow 0.00 l/min Status.. Results.. Restore! 7-40 Any menu, from where a calibration can be started, shows a line "Cancel!" (see example to the left). Press enter in such a line to cancel any ongoing calibration. While canceling, a 'Function executing' message appears. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.5 Replacing the Electrochemical Sensor 7.5 Replacing the Electrochemical Sensor designed life (% hours) O2 concentration (%) The sensor‘s designed life under constant conditions of 20 °C is approx. 900,000 hrs. The lifetime at 21 % oxygen is therefore calculated to approx. 42,857 hrs, corresponding to approx. 5 years. Irrespective of all calculations above: A sensor is worn-out when, connected to ambient air, the output voltage is less than 2.8 V: Replace the sensor! For replacing the electrochemical sensor the following tools are required: • Philips screw drivers # 0 & 2 • Square key for the field housing's squash fasteners • allen key for the flameproof analyzer to remove/open the cover/front door. • 1 digital volt meter (measuring range 0 ... 2 V dc minimum) with suitable cables and probes. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Note 2! Due to the measuring principle the electrochemical oxygen cell requires a minimum internal consumption of oxygen (residual humidity avoids drying up the cell). Supplying cells continuously with dry sample gas of low grade oxygen concentration or with sample gas free of oxygen could result in a reversible detuning of O2 sensitivity. The output signal will become unstable, but response time remains constant. For proper measurement results the cell needs to be supplied continuously with concentrations of at least 0.1 Vol.-% O2. We recommend using the cell if need be in alternating mode, means to purge the cell with conditioned ambient air (not dried, but dust removed) when measurement pauses. If it is necessary to interrupt the oxygen supply for several hours or days, the cell has to regenerate (supply cell for about one day with ambient air). Temporary flushing with nitrogen (N2) for less than 1 h (e.g. for analyzer zeroing purpose) has no influence on measuring characteristics. 7-41 Maintenance & Procedures Lifetime = Note 1! The given lifetime values are for reference only! The expected lifetime is greatly affected by the temperature of the environment in which the sensor is used or stored. Increases or decreases in atmospheric pressure have the same effect as that by increases or decreases in oxygen concentration. (Operation at 40 °C halves lifetime). 7 In consequence of its design the sensor‘s lifetime is limited and depends on theoretical designed life and Oxygen concentration. The sensor output can be taken as a rough criterion for end of lifetime: The sensor is worn-out when the output in atmosphere is below 70 % of the initial output. The period till then can be calculated by Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.5 Replacing the Electrochemical Sensor ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Working at opened and powered instruments means working near live parts and is subject to instructed and trained personnel only! HAZARD FROM EXPLOSIVE, FLAMMABLE AND HARMFUL GASES Before opening gas paths they must be purged with ambient air or neutral gas (N2) to avoid hazards caused by toxic, flammable, explosive or harmful to health sample gas components! ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE HAZARD Working at internal components of electronical and electrical instruments may cause electrostatic discharge (ESD), destroying components! Working at open instruments is recommended at special workplaces only! If no such workplace is available, at minimum perform the following procedures to not destroy electronic components: Discharge the electric charge from your body. Do this by touching a device that is grounded electrically (e.g. instruments with earth connectors, heating installations). This should be done periodically when working at open instruments (especially after leaving the service site, because e.g. walking on low conducting floors might cause additional ESD). 7-42 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.5 Replacing the Electrochemical Sensor HAZARD FROM WEAK ACID AQUEOUS SOLUTION If the electrolyte leaks due to sensor damage, put the sensor in a plastic bag so that the solution will not be smeared on other places and return the sensor to Emerson Process Management or an industrial waste management contractor. If the electrolyte leaked due to sensor damage gets into an eye, immediately wash the eye with a large amount of tap water for 15 minutes and consult a doctor promptly. If the electrolytic solution or atomized electrolytic solution leaked due to sensor damage is inhaled, immediately wash the nostrils and gargle with tap water and consult a doctor promptly. Do not disassemble or repair the sensor. Removing a sensor part or remodeling the sensor will damage the sensor or leak the electrolyte and restoration to the original condition may not be possible. If the electrolyte leaked due to sensor damage is swallowed, immediately wash the mouth with tap water. Swallow a large amount of tap water or 600 cm³ (20.29 fl.oz) of milk and vomit it. Consult a doctor promptly. Discarded sensors cause environmental contamination. Return a worn-out sensor to Emerson Process Management or an industrial waste management contractor when discarding a worn-out sensor. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-43 7 If the electrolyte leaked due to sensor damage is smeared on the skin or clothing, immediately wash the contacted part with soapy water and wash off the solution with a large amount of tap water. Maintenance & Procedures The electrolyte is a weak acid aqueous solution of 5 to 6 in pH with an irritating odor. It will not ignite spontaneously even if it is left. Nevertheless, lead acetate, which is a component of the solution, is harmful to human bodies and should be handled with care as follows: Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.5 Replacing the Electrochemical Sensor 7.5.1 General Hints on Handling the Sensor GENERAL HINTS ON HANDLING THE SENSOR Do not expose the sensor to a temperature other than the temperature range of -20 to +60‘C (-4 to +140 F). Exposing to a temperature outside the temperature range may cause abnormal output or leak of the electrolyte due to parts degradation or damage. Make sure to prevent condensation of the oxygen concentration detecting part. If condensed, the output will lower and response speed will slow down, disabling accurate concentration measurement. The sensor characteristics will return to the original characteristics if condensation moisture evaporates after putting the sensor in dry air several hours to several days. Do not drop or apply a violent shock or vibration to the sensor. If shocked or vibrated, the sensor output may temporarily vary or become unstable. The original sensor condition will usually reset by putting the sensor in a stationary condition in the atmosphere at a ordinary temperature several hours to several days. Depending on the degree of a shock or vibration, the internal sensor structure may break and the sensor may not return to original condition. 7-44 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.5 Replacing the Electrochemical Sensor 7.5.2 Opening X-STREAM Analyzers ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Live parts are accessible when working at open instruments! Take care to observe all applicable safety instructions! 7.5.2.1 How to Open X-STREAM XEGP Remove the top cover after loosening the 12 screws. If your instrument features an internal heated fig. 7-11 on next for information on box, how to open. Maintenance & Procedures 12 screws on top of the instrument Fig. 7-9: X-STREAM XEGP 7.5.2.2 How to Open X-STREAM XEGC 7 Loosen the 4 screws for the cover, push the cover towards the rear and remove it.   2 screws on each side of the instrument Fig. 7-10: X-STREAM XEGC Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-45 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.5 Replacing the Electrochemical Sensor 7.5.2.3 How to Open X-STREAM XEF / XDF Depending on the individual analyzer configuration, either open the upper or lower front door to the left, utilizing the two sash fasteners. sash fasteners 7.5.2.4 How to Open X-STREAM XEFD To open a X-STREAM XEFD loosen the 20 screws located at the instrument´s flange. Then carfeully flip down the front door to not damage the instrument, hinges or equipment installed below the analyzer. locking device Fig. 7-11: X-STREAM Field Housings - Interior Views (shown Without Front Doors) unlocked position  Note 2! To remove the box loosen the 2 screws of the locking device, push it´s slider upwards as shown to the right, and take out the box to the frontside of the instrument! locked position push here to unlock  Note 1! The internal box covering the physical components, as shown in this figure, is optional and may not be installed in your specific instrument! push this way to lock Locking device details EXPLOSION HAZARD Special variations of X-STREAM XEF and XDF. as well as X-STREAM XEFD may be installed in hazardous areas. Maintaining such instruments is permitted only considering special conditions, given in the related separate manuals. Do not open nor maintain instruments in hazardous areas without having read and understood all associated instruction manuals! 7-46 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.5 Replacing the Electrochemical Sensor 7.5.3 Locating the Sensor 7 Maintenance & Procedures The instruments provide two different variations of internal designs (except 1⁄2 19' instruments): • Instruments with internal heated box covering the physical components cannot provide an electrochemical sensor due to the limited temperature range of the sensor itself • Instruments without internal heated box have the sensor installed onto the basic mounting plate. eO2 Sensor Unit Fig. 7-12: Location of the EO2 Sensor Unit Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Note! Exemplary this figure shows the internal design of a X-STREAM XEGP analyzer. The other analyzer variations are designed in a comparable way. 7-47 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.5 Replacing the Electrochemical Sensor 7.5.4 Disassembling the Sensor Unit The sensor unit consists of a holder, an electronics board and the sensor itself, all together installed on a base plate (Fig. 7-13). After loosening the nut (5), push the holder (3) with sensor (1) until the nut is above the hole (see details), then lift the holder from the base plate (4). The sensor is still fixed in the holder by means of a clip (8). Now loosen the screws (7), fixing the sensor block (6) to the holder, push the holder downwards until the screws heads slip through the holes.   3 1 2 3 5   (details rotated 90°) 4 Sensors  6 7 Pull off the signal connector from the electronics board (2) and take off the sensor. Take a new sensor, remove its plug, insert the sensor into the block and connect the signal connector to P3 on the electronics board (Fig. 7-14).  8 7 3 Fig. 7-13: Sensor Unit Design 1 2 3 4 Sensor Electronics Board Holder Base Plate 7-48 5 6 7 8 Nuts Sensor block Screws Clip weared new Now re-assemble the sensor unit in reverse order, but do not yet install it into the analyzer as it requires a signal adjustment. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.5 Replacing the Electrochemical Sensor 7.5.5 Adjusting the Output Signal Having replaced the worn sensor, the board´s output signal requires some adjustment. ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Tp 1 Strip P3 for sensor connection Fig. 7-14: OXS Board, Top View Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Tp 2 Procedure: • power on the open instrument. • Supply ambient air (approx. 21 % O2) • Connect a digital voltmeter (DVM) to Tp 1 (signal) and Tp 2 (GND) on the elec tronics board OXS (fig. 7-14). • Adjust the measured signal to 3360 mV DC (± 5 mV) utilizing the potentiometer R4 on OXS board. Note! Once the output signal has been adjusted for a specific sensor, changing the potentiometer settings will cause incorrect measuring results! 7-49 7 Potentiometer R4 Maintenance & Procedures Working at open and powered instruments means working near live parts and is subject to instructed and trained personnel only! Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.5 Replacing the Electrochemical Sensor 7.5.6 Finalizing the Sensor Replacement • Disconnect the analyzer from power • Re-install the sensor unit into the analyzer • Close the housing. Take care to use all screws, especially if the instrument is to be used in hazardous areas! In a next step for proper measuring results, perform a zero and a span calibration at least for the channel with the replaced sensor. EXPLOSION HAZARD Special conditions and instructions for start-up after maintenance apply to instruments to be operated in hazardous areas! Not observing these conditions and instructions may cause explosions! See the associated manuals, provided with instruments for use in hazardous areas, for more information. To ensure proper disposal, send back the old sensor to the EMERSON Process Management factory (or to your local sales office) or to an industrial waste management contractor for waste disposal. 7-50 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.6 Cleaning the Instrument´s Outside 7.6 Cleaning the Instrument´s Outside Use a liquid general purpose detergent and a lint-free cloth for cleaning the analyzer´s outside. HAZARD FROM UNHEALTHY SUBSTANCES Take care to follow the safety instructions and instructions for use given by the manufacturer of the chosen general purpose detergent! EXPLOSIVE, FLAMMABLE AND HARMFUL GASES HAZARD Before opening gas paths they must be purged with ambient air or neutral gas (N2) to avoid hazards caused by toxic, flammable, explosive or harmful to health sample gas components! Seal the open analyzer´s gas fittings utilizing PVC caps to avoid contamination of inner gas path. • Moisten the lint-free cloth with a mixture of 3 parts of water and 1 part of the general purpose detergent. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Do NOT drench the cloth, just moisten it to prevent liquid entering the housing! • Clean the analyzer housing outside with the moistened cloth. • If need be dry the housing after cleaning. 7-51 7 Maintenance & Procedures Procedure • Disconnect the instrument from power! • If disconnecting from gas lines is required, take care of the following: Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets After some time of operating the instrument, one can assume all the parameters (calibration gases setup, measuring ranges, inputs and outputs, etc) are setup to meet the application´s and operator´s needs. To save these settings for means of restoring them in case of failures, data loss or even overwriting, use the options of the SETUP - SAVE-LOAD menus. X-STREAM analyzers support saving analyzer data by providing different options: Local backup Use this option to save the current data in a special analyzer memory section. Factory defaults.. This is the data, stored in a special memory section after the instrument has been configured in the factory. The user cannot change, but only restore this data. USB backup This option enables to save or restore an analyzer configuration to/from an external USB device. This way e.g. administrators can save analyzer configurations separately from the analyzer at a safe location. Note! During backup or restore processes, a progress indicator menu is shown: "Busy" turns from 0 to 1. "Progress (0..1000)" shows 1000 when copying data has finished. Copying data Busy Progress (0..1000) 7-52 0 1000 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets USB backup Backup/Restore to/from external device On user request restore and overwrite current configuration in RAM (USB BACKUP - RESTORE, 7-60 ) Backup on user request (USB BACKUP - SAVE, 7-57) CfgData configuration used during operation FactData Factory setup configuration Overwrites after factory analyzer startup Automatically overwrites in case of faulty checksum, or manually on user request (LOCAL BACKUP - RESTORE, 7-55) 7 Overwrites after factory analyzer startup, or on user request (LOCAL BACKUP - SAVE, 7-54) Maintenance & Procedures Overwrites on user request (FACTORY DEFAULTS - RESTORE, 7-56) UserData configuration saved to local FRAM Fig. 7-15: Relations of Supported Data Sets, and Where to Find Further Information Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-53 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.7.1 Local Backup - Save Starting at the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press down to open the MAIN MENU, enter SETUP and next SAVE-LOAD.. . Setup.. Save-Load.. If system is setup accordingly, access level 3 code must be entered to gain access to this menu. Save-Load Local backup.. Factory defaults.. USB backup.. Highlight "Local backup.." and press enter. Local backup Save.. UsrBack date Restore.. Undo restore! Busy Progress 7/29/09 14:26 Store new local backup and overwrite old one! Are you sure? Highlight 'Save..' and enter the submenu. 0 0 A screen appears to confirm the operation: Select Yes! and press enter to see a new screen, showing the current status. No! Yes! 7-54 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.7.2 Local Backup - Restore Starting at the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press down to open the MAIN MENU, enter SETUP and next SAVE-LOAD.. . Setup.. Save-Load.. If system is setup accordingly, access level 3 code must be entered to gain access to this menu. Save-Load Local backup.. Factory defaults.. USB backup.. Local backup Save.. UsrBack date Restore.. Undo restore! Busy Progress 7/29/09 14:26 0 0 Information about the last backup Highlight "Restore.." and enter the submenu. Restore from local backup! This will restart device! Are you sure? A screen appears to confirm the operation: Select Yes! and press enter to see a new screen, showing the current status. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-55 No! Yes! 7 Maintenance & Procedures Highlight "Local backup.." and press enter. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.7.3 Factory Defaults - Restore Setup.. Save-Load.. Starting at the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press down to open the MAIN MENU, enter SETUP and next SAVE-LOAD.. . If system is setup accordingly, access level 3 code must be entered to gain access to this menu. Save-Load Local backup.. Factory defaults.. USB backup.. Highlight "Factory defaults.." and press enter. Factory defaults FacBack date Restore.. Undo restore! Busy Progress 7/29/09 14:26 Restore factory defaults! This will restart device! Are you sure? No! Yes! 7-56 Information about the last backup Highlight "Restore.." and enter the submenu. A screen appears to confirm the operation: Select Yes! and press enter to see a new screen, showing the current status. Note! All changes regarding the analyzer setup, applied after instrument was shipped, will be overwritten! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.7.4 USB Backup - Save IMPORTANT INFORMATION! Read carefully before activating USB procedures! Installation Mass storage devices can be hot-plugged. After attaching a device, the analyzer will automatically recognize it, if the USB interface is enabled; 6-103. However, do not remove a memory device, while data transmission is ongoing, this can cause loss of data! Fig. 7-16: USB File System Structure Auto-Run Feature It is possible to initiate special procedures upon connecting a mass storage device, e.g. updating the firmware, firmware backup, 7-66 for more configuration backup, etc., information. Formatting Prior to first usage, it is recommended to format the mass storage device by the analyzer: • Attach an USB device • Enter SETUP - USB INTERFACE (may require to enter access level 3 code) • Select "Format USB stick.." and press enter. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-57 Maintenance & Procedures Supported Mass Storage Device Types Unfortunately not all USB mass storage devices are completely compatible with the interface. It is recommended to use brands like SANDISK, KINGSTON, TOSHIBA etc. Before finally storing data, check for proper operation! File System The analyzer requires a special file system on the memory device: After installation (and formatting), the analyzer checks the file system on the mass storage device, and automatically creates whatever is required. 7 The analyzer provides a dual-mode USB 1.0 interface, which comes with two connectors. The primary purpose of the bigger connector is to attach mass storage devices such as sticks or disk drives, while the smaller mini USB connector is preserved to connect a PC/ computer. Note! Using both connectors in parallel is not supported. Connecting a PC will disable mass storage functionality. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets Starting at the MEASUREMENT SCREEN press down to open the MAIN MENU, enter SETUP and next SAVE-LOAD. Setup.. Save-Load.. If system is setup accordingly, access level 3 code must be entered to gain access to this menu. Save-Load Local backup.. Factory defaults.. USB backup.. Highlight "USB backup.." and press enter. USB backup Save.. Restore.. Undo restore! Busy Progress Highlight "Save.." and enter the submenu. 0 1000 Save config to USB stick and overwrite old file! Are you sure? No! Yes! 7-58 Note! Take care to have an USB device connected to the analyzer´s USB port! A screen appears to confirm the operation: Select Yes! and press enter to see a new screen, showing the current status. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7 Maintenance & Procedures The backup files are stored within the USB device' file structure, in a subdirectory 'config'. For more information on the USB device file system structure, 6-104 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-59 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.7.5 USB Backup - Restore Starting from the MEASUREMENT SCREEN, press down to open the MAIN MENU, enter SETUP and next SAVE-LOAD.. . Setup.. Save-Load.. If system is setup accordingly, access level 3 code must be entered to gain access to this menu. Save-Load Local backup.. Factory defaults.. USB backup.. In this line press enter. USB backup Save.. Restore.. Undo restore! Busy Progress Enter this submenu. 0 1000 Restore config from USB stick! This will restart device! Are you sure? No! Yes! 7-60 Note! Take care to have an USB device connected to the analyzer´s USB port (icon to be visible in the first menu line)! A screen appears to confirm the operation: Select Yes! and press enter to start the process. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.7 Save / Restore Configuration Data Sets 7.7.6 Undo Restore Local backup 3/16/10 14:26 0 0 7 Maintenance & Procedures Save.. UsrBack date Restore.. Undo restore! Busy Progress Each backup menu has a function line called "Undo restore!" to undo the last restore backup operation, as shown exemplarily shown by the figures to the left (local backup menu). This works from any backup/restore menu, and undoes any last restore, regardless if this was started from the current or from another. During the undo process, a 'Function executing' message appears. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-61 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.8 Logfiles 7.8 Handling Log Files Log files are created by the internal data logger, event logger and calibration logger, whereat the latter are part of optional software upgrade packages. Working with log files is in the following exemplarily explained on the basis of the data logger: 7.8.1 Configuring Log Files Data logger Logging: Sample time: Data logger data delete! Cached entries Total entries Off 1s 14 0 Data Selection Export data to USB! Data Selection Concentration: Temperature: Flow: Pressure: Yes No No No FieldSep: TAB Open SETUP - DATA LOGGER (this may require to enter the access code for level 3), to see the following menu: Highlight the 7th line and open the associated submenu to see a list of data available for logging. Each entry in the log file contains the following fields • date • time, followed by • the fields as selected in the menu: For each parameter select, if it is to be included (Yes) or not (No) in the log file: "Concentration" includes the measured concentration (ppm) and current status of all installed channels. "Temperature", "Flow" and "Pressure" include the associated measured values. Data Selection 7-62 Concentration: Temperature: Flow: Pressure: Yes No No No FieldSep: TAB The separator for the fields within an entry is specified with the last menu line: Available options are TAB(ulator), Comma and SemiKol(on). Entries are separated by a carrige return and line feed. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.8 Logfiles Press left to return to the previous menu, and • enter a sample time to specify the time interval between entries • turn "Logging" On, to start logging. 14 0 Data Selection.. Export data to USB! 7.8.2 Exporting Log Files There are two options to export log files to an USB device: Data logger Logging: Sample time: Data logger data delete! Cached entries Total entries On 1s Data Selection.. Export data to USB! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 14 0 1st option: From within SETUP - DATA LOGGER (this may require to enter the access code for level 3) The last line "Export data to USB!" enables to export the total entries to a connected USB device. 7-63 Maintenance & Procedures On 1s 7 Data logger Logging: Sample time: Data logger data delete! Cached entries Total entries All the log file data is kept in an internal memory, and written into a file on the internal memory card every 30 minutes (or when "Logging" is turned Off. So, • "Cached entries" shows the number of entries in memory • "Total entries" gives the number of entries, already saved to the internal memory card. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.8 Logfiles 2nd option: From within CONTROL - DATA LOGGER (this may require to enter the access code for level 1) Data logger Export data to USB! Cached entries Total entries 0 0 The line "Export data to USB!" enables to export the total entries to a connected USB device. Before starting to export, the analyzer automatically adds the cached entries to the total entries file, so all available data is exported to the log file. Take care to have a proper USB memory de7-57), before starting to vice connected ( export a log file, otherwise an error message shows up. Fig. 7-17: Subdirectory for Log Files Note! Data logger exports into data.log, event logger into events.log, and calibration logger into calibration.log. Several files of the same type are added by extending the file names with increasing numbers, e.g. data001.log, data002.log, ... 7-64 Log files are exported to the subdirectory named 'logs' beneath a directory, named with the serial number of the current analyzer. Notes! If not already present, the file system structure is created automatically. One memory device may have multiple 'serial number' directories, each created automatically, when for the first time connected to a new analyzer, and containing only the files for that specific analyzer. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.8 Logfiles Example Imported into a text file, for a 3 channel instrument the above settings would give the following log file layout: The exported log file does not only show the discussed entries data, but also separate lines with • the type of log file • the analyzer tag, if such has been setup ( 6-98 ) • the analyzer serial number • column headings for the entries fields For further processing, import that file e.g. into a spreadsheet. Maintenance & Procedures 7.8.3 Log Files Content 7 Imported into a spreadsheet software, it looks like this: Note! Date format is dd/mm/yyyy Time format is hh:mm:ss (with 24 h format) Status codes are: G = Good, F = Failure, A = Alarm, M = Maintenance, C = Check function, O = Out of specification, S = Simulate, X = Absent Fig. 7-18: Example of Log File Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-65 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.9 Files on USB Stick 7.9 Files on USB Memory Device After connecting or formatting an USB device, or after a first log file export, a special file structure is present on the stick, figure below. Furthermore, two files are created within this structure: • autorun.inf • xe_win_tools.zip 7.9.1 autorun.inf 'Autorun.inf' can be used to automatically start actions, when the USB device, it is saved on, is connected to the analyzer. Each time, an USB mass memory device is connected, the analyzer checks for the precense of a plain text file, called 'autorun.inf'. If such a file does not exist, a template file is automatically created, as well as, if need be, the file structure. Fig. 7-19: USB File System Structure # Emerson X-STREAM XE | USB-AUTORUN File # # -- Functions --------------------------------------# # Remove # from a line below to activate a function # # SAVE_CONFIG Save current configuration to USB # SAVE_FIRMWARE Save firmware (incl. config) to USB # SAVE_DATALOGS Save data logger files to USB # SAVE_EVENTLOGS Save event logger files to USB # SET_PASSWORDS Set all passwords to factory # defaults (LOI and webbrowser) # # .---------------------------------------------------- Another file, automatically created, is called 'xe_win_tools.zip'; 7-67 . The automatically created autorun.inf acts as a template, containing • help text, and • instruction lines: To enable, just remove the leading '#' and save the file as text file to the device again. The file is scanned line by line. Any line not starting with '#' is checked for a valid key word (CAPITAL terms in the template´s functions section), which is passed to a batch loop processor, to be executed as soon as possible. Fig. 7-20: Autorun.inf Template 7-66 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.9 Files on USB Stick 7.9.2 xe_win_tools.zip This ZIP contains some files to be used with a Microsoft Windows based computer only. Chiptool for Ethernet connections, enables to remotely identify an analyzer by its IP address, without requiring front panel access. 7 Maintenance & Procedures USB driver for MS Windows PC Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-67 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.10 Web Browser 7.10 Web Browser Field housings Table top analyzers To gain access to the instrument´s web browser interface, first ensure the instrument is powered and connected to your network via Ethernet1 connector (see figure on the left) Ethernet1 connector Fig. 7-21: Ethernet Connectors Next enter INFO, to check if the instrument has been assigned a valid network IP address: Info Firmware 1.0 DSP version 1.0 Serial no 123456789 Components.. Installed options.. Ethernet1 IP 192.168.1.1 Ethernet2 IP 192.168.1.2 10/01/10 14:00  Time IP address for Ethernet1 connector If no network IP address has been assigned, 6-79 ) check the network settings ( 7-68 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 7.10 Web Browser Connect your computer to the network, open a web browser and enter the instrument´s network IP address, and if all is configured properly, a screen like the following appears: IP address in web browser´s address line Analyzer information IP address on logon screen MAC address of interface Analyzer serial number After logon, the measurements screen appears. Click on the left most icon in the status bar, to receive comprehensive online help on the X-STREAM XE web browser interface. HELP button Fig. 7-23: Web Browser Measurements Screen Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7-69 7 Fig. 7-22: Web Browser Logon Screen Usernames for login are: Operator, Expert, Administrator. Default password (for all) is: password We recommend to set new passwords, to limit access to critical submenus (see online help). Maintenance & Procedures Enter your login data (user name & password) here X-STREAM XE 7-70 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 10/2010 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 Chapter 8 Troubleshooting 8.1 Abstract 8.2 Problems indicated by status messages Analyzer related messages Channel related messages As the analyzer software is not capable to detect all problems and faults, section 8.3 describes such faults, their consequences, gives hints on potential causes and on how to solve the problem(s). Section 8.4 gives detailled instructions on how to replace or adjust components, addressed to personnel familiar with the aspects of working on such components. 8.3 Problems NOT indicated by status messages page 8-12 page 8-18 8 8.4 Extended troubleshooting on components page 8-3 page 8-8 Troubleshooting This chapter covers troubleshooting the analyzer: Section 8.2 describes messages possibly appearing in the measuring screen‘s status line gives hints on the potential causes and on how to solve the problem(s). Two tables differentiate between analyzer related messages and channel related messages. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.2 Solving Problems Indicated by Status Messages 8.2 Solving Problems Indicated by NAMUR Status Messages As mentioned before, status messages show up in the measuring display´s last line. Multiple status messages, active at a time, show up sequentially in this status line. To see all status messages at a glance, enter STATUS: If any status is set, the corresponding menu line appears, whereat only the first 4 lines are of interest here (NAMUR status). Failures.. Off-Specs.. Maintenance requests.. Function checks.. Measurement.. Calibration.. Alarms.. Enter any status line to see detailled status messages. In the following table, all possible NAMUR status messages are listed in alphabetical order, together with hints on the possible causes, and tips on how to solve the problems. Depending on the NAMUR status level assigned, the instrument can also activate status relay outputs, according the NAMUR NE 107 specifications. Notes! Recommended actions preceded by a bullet are alternatives. If recommended actions do not solve a problem, call Emerson Service! Supported NAMUR status levels: Failures: Require immediate actions. The analyzer is not any longer working properly, and the output signal is invalid due to malfunction. Off-spec: The analyzer is working outside its specification (e.g. measuring range), or internal diagnostics indicate deviations due to internal problems. To achieve proper outputs, corrective action is required. Check request (or maintenance requests): The instrument is still working properly, within its specifications and the output signal is valid, but maintenance is required in for-seeable future, because a function will soon be restricted or a wear reserve is nearly exhausted. Function check: The analyzer is still working properly, but currently is in a status where the output signal is temporarily invalid (e.g. frozen) due to some ongoing procedures (e.g. during calibration). If solving a reported problem requires working inside an open instrument, take care of the safety instructions, given at the beginning of this manual! 8-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.2.1 Analyzer Related Messages 8.2.1 Analyzer Related NAMUR Messages Message Maintenance Can´t open Data Logger file Maintenance Can´t write to Data Logger file Maintenance Checksum error Maintenance Cfg checksum error Maintenance Cfg file open error Maintenance Cfg file read error Maintenance Cfg file write error Maintenance Device not in Service Function check DISK Free space warning While running the calculator, an inconsistency was detected Division by 0 detected • Check the calculator program for syntax errors, impossible commands or signal references • Check for divisions by 0 Accessing the data logger file is not possible • Check if internal disk is present / installed Accessing the data logger file • Call Emerson Service is not possible Creating the factory configuration file caused a checksum error. Creating the user configuration file caused a checksum error. Store a new factory configuration file. Create a new user configuration file. Opening the user configuration file is not possible. Writing to the user configuratiCall Emerson service on file is not possible. Writing to the user configuration file is not possible Operator has set the analyzer Set analyzer into service to function check mode Maintenance Internal disk usage exceeded specified limit (default: 80 %) Maintenance Internal disk usage exceeded 95 % limit DISK full Recommended Actions Troubleshooting Calculator program error Explanation 8 Status level Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Free space by deleting files 8-3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.2.1 Analyzer Related Messages Message Status level E-Mail: Not sent Maintenance E-Mail: Could not open LOG file Maintenance External Failure Failure External FctCheck Function check External MaintRequ Maintenance External OffSpec Off-spec Factory file open error Maintenance 8-4 Explanation Recommended Actions • Check Ethernet connection • Check SMTP configuration Failed to send e-mail Accessing log file not possib- • Check if internal disk is present / installed le • Call Emerson service No NAMUR! An external source (e.g. digital input or PLC program) meets a failure condition that is forwarded to the self-diagnostics system. An external source (e.g. digital input or PLC program) meets a function check condition that is forwarded to the self-diagnostics system. An external source (e.g. digital input or PLC program) meets a maintenance request condition that is forwarded to the self-diagnostics system. An external source (e.g. digital input or PLC program) meets a out-of-specification condition that is forwarded to the self-diagnostics system. • Check the assigned digital input for the condition. • Check PLC program for the condition. • Reassign digital inputs to not being forwarded to the diagnostic system. • Create a new factory configuration file Opening the factory configura• Check the file system for tion file is not possible. consistency using CHKDISK tool Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.2.1 Analyzer Related Messages Message Status level Factory file read error Maintenance Factory file write error Maintenance FATAL!! Configuration data destroyed Failure FATAL: FRAM read/write error Maintenance Flash write count over limit Maintenance Explanation Recommended Actions Reading the factory configuration file is not possible Writing the factory configuration file is not possible. This message does not appear during normal operation! The instrument is now unconfigured, because retrieving the configuration data from several sources failed. The instrument is now unconfigured, because retrieving the configuration data from several sources failed. Write cycles to internal CPU Flash Memory exceeded number of 90,000 • Check if internal disk is present / installed • Call Emerson service Call Emerson service Off-spec Limitation analog output 3 Off-spec Limitation analog output 4 Concentration assigned to the indicated analog output is outside configured ranges: Analog output is limited to configured ranges • Use another measurement range. • Extend analog output range configuration if possible. • Run measurement inside its given ranges. While installing the PLC program, a program error was discovered Check the PLC program for syntax errors, wrong commands or references 8 Off-spec Limitation analog output 2 Troubleshooting Limitation analog output 1 Off-spec Limitation analog output 5 Off-spec PLC program error Maintenance Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-5 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.2.1 Analyzer Related Messages Message Status level SCAL blowback Function check SCAL program sequence Function check SCAL spanning Function check SCAL zeroing Function check SCAL zeroing & spanning Function check Explanation Device runs system calibration’s blowback mode Recommended Actions Device runs system calibration’s program sequence Currently a system calibration’s spanning is ongoing Currently a system calibration’s zeroing is ongoing Currently a system calibration (zeroing and spanning) is ongoing • Wait until system calibration procedure is finished • Cancel system calibration procedure XPSV - CPU communication failure Call Emerson service, if message shows up repeatedly • Wait until system calibration procedure is finished • Cancel system calibration procedure Sensor CRC-check Failure Sensor command buffer overflow Failure Sensor failure Failure Sensor invalid message length Failure SENSOR RESET Maintenance 8-6 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.2.1 Analyzer Related Messages Message Status level USB free space warning Maintenance USB stick full The attached USB storage devices´s free memory exceeded the setup limit ( 6-103 ) The attached USB storage device has not sufficient free memory to store data Recommended Actions • Replace USB device by another one with sufficient free memory • On the USB device, delete files not required. To do so, attach it to a computer. • Format USB device ( 6-104 ) 8 Troubleshooting Maintenance Explanation Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-7 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.2.2 Channel Related Messages 8.2.2 Channel Related Messages (preceded by Channel Tag, e.g. CO2.1) Message Status level Concentration Is Higher Than Limit Off-spec Concentration Is Lower Than Limit Off-spec Device Not in Service Function check External Failure Description Recommended Actions Currently the actual concentration is outside the analyzer's range limits. The shown measuring value does not comply to the actual concenctration. Function check External MaintRequ Maintenance External OffSpec Off-spec Flow High Maintenance Flow High-High Failure Flow Low Maintenance 8-8 Increase concentration Operator has set the analyzer Set analyzer into service to function check mode Failure External FctCheck Reduce concentration An external source (e.g. digital input or PLC program) meets a failure condition that is forwarded to the self-diagnostics system. • Check the assigned digital input for the condition. • Check PLC program for the condition. • Reassign digital inputs to not being forwarded to the diagnostic system. The activated flow monitor de• Ensure proper flow tected a too high flow accor• Increase limit if appropriate ding its configured high level. • Check flow adjusting equipment, reduce flow to accepted value The detected flow is too high • If applicable check internal or external pump function, reduce flow to accepted value The activated flow monitor • Ensure proper flow detected a too low flow accor• Decrease limit if appropriate ding its configured low level. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.2.2 Channel Related Messages Message Description Status level Invalid Interference Value Off-spec Linearizer Overflow Off-spec Linearizer Underflow Off-spec Operation Hours Exceeded Maintenance No Sample Gas Function check Range Overflow Off-spec A measuring value used for Check status of interfering cross interference compensacomponents tion is found to be erroneous. The current concentration value is above the upper linearization range limit, so measuring results are not reliable. The current concentration value is below the lower linearization range limit, so measuring results are not reliable. Adjust gas concentration to be within range Adjust gas concentration to be within range • The instrument, or selected components require maintenance The operation hours excee• After maintenance, enter SEded the service interval time. TUP - OPERATION HOURS METER ( 6-97 ), to reset the counter. • Check, if a calibration is The concentration measureongoing ment does not represent the • If no calibration is ongoing, normal value. Possible reacheck if sample gas is apsons: Calibration procedure is plied (if need be, check for busy. open sample gas valves) Gas concentration is out of • Select higher range (polynomeasurement range and mial linearization mode only) therefore linearization curve • Adjust gas concentration to does not apply (�� measuring rebe within range sults are not reliable). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-9 Troubleshooting Failure • Check the external and internal gas path for leakage and plugging • If applicable check internal pump function 8 Flow Low-Low The detected flow is too low or missing due to a leak, not limited to the instrument‘s internal gas path Recommended Actions Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.2.2 Channel Related Messages Message Status level Range Underflow Off-spec Secondary Sensor Signal Simulation Function check Sensor ADC Failure Sensor Chopper Failure Sensor Communication Timeout Failure Sensor Detector Failure Sensor Flow Failure Sensor Pressure Off-spec Sensor Signal Simulation Function check 8-10 Description Recommended Actions Gas concentration is out of • Select lower range (polynomeasurement range and themial linearization mode only) refore linearization curve does • Adjust gas concentration to not apply (measuring results be within range are not reliable). • Restart device. Any secondary sensor’s signal is simulated for service • Ask service personnel to deactivate simulation. purposes Input voltage applied to an internal DC signal input (DC 1...5) too high Input voltage applied to an internal AC signal input (WS 1...4)too high Internal failure bit of electronics board XSP is set • Adjust sensors output voltage to be within 0 .. 5 V limit • Replace sensor • Adjust sensors output voltage to be within ± 6 V limit • Replace sensor • Switch analyzer off and on again • Check red LED on chopper board UCC • Replace chopper The serial communication between the main controller and Check both boards, and prothe sensor interface has timed per connections out. The reason is unknown. • Switch off / on the analyzer • Check if VVS signal is proper XSP's failure bit was set • Replace detector Check the sensors function, The flow sensor is not working and if need be, replace the properly sensor. The pressure measurement is Configure pressure to be not working properly for comwithin limits pensation purposes The primary sensor signal is • Restart device. • Ask service personnel to simulated for service purpodeactivate simulation. ses Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.2.2 Channel Related Messages Message Description Status level Failure The current through the IR or UV source is too high Failure The current through the IR or UV source is too low Sensor Temperature Off-spec Spanning Started Function check STANDBY Status Function check Startup Phase Function check Tolerance Check Failed Maintenance Unstable Measurement Maintenance Warming Up Function check Zeroing Started Function check The temperature measurement is not working properly Span calibration is ongoing All valves are closed - Physical components starting Wait until all components are up working properly Difference between setpoint and actuals is too high • Disable check or change tolerance • Check components for proper function Measurement too noisy while calibrating • Check for constant gas flow • Increase t90 time Some components need to be • Wait until warmup time has at a specific temperature to elapsed work properly. This message • Check function of heaters shows, until all components and temperature control reached their temperatures. • Wait for the procedure to finish. Zero calibration ongoing • Cancel the procedure Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-11 Troubleshooting Sensor Source - • Check for IR source internal resistance is > 6 Ohms • Replace source • Check for IR source internal resistance is < 8 Ohms • Check for broken cables • Replace source • Check the temperature sensor • Check function of heaters • Wait for the procedure to finish. • Cancel the procedure 8 Sensor Source + Recommended Actions Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages The following table lists possible faults not detectable by the instrument‘s software, gives hints on the potential causes, and tips on how to solve the problems. If solving a problem requires working inside the instrument take care of the safety instructions given at the beginning of this manual! Note on X-STREAM field housings! To see the current analyzer status, or operate the instrument even if the front door is open, just loosen the screw, fixing the front panel, and swivel the front panel to the side or to the top (flameproof XEFD), as shown in figure 8-1. Notes! Recommended actions preceded by a bullet are alternatives. If recommended actions do not solve a problem, call Emerson Service! swivel to the right swivel to the top Screws to loosen Fig. 8-1: X-STREAM XEF, XDF and XEFD, Opened With Visible Front Panel 8-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages Instrument Does Not Work nor Respond on Inputs Power supply missing • Check power connection • Check power supply • Check instrument‘s power fuses • Check power supply unit: green LED (OK) Front panel connection faulty Check front panel connections CPU hang up External failure No Analog Output Signal Recommended Actions Internal connection failure Analog outputs 2 - 4 affected External failure Configuration failure Digital Outputs Not Working Properly Outputs 1 - 4 affected Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Disconnect power to reset CPU Check external circuitry for failures • Check signal connection at P22 of board XPSA • XPSA: If red LED "No PWM" glows - check connection to P19 • XPSA: LED "No PWM" dark - check power connection to XPSA (2-pole cable br/wht) Check installation of module XSIA on XPSA board Check external circuitry for failures Check digital outputs menu settings • XPSA: If red LED "TIMEOUT" glows - check connection to P33 • XPSA: LED "TIMEOUT" dark - check power connection to XPSA (2-pole cable br/wht) 8-13 Troubleshooting Display Dark Description 8 Situation Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages Situation Description Recommended Actions • XDIO: If LED "TIMEOUT" glows - check jumpers on XDIO. XDIO #1: jumper on ADR2 XDIO #2: jumpers on ADR2 Digital Outputs Not Working Outputs on extension board(s) & ADR0 Properly (cont.) (XDIO) affected • XDIO: If LED "TIMEOUT" glows - check connection to P33 • XDIO: If LED "NO SPI" glows - check internal SPI communication cable (10 pole cable) Check external circuitry for External failure failures Check digital inputs menu Configuration failure settings • XDIO: If LED "TIMEOUT" glows - check jumpers on XDIO. Digital Inputs Not Working XDIO #1: jumper on ADR2 Properly XDIO #2: jumpers on ADR2 Outputs on extension board(s) & ADR0 • XDIO: If LED "TIMEOUT" (XDIO) affected glows - check connection to P33 • XDIO: If LED "NO SPI" glows - check internal SPI communication cable (10 pole cable) • Check electrical connection of valves • XPSA: If red LED "TIInternal Valves Not Working MEOUT" glows - check conConnection failure Properly nection to P33 • XPSA: LED "TIMEOUT" dark - check power connection to XPSA (2-pole cable br/wht) 8-14 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages Recommended Actions Valves connected to digital outputs Valves not connected to digital outputs See "Digital outputs not working properly" Check external valve controller Check external circuitry for failures • XPSA: If red LED "TIMEOUT" glows - check connection to P33 • Check installation of interface module (SIF 232 or 485) External failure Serial Communication Not Working Properly Connection failure Leak in gas path Ambient air contains high concentration of measured gas component Fluctuating gas pressure Fluctuating or Invalid Readout Perform a leak test • Check absorber (at chopper/ measuring cell) and replace if need be. • Purge instrument with inert (neither absorbing, nor interfering) gas • Check gas path before and behind cell and sensor • Remove restriction behind gas outlet • Reduce gas flow or pump rate Sensor or detector not conCheck detectors connections nected Electrochemical Oxygen sen- Check sensor and replace if sor worn-out need be • Check connections: X3 (1/2) / source channel 1 X3 (4/5) / source channel 2 IR channel: • If source housing is cold: Source not connected or deExchange all sources in fective case of multi-channel analyzer / replace source if need be (see service manual) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-15 Troubleshooting External Valves Not Working Properly Description 8 Situation Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages Situation Description Recommended Actions Check measuring point ( page 8-19) • Check analysis cells and windows for pollution • Clean polluted parts (see Gas path(s) polluted service manual) • Check gas paths for pollution and clean gas paths if need be • Set ambient pressure to proper value ( page 6-61) Wrong pressure value used • Sensor failure ( status for compensation message "PressSensor“, page 8-10) • Check temperature of gas path(s) • Remove all sources of conCondensation inside gas path densation • Keep all temperatures at least 10 °C above dew point Check signal damping Wrong signal damping settings page 6-47) ( • Distance between sampling point and analyzer too long • Replace pump by external Pump rate too low model with higher pump rate (operate in bypass mode, page 4-5) • Check gas path and sample Gas path(s) polluted handling system for pollution • Clean gas path Analog preamplifier of affected channel defective Fluctuating or Invalid Readout (continued) Readout Damping Time Too Long 8-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.3 Solving Problems Not Indicated by Status Messages Situation No Gas Flow Description Recommended Actions Sample gas pump (option) switched off Membrane of sample gas pump defective Switch on sample gas pump ( page 6-5) Replace sample pump membrane Sample gas pump defective Replace sample gas pump Solenoid valves (option) not opened / defective 8 Troubleshooting Gas path(s) polluted External valves: • Check connection between valves and digital outputs All valves: • Check valve seat and replace if need be • Replace solenoid valves • For valve control via serial interface or digital inputs: • Any valve activated? • Check gas path and sample handling system for pollution • Clean gas path Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-17 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components This section gives information on how to check and replace internal components. Some work described on the next pages need to be carried out by qualified personnel only, and may require special tools, to ensure the instrument or component is not damaged or disadjusted! Opening X-STREAM analyzers page 8-20 Signal connectors page 8-22 Sample Pump: Replacement of Diaphragm page 8-23 Paramagnetic Oxygen Cell: Adjustment of physical zero page 8-34 Thermal Conductivity Cell: Adjustment of output signal page 8-37 ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Working at opened and powered instruments means working near live parts and is subject to instructed and trained personnel only! ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Live parts are accessible when working at open instruments! Take care to observe all applicable safety instructions! 8-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components HAZARD FROM EXPLOSIVE, FLAMMABLE AND HARMFUL GASES Before opening gas paths they must be purged with ambient air or neutral gas (N2) to avoid hazards caused by toxic, flammable, explosive or harmful to health sample gas components! HIGH TEMPERATURES ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE HAZARD Working at internal components of electronical and electrical instruments may cause electrostatic discharge (ESD), destroying components! We recommend special antistatic workplaces for working at open instruments! If no such workplace is available, at minimum perform the following procedures to not destroy electronic components: Discharge the electric charge from your body. Do this by touching a device that is grounded electrically (e.g. instruments with earth connectors, heating installations). This should be done periodically when working at open instruments (especially after leaving the service site, because e.g. walking on low conducting floors might cause additional ESD). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-19 8 Troubleshooting While working at internal components hot surfaces may be accessible, even after the instrument has been disconnected from power! Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4.1 Opening X-STREAM Analyzers ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Live parts are accessible when working at open instruments! Take care to observe all applicable safety instructions! 8.4.1.1 How to Open X-STREAM XEGP Remove the top cover after loosening the 12 screws. If your instrument features an internal heated fig. 8-4 on next page for information box, on how to open. 12 screws on top of the instrument Fig. 8-2: X-STREAM XEGP 8.4.1.2 How to Open X-STREAM XEGC Loosen the 4 screws for the cover, push the cover towards the rear and remove it.   2 screws on each side of the instrument Fig. 8-3: X-STREAM XEGC 8-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4.1.3 How to Open X-STREAM XEF / XDF Depending on the individual analyzer configuration, either open the upper or lower front door to the left, utilizing the two sash fasteners. sash fasteners 8.4.1.4 How to Open X-STREAM XEFD To open a X-STREAM XEFD loosen the 20 screws located at the instrument´s flange. Then carfeully flip down the front door to not damage the instrument, hinges or equipment installed below the analyzer. locking device push this way to lock Locking device details Troubleshooting push here to unlock 8 Fig. 8-4: X-STREAM Field Housings - Interior Views (shown Without Front Doors) unlocked position  Note 2! To remove the box loosen the 2 screws of the locking device, push it´s slider upwards as shown to the right, and take out the box to the frontside of the instrument! locked position  Note 1! The internal box covering the physical components, as shown in this figure, is optional and may not be installed in your specific instrument! EXPLOSION HAZARD Special variations of X-STREAM XEF and XDF. as well as X-STREAM XEFD may be installed in hazardous areas. Maintaining such instruments is permitted only considering special conditions, given in the related separate manuals. Do not open nor maintain instruments in hazardous areas without having read and understood all associated instruction manuals! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-21 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4.2 Signal Connectors on XSP Board Fig. 8-5: XSP - Allocation of Signal Connectors 8-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4.3 Sample Pump: Replacement of Diaphragm 8 To do so you need to dismantle the pump from your analyzer. Troubleshooting This instruction explains the procedure to replace the diaphragms of sample gas pumps (PN 42716569) used in the X-STREAM series gas analyzers. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-23 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Required parts for the spare parts kit for the pump (PN 0375946). Step 1: S1 8-24 If applicable: Remove the screws S1 on both sides of the pump. Take off the cover. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components S3 S2 Step 2: 8 Troubleshooting Remove the screws S2 and screw S3. Step 3: Take out the pump assembly. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-25 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 4: Mark the pump assy. before disassembly. Step 5: Remove the white block. 8-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 6: Troubleshooting Remove the teflon gasket. 8 Step 7: Remove the remaining two pump parts. Clean the white plate for the gas inand outlet. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-27 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Clamp S4 Step 8: Disassemble the lower block and the clamp. Loosen the screw S4 and the nut N1. N1 8-28 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 9: 8 Troubleshooting Remove the two washers on the diaphragm. Step 10: Replace the old with the new diaphragm and assemble the washers and the clamp in reverse order (step 9 and 8). Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-29 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 11: Remove the locking springs on both sides of the white block and take out the old diaphragms on both sides. 8-30 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 12: Clean the white block. Afterwards put in the new dia-phragms and fix them with the new locking springs. 1 Assemble the pump assy. Take care of your marker ( step 4) 8 1. Put the two upper plates under the clamp ( steps 6 & 7 for reference). Troubleshooting Step 13: 2. Put the white block and the new teflon gasket between the lower block and the in-outlet plate. 2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-31 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 14: Assemble the pump assy in reverse order. S3 Put it in the pump housing and fix it with the screws S2. Fix the clamp with screw S3 and the black buffer. S2 8-32 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 15: 8 Finally re-install the pump into your analyzer, to complete the replacement of pump diaphragm. Troubleshooting S1 If applicable: Install the cover and fix it with screws S1 at both sides. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-33 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4.4 Paramagnetic Oxygen Cell for Standard Applications: Adjustment of Physical Zero GND +6 V -6 V Signal connectors Signal pins To adjust the physical zero you need to measure some voltages on the XSP board: Depending on which channel the cell is assigned to, the measuring signal (+) can be measured at pin 3 of the related connector. GND (-) is available at a separate pin (see figure). The measured voltage should be 0 V ± 50 mV. The cell contains strong magnets! Use only non-magnetic tools to adjust the zero point! Step 1: The figure to the left shows a heated paramagnetic oxygen cell. S1 Note! Depending on your specific instrument alternatively an unheated cell may be installed. In this case skip step 2 and continue with step 3. Step 2: Open the cell cover by loosening the screw S1 at the top. 8-34 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 3: Apply N2 to the analyzer. Step 4: A Step 5: Tighten the screw S2 with care, close the cover and check the zero point again. Note! If the cell itself does not provide a cover, close the instrument while checking the cell! You might have to re-adjust the zero point several times until it remains at the expected value. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-35 8 S3 S2 The cell´s electronic is light sensitive: When exposed to light while adjusting the zero point utilizing screw S3, a zero point shift may arise after the cover is closed. Tip: Shade the cell with a cloth when adjusting screw S3. Troubleshooting Carefully loosen the screw S2. Now you can adjust the physical zero point with screw S3. Turn the screw carefully. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 6: Fix the closed cell´s cover with screw S1. S1 8-36 This completes the zero point adjustment procedure. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components 8.4.5 Thermal Conductivity Cell: Adjustment of Output Signal A digital voltmeter (DVM) is required to measure and adjust several voltages! 8 Troubleshooting To adjust the zero signal of this measuring cell you need to have access to both sides of the related electronics board WAP 100. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-37 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 1: Check the solder bridges, located at the solder side of the board, for proper configuration: LB20 LB10 LB10 LB4 2-5 LB21 1-4 LB20 LB21 LB4 open closed closed open Step 2: Switch on the analyzer. The onboard LED will light up red and green. LED LED When the warmup time has elapsed, the LED flashes green. LED 8-38 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 3: Locate test connector P4 to measure the bridge voltage: P4.16 P4.15 R60 Bridge voltage (+) Bridge voltage (-); GND CAUTION! Do not short-circuit pins! P4.16 + Test connector P4 _ 8 Troubleshooting P4.15 Alternatively the GND signal (-) is accessible on the main board BKS, too: fig. 8-3, page 8-16) . Locate X11 ( The bridge voltage depends on range and sample gas and should be between 3V and 5V. Only if the WAP 100 board has been replaced, it is necessary to adjust the voltage with potentio-meter R60. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 8-39 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 4: To adjust the physical zero point: Apply zero gas to the analyzer. P11/ P17 Connect the DVM to the following pins: P4.5 Raw signal (+) P4.15 Bridge voltage (-); GND CAUTION! Do not short-circuit pins! P4 P4.15 P4.5 Raw To adjust the physical zero point, it is necessary to install a resistor between P11/ P17 at position 1, 2, 3 or 4 (the following figure shows it at position 4). The position and value depends on the individual cell parameters. Proper configuration is a result of "try and error"! Change resistor and/or position until the voltage is 0 V ± 500 mV. P17 Finally solder in the resistor between P11/ P17. P11 8-40 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 5: To adjust the physical span: LB3 R119 P4 Apply span gas to the analyzer. Do not disconnect the DVM: P4.5 Raw signal (+) P4.15 Bridge voltage (-); GND CAUTION! Do not short-circuit pins! P4.15 P4.5 Raw If 10V is not within the adjustable range, it is necessary to change the signal amplification with solder bridge LB3: close 1-5 3-5 4-5 2-3-4-5 8 For an amplification factor of 20 150 300 500 Step 6: Now once more check the zero point: Apply zero gas to the analyzer. Do not disconnect the DVM: The voltage should be 0 V ± 500 mV. If it does not, repeat from step 3! Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Troubleshooting Adjust the voltage to 10V utilizing R119. 8-41 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 06/2010 8.4 Troubleshooting on Components Step 7: LB10 To finetune the physical zero point: Close solder bridge LB10. Apply zero gas to the analyzer. Do not disconnect the DVM: P4.5 Raw signal (+) P4.15 Bridge voltage (-); GND CAUTION! Do not short-circuit pins! Now you can finetune the zero point to a minimum value, using R103. R103 P4.15 P4.5 Raw P4 Check the zero point with zero gas again and perform a zero calibration. Check the full scale signal (10V at P4.5) with span gas and perform a span calibration. This step completes the adjustment of output procedure. 8-42 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Chapter 9 Modbus Functions 9.1 Abstract This chapter lists all Modbus functions and registers supported by X-STREAM gas analyzers. Refer to the www.Modbus-IDA.org website for detailled documentation about programming the interface. At date of creation of this instruc-tion manual the following documents were used: • MODBUS Serial Line Implementation Guide: Modbus_over_serial_line_V1.pdf. For a list of supported functions supported parameters and registers, ordered by parameter tag name ordered by register number 9.1.1 Modbus TCP/IP Before using Modbus TCP/IP take care to configure the communication properly: 6-79. For Modbus TCP/IP the analyzer is factory configured to support DHCP servers: The moment, the powered instrument is connected Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG page 9-2 page 9-22 page 9-20 to a DHCP server via ethernet, it will receive a valid IP address and become visible in the network. If no DHCP server is available, configure the 6-79. IP address manually 9-1 Modbus Commands MODBUS Protocol Specification: Modbus_Application_Protocol_V1_1a. pdf 9 • Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.2 Modbus - Supported Functions 9.2 Supported Functions Function Code decimal (hex) Modbus Function ReadCoils ReadDiscreteInputs ReadHoldingRegisters ReadInputRegisters WriteSingleCoil WriteSingleRegister Diagnostic WriteMultipleCoils WriteMultipleRegisters 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 15 16 (0x01) (0x02) (0x03) (0x04) (0x05) (0x06) (0x08) (0x0F) (0x10) Note 1) for registers of 2000 for registers of 1000 for registers of 3000, 8000, 9000 for registers of 4000, 8000, 9000 for registers of 2000 for registers of 3000 sub function "00 = Return Query Data" only for registers of 2000 for registers of 3000, 8000, 9000 Registers ranges 8000 and 9000 are Daniel long word or floating point registers. To calculate the related Modicon registers use the following table: 1) or Daniel 8001 - 8499 9001 - 9999 equals equals Modicon 5001 - 5999 6001 - 7999 Data type long word floating point the following pages for comparisons of all Daniel and Modicon registers. 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Note! The client access column in the following list provides information about the read only (RO) or read/write (R/W) access restrictions for each parameter. All parameters with read/write access, as well as tag names beginning with "Service." require entering the service level access code into register 3008 (parameter "Service.RemoteSecurity"), to enable write access. 9-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Control.Acknowledge.AllStates 2091 2091 Boolean R/W Control.Acknowledge.Failure 2092 2092 Boolean R/W Control.Acknowledge.FctChecks 2095 2095 Boolean R/W Control.Acknowledge.LevelAlarms 2096 2096 Boolean R/W Control.Acknowledge.MaintRequests 2094 2094 Boolean R/W Control.Acknowledge.OffSpecs 2093 2093 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.PumpState1 Control.ApplyGas.PumpState2 2081 2082 2081 2082 Boolean Boolean R/W R/W Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve1 2051 2051 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve2 2052 2052 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve3 2053 2053 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve4 2054 2054 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve5 2055 2055 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve1 2061 2061 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve2 2065 2065 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve3 2069 2069 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve4 2073 2073 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve5 2077 2077 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve1 2062 2062 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve2 2066 2066 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve3 2070 2070 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve4 2074 2074 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve5 2078 2078 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve1 2063 2063 Boolean R/W Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Description 0=no effect, 1=Acknowledge device‘s states 0=no effect, 1=Acknowledge device‘s Namur Failure alarms 0=no effect, 1=Acknowledge device‘s Namur FctCheck alarms 0=no effect, 1=Acknowledge device‘s level alarms 0=no effect, 1=Acknowledge device‘s Namur MaintRequ alarms 0=no effect, 1=Acknowledge device‘s Namur Off-spec alarms Pump1 state (0=Off, 1=On) Pump1 state (0=Off, 1=On) 0=close all valves, 1=open sample valve comp1 0=close all valves, 1=open sample valve comp2 0=close all valves, 1=open sample valve comp3 0=close all valves, 1=open sample valve comp4 0=close all valves, 1=open sample valve comp5 0=open sample valve, 1=open span1 valve comp1 0=open sample valve, 1=open span1 valve comp2 0=open sample valve, 1=open span1 valve comp3 0=open sample valve, 1=open span1 valve comp4 0=open sample valve, 1=open span1 valve comp5 0=open sample valve, 1=open span2 valve comp1 0=open sample valve, 1=open span2 valve comp2 0=open sample valve, 1=open span2 valve comp3 0=open sample valve, 1=open span2 valve comp4 0=open sample valve, 1=open span2 valve comp5 0=open sample valve, 1=open span3 valve comp1 Modbus Commands Address 9 Tag Name 9-3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve2 2067 2067 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve3 2071 2071 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve4 2075 2075 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve5 2079 2079 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve1 2064 2064 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve2 2068 2068 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve3 2072 2072 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve4 2076 2076 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve5 2080 2080 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve1 2056 2056 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve2 2057 2057 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve3 2058 2058 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve4 2059 2059 Boolean R/W Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve5 2060 2060 Boolean R/W Control.Calibration.Blowback_1 Control.Calibration.Blowback_2 Control.Calibration.Blowback_3 Control.Calibration.Blowback_4 Control.Calibration.Blowback_5 Control.Calibration.Blowback_All Control.Calibration.Calib_Cancel Control.Calibration.ProgSequence Control.Calibration.Span_1 Control.Calibration.Span_2 Control.Calibration.Span_3 Control.Calibration.Span_4 Control.Calibration.Span_5 Control.Calibration.Span_All Control.Calibration.Zero_1 Control.Calibration.Zero_2 Control.Calibration.Zero_3 Control.Calibration.Zero_4 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2025 2026 2024 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2022 2001 2002 2003 2004 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2025 2026 2024 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2022 2001 2002 2003 2004 Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W 9-4 Description 0=open sample valve, 1=open span3 valve comp2 0=open sample valve, 1=open span3 valve comp3 0=open sample valve, 1=open span3 valve comp4 0=open sample valve, 1=open span3 valve comp5 0=open sample valve, 1=open span4 valve comp1 0=open sample valve, 1=open span4 valve comp2 0=open sample valve, 1=open span4 valve comp3 0=open sample valve, 1=open span4 valve comp4 0=open sample valve, 1=open span4 valve comp5 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp1 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp2 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp3 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp4 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp4 Blowback procedure comp1 (1=start) Blowback procedure comp2 (1=start) Blowback procedure comp3 (1=start) Blowback procedure comp4 (1=start) Blowback procedure comp5 (1=start) Blowback procedure all (1=start) Cancel any calibration (1=cancel) Zero+span calibration all (1=start) Span calibration comp1 (1=start) Span calibration comp2 (1=start) Span calibration comp3 (1=start) Span calibration comp4 (1=start) Span calibration comp5 (1=start) Span calibration all (1=start) Zero calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero calibration comp2 (1=start) Zero calibration comp3 (1=start) Zero calibration comp4 (1=start) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Info.ProgramVersion Info.SensorVersion Info.SerialNumber PV1 PV2 PV3 PV4 PV5 Service.General.ChannelActive1 Service.General.ChannelActive2 Service.General.ChannelActive3 Service.General.ChannelActive4 Service.General.ChannelActive5 Service.General.Identification.CPLDVersion Service.General.Identification.ManufacturingInfo Service.General.Identification.ProgramVersionDate Service.General.Identification.SensorBuild Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange1 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange2 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange3 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange4 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange5 Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Client Access Modicon 2005 2021 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2023 4011… 4016 4026 3141… 3147 6001… 6002 6003… 6004 6005… 6006 6007… 6008 6009… 6010 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 4028 3251… 3266 4017… 4022 4027 6323… 6324 6327… 6328 6331… 6332 6335… 6336 6339… 6340 6321… 6322 Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean Boolean R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Zero calibration comp5 (1=start) Zero calibration all (1=start) Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) Zero+span calibration all (1=start) String RO software release version Word RO Version number of sensor firmware String RO serial number of the device 9001 Float RO Primary Variable 1 9002 Float RO Primary Variable 2 9003 Float RO Primary Variable 3 9004 Float RO Primary Variable 4 9005 Float RO Primary Variable 5 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 4028 3251… 3266 4017… 4022 4027 Word Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W RO String RO built-in component1 built-in component2 built-in component3 built-in component4 built-in component5 Version number of CPLD firmware Infos stored for manufacturing purposes String RO software release date Word RO Build number of sensor firmware 9162 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp1 9164 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp2 9166 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp3 9168 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp4 9170 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp5 9161 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp1 Daniel 2005 2021 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2023 4011… 4016 4026 3141… 3147 Description Modbus Commands Control.Calibration.Zero_5 Control.Calibration.Zero_All Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_1 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_2 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_3 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_4 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_5 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_All Data Type Address 9 Tag Name 9-5 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange2 Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange3 Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange4 Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactCoeffs1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactCoeffs2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactCoeffs3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactCoeffs4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactCoeffs5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactCoeffs1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactCoeffs2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactCoeffs3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactCoeffs4 9-6 Data Type Client Access 9163 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp2 9165 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp3 9167 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp4 9169 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp5 Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Address Modicon 6325… 6326 6329… 6330 6333… 6334 6337… 6338 6541… 6548 6549… 6556 6557… 6564 6565… 6572 6573… 6580 Daniel 9271… 9274 9275… 9278 9279… 9282 9283… 9286 9287… 9290 3421 3421 Word R/W 3422 3422 Word R/W 3423 3423 Word R/W 3424 3424 Word R/W 3425 3425 Word R/W 3426 3426 Word R/W 3427 3427 Word R/W 3428 3428 Word R/W 3429 3429 Word R/W 3430 3430 Word R/W 6441… 6448 6449… 6456 6457… 6464 6465… 6472 9221… 9224 9225… 9228 9229… 9232 9233… 9236 Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Description polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp1 polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp2 polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp3 polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp4 polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp5 enable pressure span compensation of comp1 enable pressure span compensation of comp2 enable pressure span compensation of comp3 enable pressure span compensation of comp4 enable pressure span compensation of comp5 assign press-sensor of span comp1 (0=Man, 1=DSP_P1, 2=DSP_P2 etc.) assign press-sensor of span comp2 (0=Man, 1=DSP_P1, 2=DSP_P2 etc.) assign press-sensor of span comp3 (0=Man, 1=DSP_P1, 2=DSP_P2 etc.) assign press-sensor of span comp4 (0=Man, 1=DSP_P1, 2=DSP_P2 etc.) assign press-sensor of span comp5 (0=Man, 1=DSP_P1, 2=DSP_P2 etc.) polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp1 polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp2 polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp3 polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Data Type Client Access Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Modicon 6473… 6480 6481… 6488 6489… 6496 6497… 6504 6505… 6512 6513… 6520 Daniel 9237… 9240 9241… 9244 9245… 9248 9249… 9252 9253… 9256 9257… 9260 3411 3411 Word R/W 3412 3412 Word R/W 3413 3413 Word R/W 3414 3414 Word R/W 3415 3415 Word R/W 3416 3416 Word R/W 3417 3417 Word R/W 3418 3418 Word R/W 3419 3419 Word R/W 3420 3420 Word R/W 9266 Float RO 9267 Float RO 9268 Float RO 9269 Float RO 9270 Float RO Float R/W Float R/W 6531… 6532 6533… 6534 6535… 6536 6537… 6538 6539… 6540 6401… 6408 6409… 6416 9201… 9204 9205… 9208 Description polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp5 polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp1 polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp2 polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp3 polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp4 polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp5 enable temperature span compensation of comp1 enable temperature span compensation of comp2 enable temperature span compensation of comp3 enable temperature span compensation of comp4 enable temperature span compensation of comp5 assign temp-sensor of span comp1 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of span comp2 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of span comp3 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of span comp4 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of span comp5 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) temperature for span compensation of comp1 temperature for span compensation of comp2 temperature for span compensation of comp3 temperature for span compensation of comp4 temperature for span compensation of comp5 polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp1 polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp2 9-7 Modbus Commands Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactCoeffs5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactConcCoeffs1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactConcCoeffs2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactConcCoeffs3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactConcCoeffs4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactConcCoeffs5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffCoeffs1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffCoeffs2 Address 9 Tag Name Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffCoeffs3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffCoeffs4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffCoeffs5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffEnable1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffEnable2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffEnable3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffEnable4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffEnable5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffSensorAssign1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffSensorAssign2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffSensorAssign3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffSensorAssign4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffSensorAssign5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature5 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff1 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff2 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff3 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff4 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff5 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable1 9-8 Address Data Type Client Access Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Description Modicon 6417… 6424 6425… 6432 6433… 6440 Daniel 9209… 9212 9213… 9216 9217… 9220 3401 3401 Word R/W 3402 3402 Word R/W 3403 3403 Word R/W 3404 3404 Word R/W 3405 3405 Word R/W 3406 3406 Word R/W 3407 3407 Word R/W 3408 3408 Word R/W 3409 3409 Word R/W 3410 3410 Word R/W 9261 Float RO 9262 Float RO 9263 Float RO 9264 Float RO 9265 Float RO 9593 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 9693 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 9793 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 9893 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 9993 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 3501 Word R/W Enable Linearizer of comp1 6521… 6522 6523… 6524 6525… 6526 6527… 6528 6529… 6530 7185… 7186 7385… 7386 7585… 7586 7785… 7786 7985… 7986 3501 polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp3 polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp4 polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp5 enable temperature zero compensation of comp1 enable temperature zero compensation of comp2 enable temperature zero compensation of comp3 enable temperature zero compensation of comp4 enable temperature zero compensation of comp5 assign temp-sensor of zero comp1 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of zero comp2 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of zero comp3 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of zero comp4 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of zero comp5 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) temperature for zero compensation of comp1 temperature for zero compensation of comp2 temperature for zero compensation of comp3 temperature for zero compensation of comp4 temperature for zero compensation of comp5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Modicon Daniel 3502 3502 3503 3503 3504 3504 3505 3505 3521 3521 3522 3522 3523 3523 3524 3524 3525 3525 Data Type Client Access Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W RO RO RO RO RO Description Enable Linearizer of comp1 Enable Linearizer of comp1 Enable Linearizer of comp1 Enable Linearizer of comp1 Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1 Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1 Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1 Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1 Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1 Lin, status comp1 (0=Normal, 1=Underflow, 2=Overflow, 3=Undefined) Lin, status comp2 (0=Normal, 1=Underflow, 2=Overflow, 3=Undefined) Lin, status comp3 (0=Normal, 1=Underflow, 2=Overflow, 3=Undefined) Lin, status comp4 (0=Normal, 1=Underflow, 2=Overflow, 3=Undefined) Lin, status comp5 (0=Normal, 1=Underflow, 2=Overflow, 3=Undefined) Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus1 3516 3516 Word RO Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus2 3517 3517 Word RO Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus3 3518 3518 Word RO Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus4 3519 3519 Word RO Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus5 3520 3520 Word RO 9592 Float RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp1 9692 Float RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp2 9792 Float RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp3 9892 Float RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp4 9992 Float RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp5 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue1 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue2 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue3 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue4 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue5 7183… 7184 7383… 7384 7583… 7584 7783… 7784 7983… 7984 Linearization method of comp1 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Linearization method of comp2 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Linearization method of comp3 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Linearization method of comp4 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Linearization method of comp5 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Service.Measurement.Lin.Method1 3506 3506 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.Method2 3507 3507 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.Method3 3508 3508 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.Method4 3509 3509 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.Method5 3510 3510 Word R/W 9591 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp1 9691 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp2 9791 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp3 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue1 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue2 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 7181… 7182 7381… 7382 7581… 7582 Modbus Commands Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable5 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations5 Address 9 Tag Name 9-9 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue4 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue5 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc1 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc2 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc3 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc4 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc5 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet1 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet2 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet3 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet4 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet5 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1Coeffs1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1Coeffs2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1Coeffs3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1Coeffs4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1Coeffs5 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2Coeffs1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2Coeffs2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2Coeffs3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2Coeffs4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2Coeffs5 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3Coeffs1 9-10 Data Type Client Access 9891 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp4 9991 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp5 Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Address Modicon 7781… 7782 7981… 7982 7161… 7168 7361… 7368 7561… 7568 7761… 7768 7961… 7968 3531… 3534 3535… 3538 3539… 3542 3543… 3546 3547… 3550 7121… 7130 7321… 7330 7521… 7530 7721… 7730 7921… 7930 7131… 7140 7331… 7340 7531… 7540 7731… 7740 7931… 7940 7141… 7150 Daniel 9581… 9584 9681… 9684 9781… 9784 9881… 9884 9981… 9984 3531… 3534 3535… 3538 3539… 3542 3543… 3546 3547… 3550 9561… 9565 9661… 9665 9761… 9765 9861… 9865 9961… 9965 9566… 9570 9666… 9670 9766… 9770 9866… 9870 9966… 9970 9571… 9575 Description Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp1 Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp2 Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp3 Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp4 Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp5 polyn, set of range1..4 comp1 (0=Poly1, 1=Poly2, 2=Poly3, 3=Poly4) polyn, set of range1..4 comp2 (0=Poly1, 1=Poly2, 2=Poly3, 3=Poly4) polyn, set of range1..4 comp3 (0=Poly1, 1=Poly2, 2=Poly3, 3=Poly4) polyn, set of range1..4 comp4 (0=Poly1, 1=Poly2, 2=Poly3, 3=Poly4) polyn, set of range1..4 comp5 (0=Poly1, 1=Poly2, 2=Poly3, 3=Poly4), Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp1 Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp2 Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp3 Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp4 Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp5 Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp1 Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp2 Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp3 Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp4 Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp5 Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Data Type Client Access Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Description Modicon 7341… 7350 7541… 7550 7741… 7750 7941… 7950 7151… 7160 7351… 7360 7551… 7560 7751… 7760 7951… 7960 Daniel 9671… 9675 9771… 9775 9871… 9875 9971… 9975 9576… 9580 9676… 9680 9776… 9780 9876… 9880 9976… 9980 Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction1 3511 3511 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction2 3512 3512 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction3 3513 3513 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction4 3514 3514 Word R/W Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction5 3515 3515 Word R/W 7001… 7006 7201… 7206 7401… 7406 7601… 7606 7801… 7806 7061… 7066 7261… 7266 7461… 7466 7661… 7666 9501… 9503 9601… 9603 9701… 9703 9801… 9803 9901… 9903 9531… 9533 9631… 9633 9731… 9733 9831… 9833 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp1 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp2 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp3 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp4 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp5 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp1 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp2 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp3 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3Coeffs2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3Coeffs3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3Coeffs4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3Coeffs5 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4Coeffs1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4Coeffs2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4Coeffs3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4Coeffs4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4Coeffs5 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues1 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues2 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues3 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues4 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues5 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues1 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues2 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues3 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp2 Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp3 Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp4 Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp5 Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp1 Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp2 Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp3 Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp4 Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp5 LinFct c1: 1=On/Off, 2=Calc, 3=ToUSB, 4=FromUSB, 5=Install, 6=ToFile LinFct c2: 1=On/Off, 2=Calc, 3=ToUSB, 4=FromUSB, 5=Install, 6=ToFile LinFct c3: 1=On/Off, 2=Calc, 3=ToUSB, 4=FromUSB, 5=Install, 6=ToFile LinFct c4: 1=On/Off, 2=Calc, 3=ToUSB, 4=FromUSB, 5=Install, 6=ToFile LinFct c5: 1=On/Off, 2=Calc, 3=ToUSB, 4=FromUSB, 5=Install, 6=ToFile 9-11 Modbus Commands Address 9 Tag Name Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues5 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc1 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc2 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc3 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc4 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc5 Service.Measurement.Simulation.PVARawValue1 Service.Measurement.Simulation.PVARawValue2 Service.Measurement.Simulation.PVARawValue3 Service.Measurement.Simulation.PVARawValue4 Service.Measurement.Simulation.PVARawValue5 Service.Measurement.Simulation.SimPVARawEnable1 Service.Measurement.Simulation.SimPVARawEnable2 Service.Measurement.Simulation.SimPVARawEnable3 Service.Measurement.Simulation.SimPVARawEnable4 Service.Measurement.Simulation.SimPVARawEnable5 Service.Measurement.Simulation.SimPVARawValue1 Service.Measurement.Simulation.SimPVARawValue2 Service.Measurement.Simulation.SimPVARawValue3 Service.Measurement.Simulation.SimPVARawValue4 Service.Measurement.Simulation.SimPVARawValue5 Service.Measurement.Simulation.SimXSPMuxEnable1 Service.Measurement.Simulation.SimXSPMuxValue1 9-12 Data Type Client Access Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W 9006 Float RO value for rawPVA of comp1 9007 Float RO value for rawPVA of comp2 9008 Float RO value for rawPVA of comp3 9009 Float RO value for rawPVA of comp4 Address Description Modicon 7861… 7866 7169… 7176 7369… 7376 7569… 7576 7769… 7776 7969… 7976 6011… 6012 6013… 6014 6015… 6016 6017… 6018 6019… 6020 Daniel 9931… 9933 9585… 9588 9685… 9688 9785… 9788 9885… 9888 9985… 9988 9010 Float RO value for rawPVA of comp5 3456 3456 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp1 3457 3457 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp2 3458 3458 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp3 3459 3459 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp4 3460 3460 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp5 9486 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp1 9487 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp2 9488 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp3 9489 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp4 9490 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp5 Word R/W Float R/W 6971… 6972 6973… 6974 6975… 6976 6977… 6978 6979… 6980 3461… 3468 6981… 6996 3461… 3468 9491… 9498 Linearization table Y-Values of comp5 Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp1 Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp2 Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp3 Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp4 Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp5 enable simulation for XSP‘s multiplexer value1..8 simulation value for XSP‘s multiplexer value1..8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateForce1 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateForce2 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateForce3 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateForce4 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateForce5 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateInhibit1 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateInhibit2 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateInhibit3 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateInhibit4 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateInhibit5 Service.Status.DeviceStates.DvcStateForce Service.Status.DeviceStates.DvcStateInhibit Service.Status.NAMUR.FailureMap Service.Status.NAMUR.FailureMask Service.Status.NAMUR.FctCheckMap Service.Status.NAMUR.FctCheckMask Service.Status.NAMUR.MaintMap Service.Status.NAMUR.MaintMask Service.Status.NAMUR.OffSpecMap Service.Status.NAMUR.OffSpecMask Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas1 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Client Access Modicon 6341… 6356 5311… 5318 5321… 5328 5331… 5338 5341… 5348 5351… 5358 5251… 5258 5261… 5268 5271… 5278 5281… 5288 5291… 5298 5301… 5308 5241… 5248 5029… 5030 5021… 5022 5035… 5036 5027… 5028 5033… 5034 5025… 5026 5031… 5032 5023… 5024 6111… 6112 6113… 6114 Float RO DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W DWord R/W 8015 DWord R/W 8011 DWord R/W 8018 DWord R/W 8014 DWord R/W 8017 DWord R/W 8013 DWord R/W 8016 DWord R/W 8012 DWord R/W 9056 Float R/W current zero gas of comp1 9057 Float R/W current zero gas of comp2 Daniel 9171… 9178 8156… 8159 8161… 8164 8166… 8169 8171… 8174 8176… 8179 8126… 8129 8131… 8134 8136… 8139 8141… 8144 8146… 8149 8151… 8154 8121… 8124 Description values for XSP‘s multiplexer value1..8 Forcing for comp1‘s state bitfield (b0:......) Forcing for comp2‘s state bitfield (b0:......) Forcing for comp3‘s state bitfield (b0:......) Forcing for comp4‘s state bitfield (b0:......) Forcing for comp5‘s state bitfield (b0:......) Inhibit for comp1‘s state bitfield (b0:......) Inhibit for comp2‘s state bitfield (b0:......) Inhibit for comp3‘s state bitfield (b0:......) Inhibit for comp4‘s state bitfield (b0:......) Inhibit for comp5‘s state bitfield (b0:......) Forcing for device (N0) state bitfield (b0:......) Inhibit for device (N0) state bitfield (b0:......) Bitmask that maps cond. for failure source Bitmask that disables failure sources Bitmask that maps cond. for FctCheck source Bitmask that disables NAMUR FctCheck sources Bitmask that maps cond. for maintenance request source Bitmask that disables NAMUR maintenance request sources Bitmask that maps cond. to OffSpec source Bitmask that disables NAMUR OffSpec sources 9-13 Modbus Commands Service.Measurement.Simulation.XSPMuxValue1 Data Type Address 9 Tag Name Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas3 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas4 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas5 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas1 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas2 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas3 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas4 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas5 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas1 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas2 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas3 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas4 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas5 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas1 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas2 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas3 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas4 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas5 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas1 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas2 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas3 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas4 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas5 9-14 Address Modicon Daniel 6115… 9058 6116 6117… 9059 6118 6119… 9060 6120 6101… 9051 6102 6103… 9052 6104 6105… 9053 6106 6107… 9054 6108 6109… 9055 6110 6261… 9131 6262 6269… 9135 6270 6277… 9139 6278 6285… 9143 6286 6293… 9147 6294 6221… 9111 6222 6229… 9115 6230 6237… 9119 6238 6245… 9123 6246 6253… 9127 6254 6263… 9132 6264 6271… 9136 6272 6279… 9140 6280 6287… 9144 6288 6295… 9148 6296 Data Type Client Access Float R/W current zero gas of comp3 Float R/W current zero gas of comp4 Float R/W current zero gas of comp5 Float R/W current zero gas of comp1 Float R/W current zero gas of comp2 Float R/W current zero gas of comp3 Float R/W current zero gas of comp4 Float R/W current zero gas of comp5 Float R/W span gas of range1 of comp1 Float R/W span gas of range1 of comp2 Float R/W span gas of range1 of comp3 Float R/W span gas of range1 of comp4 Float R/W span gas of range1 of comp5 Float R/W zero gas of range1 of comp1 Float R/W zero gas of range1 of comp2 Float R/W zero gas of range1 of comp3 Float R/W zero gas of range1 of comp4 Float R/W zero gas of range1 of comp5 Float R/W span gas of range2 of comp1 Float R/W span gas of range2 of comp2 Float R/W span gas of range2 of comp3 Float R/W span gas of range2 of comp4 Float R/W span gas of range2 of comp5 Description Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas2 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas3 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas4 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas5 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas1 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas2 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas3 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas4 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas5 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas1 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas2 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas3 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas4 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas5 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas1 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas2 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas3 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas4 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas5 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas1 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas2 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Modicon Daniel 6223… 9112 6224 6231… 9116 6232 6239… 9120 6240 6247… 9124 6248 6255… 9128 6256 6265… 9133 6266 6273… 9137 6274 6281… 9141 6282 6289… 9145 6290 6297… 9149 6298 6225… 9113 6226 6233… 9117 6234 6241… 9121 6242 6249… 9125 6250 6257… 9129 6258 6267… 9134 6268 6275… 9138 6276 6283… 9142 6284 6291… 9146 6292 6299… 9150 6300 6227… 9114 6228 6235… 9118 6236 6243… 9122 6244 Data Type Client Access Float R/W zero gas of range2 of comp1 Float R/W zero gas of range2 of comp2 Float R/W zero gas of range2 of comp3 Float R/W zero gas of range2 of comp4 Float R/W zero gas of range2 of comp5 Float R/W span gas of range3 of comp1 Float R/W span gas of range3 of comp2 Float R/W span gas of range3 of comp3 Float R/W span gas of range3 of comp4 Float R/W span gas of range3 of comp5 Float R/W zero gas of range3 of comp1 Float R/W zero gas of range3 of comp2 Float R/W zero gas of range3 of comp3 Float R/W zero gas of range3 of comp4 Float R/W zero gas of range3 of comp5 Float R/W span gas of range4 of comp1 Float R/W span gas of range4 of comp2 Float R/W span gas of range4 of comp3 Float R/W span gas of range4 of comp4 Float R/W span gas of range4 of comp5 Float R/W zero gas of range4 of comp1 Float R/W zero gas of range4 of comp2 Float R/W zero gas of range4 of comp3 Description Modbus Commands Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas1 Address 9 Tag Name 9-15 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas4 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas5 Address Modicon Daniel 6251… 9126 6252 6259… 9130 6260 Data Type Client Access Float R/W zero gas of range4 of comp4 Float R/W zero gas of range4 of comp5 Description span cal method comp1 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) span cal method comp2 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) span cal method comp2 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) span cal method comp4 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) span cal method comp5 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) zero cal method comp1 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) zero cal method comp2 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) zero cal method comp3 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) zero cal method comp4 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) zero cal method comp5 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) Modbus 32Bit mode of Ethernet1 Modbus 32Bit mode of Ethernet2 Modbus 32Bit mode of serial COM Modbus 32Bit mode of serial service COM Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod1 3306 3306 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod2 3307 3307 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod3 3308 3308 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod4 3309 3309 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod5 3310 3310 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod1 3301 3301 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod2 3302 3302 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod3 3303 3303 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod4 3304 3304 Word R/W Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod5 3305 3305 Word R/W Setup.Communication.Eth1ModbusFt32 Setup.Communication.Eth2ModbusFt32 Setup.Communication.SIntModbusFt32 3400 3399 3397 3400 3399 3397 Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W Setup.Communication.SSvcModbusFt32 3398 3398 Word R/W 3071… 3074 3075… 3078 3079… 3082 3083… 3086 3087… 3090 3071… 3074 3075… 3078 3079… 3082 3083… 3086 3087… 3090 String R/W gas name of component1 String R/W gas name of component2 String R/W gas name of component3 String R/W gas name of component4 String R/W gas name of component5 Setup.Display.Component.Precision1 3036 3036 Word R/W Setup.Display.Component.Precision2 3037 3037 Word R/W Setup.Display.Component.Precision3 3038 3038 Word R/W Setup.Display.Component.Precision4 3039 3039 Word R/W Setup.Display.Component.Gasname1 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname2 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname3 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname4 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname5 9-16 decimal points displayed for component1 decimal points displayed for component2 decimal points displayed for component3 decimal points displayed for component4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Description decimal points displayed for component4 PV1 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% PV2 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% PV3 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% PV4 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% PV5 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit1 factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit2 factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit3 factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit4 factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit5 offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit1 offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit2 offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit3 offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit4 offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit5 Setup.Display.Component.Precision5 3040 3040 Word R/W Setup.Display.Component.PV_Unit1 Setup.Display.Component.PV_Unit2 Setup.Display.Component.PV_Unit3 Setup.Display.Component.PV_Unit4 Setup.Display.Component.PV_Unit5 3011 3016 3021 3026 3031 6301… 6302 6305… 6306 6309… 6310 6313… 6314 6317… 6318 6303… 6304 6307… 6308 6311… 6312 6315… 6316 6319… 6320 3012… 3015 3017… 3020 3022… 3025 3027… 3030 3032… 3035 3041… 3045 3046… 3050 3051… 3055 3056… 3060 3061… 3065 3011 3016 3021 3026 3031 Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W 9151 Float R/W 9153 Float R/W 9155 Float R/W 9157 Float R/W 9159 Float R/W 9152 Float R/W 9154 Float R/W 9156 Float R/W 9158 Float R/W 9160 Float R/W String R/W unit displayed for comp1 String R/W unit displayed for comp2 String R/W unit displayed for comp3 String R/W unit displayed for comp4 String R/W unit displayed for comp5 String R/W displayed tag for component1 String R/W displayed tag for component2 String R/W displayed tag for component3 String R/W displayed tag for component4 String R/W displayed tag for component5 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitFactor1 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitFactor2 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitFactor3 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitFactor4 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitFactor5 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset1 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset2 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset3 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset4 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset5 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString1 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString2 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString3 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString4 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString5 Setup.Display.Component.Tag1 Setup.Display.Component.Tag2 Setup.Display.Component.Tag3 Setup.Display.Component.Tag4 Setup.Display.Component.Tag5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 3012… 3015 3017… 3020 3022… 3025 3027… 3030 3032… 3035 3041… 3045 3046… 3050 3051… 3055 3056… 3060 3061… 3065 Modbus Commands Address 9 Tag Name 9-17 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Data Type Client Access String R/W String R/W String R/W String R/W String R/W Modicon 3101… 3104 3105… 3108 3109… 3112 3113… 3116 3117… 3120 Daniel 3101… 3104 3105… 3108 3109… 3112 3113… 3116 3117… 3120 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line1 3091 3091 Word R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line2 3092 3092 Word R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line3 3093 3093 Word R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line4 3094 3094 Word R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line5 3095 3095 Word R/W 3121… 3124 3125… 3128 3129… 3132 3133… 3136 3137… 3140 3121… 3124 3125… 3128 3129… 3132 3133… 3136 3137… 3140 String R/W String R/W String R/W String R/W String R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line1 3096 3096 Word R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line2 3097 3097 Word R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line3 3098 3098 Word R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line4 3099 3099 Word R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line5 3100 3100 Word R/W 9184 Float R/W 9188 Float R/W 9192 Float R/W Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label1 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label2 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label3 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label4 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label5 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label1 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label2 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label3 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label4 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label5 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd3 9-18 6367… 6368 6375… 6376 6383… 6384 Description displayed label of measure display 1, Line 1 displayed label of measure display 1, Line 2 displayed label of measure display 1, Line 3 displayed label of measure display 1, Line 4 displayed label of measure display 1, Line 5 assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 1 assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 2 assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 3 assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 4 assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 5 displayed label of measure display 2, Line 1 displayed label of measure display 2, Line 2 displayed label of measure display 2, Line 3 displayed label of measure display 2, Line 4 displayed label of measure display 2, Line 5 assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 1 assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 2 assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 3 assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 4 assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 5 fine adjustment for end range of output1 fine adjustment for end range of output2 fine adjustment for end range of output3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd5 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart5 Modicon Daniel 6391… 9196 6392 6399… 9200 6400 6365… 9183 6366 6373… 9187 6374 6381… 9191 6382 6389… 9195 6390 6397… 9199 6398 Data Type Client Access Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale1 3273 3273 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale2 3278 3278 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale3 3283 3283 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale4 3288 3288 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale5 3293 3293 Word R/W 9182 Float R/W 6363… 6364 6371… 6372 6379… 6380 6387… 6388 6395… 6396 9186 Float R/W 9190 Float R/W 9194 Float R/W 9198 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode1 3274 3274 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode2 3279 3279 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode3 3284 3284 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode4 3289 3289 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode5 3294 3294 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold1 3275 3275 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Description fine adjustment for end range of output4 fine adjustment for end range of output5 fine adjustment for start range of output1 fine adjustment for start range of output2 fine adjustment for start range of output3 fine adjustment for start range of output4 fine adjustment for start range of output5 Auto scale for ranged signals on output1 (0=NO, 1=Yes) Auto scale for ranged signals on output2 (0=NO, 1=Yes) Auto scale for ranged signals on output3 (0=NO, 1=Yes) Auto scale for ranged signals on output4 (0=NO, 1=Yes) Auto scale for ranged signals on output5 (0=NO, 1=Yes) level where analoge output scaling ends on output1 level where analoge output scaling ends on output2 level where analoge output scaling ends on output3 level where analoge output scaling ends on output4 level where analoge output scaling ends on output5 Behavior on errors output1 (0=Track, 1=-10%Start, 2=+10%End) Behavior on errors output2 (0=Track, 1=-10%Start, 2=+10%End) Behavior on errors output3 (0=Track, 1=-10%Start, 2=+10%End) Behavior on errors output4 (0=Track, 1=-10%Start, 2=+10%End) Behavior on errors output5 (0=Track, 1=-10%Start, 2=+10%End) Hold output1 on calibrations (0=Track, 1=Hold) 9-19 Modbus Commands Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd4 Address 9 Tag Name Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Modicon Daniel Data Type Client Access Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold2 3280 3280 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold3 3285 3285 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold4 3290 3290 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold5 3295 3295 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.NumberOuts 3270 3270 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange1 3272 3272 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange2 3277 3277 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange3 3282 3282 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange4 3287 3287 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange5 3292 3292 Word R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn5 3271 3276 3281 3286 3291 6361… 6362 6369… 6370 6377… 6378 6385… 6386 6393… 6394 3221 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3271 3276 3281 3286 3291 Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W 9181 Float R/W 9185 Float R/W 9189 Float R/W 9193 Float R/W 9197 Float R/W 3221 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange5 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI1 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI10 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI11 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI12 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI13 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI14 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI2 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI3 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI4 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI5 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI6 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI7 9-20 Description Hold output2 on calibrations (0=Track, 1=Hold) Hold output3 on calibrations (0=Track, 1=Hold) Hold output4 on calibrations (0=Track, 1=Hold) Hold output5 on calibrations (0=Track, 1=Hold) number of analog outputs range of output1 (0=0..20mA, 1=420mA) range of output2 (0=0..20mA, 1=420mA) range of output3 (0=0..20mA, 1=420mA) range of output4 (0=0..20mA, 1=420mA) range of output5 (0=0..20mA, 1=420mA) assigned signal output1 assigned signal output2 assigned signal output3 assigned signal output4 assigned signal output5 level where analoge output scaling starts on output1 level where analoge output scaling starts on output2 level where analoge output scaling starts on output3 level where analoge output scaling starts on output4 level where analoge output scaling starts on output5 node of DigInp1 / XDIO1 Inp1 node of DigInp10 / XDIO2 Inp3 node of DigInp11 / XDIO2 Inp4 node of DigInp12 / XDIO2 Inp5 node of DigInp13 / XDIO2 Inp6 node of DigInp14 / XDIO2 Inp7 node of DigInp2 / XDIO1 Inp2 node of DigInp3 / XDIO1 Inp3 node of DigInp4 / XDIO1 Inp4 node of DigInp5 / XDIO1 Inp5 node of DigInp6 / XDIO1 Inp6 node of DigInp7 / XDIO1 Inp7 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Modicon Daniel 3236 3236 3237 3237 3228 3228 3245 3245 3246 3246 3247 3247 3248 3248 3249 3249 3229 3229 3230 3230 3231 3231 3232 3232 3233 3233 3234 3234 3243 3243 3244 3244 3151 3151 3166 3166 3167 3167 3168 3168 3169 3169 3181 3181 3182 3182 3183 3183 3184 3184 3185 3185 3186 3186 3152 3152 3187 3187 3188 3188 3189 3189 3153 3153 3154 3154 3161 3161 3162 3162 3163 3163 3164 3164 3165 3165 3156 3156 3176 3176 3177 3177 3178 3178 3179 3179 Data Type Client Access Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Description node of DigInp8 / XDIO2 Inp1 node of DigInp9 / XDIO2 Inp2 signal of DigInp1 / XDIO1 Inp1 signal of DigInp10 / XDIO2 Inp3 signal of DigInp11 / XDIO2 Inp4 signal of DigInp12 / XDIO2 Inp5 signal of DigInp13 / XDIO2 Inp6 signal of DigInp14 / XDIO2 Inp7 signal of DigInp2 / XDIO1 Inp2 signal of DigInp3 / XDIO1 Inp3 signal of DigInp4 / XDIO1 Inp4 signal of DigInp5 / XDIO1 Inp5 signal of DigInp6 / XDIO1 Inp6 signal of DigInp7 / XDIO1 Inp7 signal of DigInp8 / XDIO2 Inp1 signal of DigInp9 / XDIO2 Inp2 node of DigOut1 / XPSA node of DigOut10 / XDIO1 Out6 node of DigOut11 / XDIO1 Out7 node of DigOut12 / XDIO1 Out8 node of DigOut13 / XDIO1 Out9 node of DigOut14 / XDIO2 Out1 node of DigOut15 / XDIO2 Out2 node of DigOut16 / XDIO2 Out3 node of DigOut17 / XDIO2 Out4 node of DigOut18 / XDIO2 Out5 node of DigOut19 / XDIO2 Out6 node of DigOut2 / XPSA node of DigOut20 / XDIO2 Out7 node of DigOut21 / XDIO2 Out8 node of DigOut22 / XDIO2 Out9 node of DigOut3 / XPSA node of DigOut4 / XPSA node of DigOut5 / XDIO1 Out1 node of DigOut6 / XDIO1 Out2 node of DigOut7 / XDIO1 Out3 node of DigOut8 / XDIO1 Out4 node of DigOut9 / XDIO1 Out5 signal of DigOut1 / XPSA signal of DigOut10 / XDIO1 Out6 signal of DigOut11 / XDIO1 Out7 signal of DigOut12 / XDIO1 Out8 signal of DigOut13 / XDIO1 Out9 Modbus Commands Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI8 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI9 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI1 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI10 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI11 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI12 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI13 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI14 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI2 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI3 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI4 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI5 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI6 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI7 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI8 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI9 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO1 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO10 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO11 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO12 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO13 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO14 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO15 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO16 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO17 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO18 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO19 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO2 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO20 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO21 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO22 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO3 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO4 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO5 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO6 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO7 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO8 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO9 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO1 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO10 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO11 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO12 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO13 Address 9 Tag Name 9-21 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO14 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO15 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO16 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO17 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO18 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO19 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO2 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO20 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO21 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO22 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO3 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO4 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO5 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO6 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO7 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO8 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO9 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas1 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas2 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas3 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas4 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas5 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas6 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas7 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas8 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Pump1 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Pump2 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas1 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas2 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas3 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas4 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas5 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas6 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas7 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas8 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Pump1 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Pump2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_1 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_3 9-22 Address Modicon Daniel 3191 3191 3192 3192 3193 3193 3194 3194 3195 3195 3196 3196 3157 3157 3197 3197 3198 3198 3199 3199 3158 3158 3159 3159 3171 3171 3172 3172 3173 3173 3174 3174 3175 3175 3201 3201 3202 3202 3203 3203 3204 3204 3205 3205 3206 3206 3207 3207 3208 3208 3209 3209 3210 3210 3211 3211 3212 3212 3213 3213 3214 3214 3215 3215 3216 3216 3217 3217 3218 3218 3219 3219 3220 3220 6043… 9022 6044 6047… 9024 6048 6051… 9026 6052 Data Type Client Access Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W signal of DigOut14 / XDIO2 Out1 signal of DigOut15 / XDIO2 Out2 signal of DigOut16 / XDIO2 Out3 signal of DigOut17 / XDIO2 Out4 signal of DigOut18 / XDIO2 Out5 signal of DigOut19 / XDIO2 Out6 signal of DigOut2 / XPSA signal of DigOut20 / XDIO2 Out7 signal of DigOut21 / XDIO2 Out8 signal of DigOut22 / XDIO2 Out9 signal of DigOut3 / XPSA signal of DigOut4 / XPSA signal of DigOut5 / XDIO1 Out1 signal of DigOut6 / XDIO1 Out2 signal of DigOut7 / XDIO1 Out3 signal of DigOut8 / XDIO1 Out4 signal of DigOut9 / XDIO1 Out5 node of SHS GasOut1 node of SHS GasOut2 node of SHS GasOut3 node of SHS GasOut4 node of SHS GasOut5 node of SHS GasOut6 node of SHS GasOut7 node of SHS GasOut8 node of SHS Pump1 node of SHS Pump1 signal of SHS GasOut1 signal of SHS GasOut2 signal of SHS GasOut3 signal of SHS GasOut4 signal of SHS GasOut5 signal of SHS GasOut6 signal of SHS GasOut7 signal of SHS GasOut8 signal of SHS Pump1 signal of SHS Pump1 Float R/W end of current range of comp1 Float R/W end of current range of comp2 Float R/W end of current range of comp3 Description Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Modicon Daniel 6055… 9028 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_4 6056 6059… 9030 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_5 6060 6143… 9072 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_1 6144 6159… 9080 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_2 6160 6175… 9088 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_3 6176 6191… 9096 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_4 6192 6207… 9104 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_5 6208 6147… 9074 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_1 6148 6163… 9082 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_2 6164 6179… 9090 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_3 6180 6195… 9098 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_4 6196 6211… 9106 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_5 6212 6151… 9076 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_1 6152 6167… 9084 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_2 6168 6183… 9092 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_3 6184 6199… 9100 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_4 6200 6215… 9108 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_5 6216 6155… 9078 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_1 6156 6171… 9086 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_2 6172 6187… 9094 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_3 6188 6203… 9102 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_4 6204 6219… 9110 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_5 6220 6041… 9021 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_1 6042 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Data Type Client Access Float R/W end of current range of comp4 Float R/W end of current range of comp5 Float R/W end of range1 of comp1 Float R/W end of range1 of comp2 Float R/W end of range1 of comp3 Float R/W end of range1 of comp4 Float R/W end of range1 of comp5 Float R/W end of range2 of comp1 Float R/W end of range2 of comp2 Float R/W end of range2 of comp3 Float R/W end of range2 of comp4 Float R/W end of range2 of comp5 Float R/W end of range3 of comp1 Float R/W end of range3 of comp2 Float R/W end of range3 of comp3 Float R/W end of range3 of comp4 Float R/W end of range3 of comp5 Float R/W end of range4 of comp1 Float R/W end of range4 of comp2 Float R/W end of range4 of comp3 Float R/W end of range4 of comp4 Float R/W end of range4 of comp5 Float R/W start of current range of comp1 Description Modbus Commands Address 9 Tag Name 9-23 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_4 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_5 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_4 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_5 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_4 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_5 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_4 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_5 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_4 9-24 Address Modicon Daniel 6045… 9023 6046 6049… 9025 6050 6053… 9027 6054 6057… 9029 6058 6141… 9071 6142 6157… 9079 6158 6173… 9087 6174 6189… 9095 6190 6205… 9103 6206 6145… 9073 6146 6161… 9081 6162 6177… 9089 6178 6193… 9097 6194 6209… 9105 6210 6149… 9075 6150 6165… 9083 6166 6181… 9091 6182 6197… 9099 6198 6213… 9107 6214 6153… 9077 6154 6169… 9085 6170 6185… 9093 6186 6201… 9101 6202 Data Type Client Access Float R/W start of current range of comp2 Float R/W start of current range of comp3 Float R/W start of current range of comp4 Float R/W start of current range of comp5 Float R/W start of range1 of comp1 Float R/W start of range1 of comp2 Float R/W start of range1 of comp3 Float R/W start of range1 of comp4 Float R/W start of range1 of comp5 Float R/W start of range2 of comp1 Float R/W start of range2 of comp2 Float R/W start of range2 of comp3 Float R/W start of range2 of comp4 Float R/W start of range2 of comp5 Float R/W start of range3 of comp1 Float R/W start of range3 of comp2 Float R/W start of range3 of comp3 Float R/W start of range3 of comp4 Float R/W start of range3 of comp5 Float R/W start of range4 of comp1 Float R/W start of range4 of comp2 Float R/W start of range4 of comp3 Float R/W start of range4 of comp4 Description Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_5 Address Modicon Daniel 6217… 9109 6218 Data Type Client Access Float R/W Description start of range4 of comp5 Compute cross interference factor comp1 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Compute cross interference factor comp2 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Compute cross interference factor comp3 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Compute cross interference factor comp4 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Compute cross interference factor comp5 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Enable cross interference compensation for comp1 Enable cross interference compensation for comp2 Enable cross interference compensation for comp3 Enable cross interference compensation for comp4 Enable cross interference compensation for comp5 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor1 3476 3476 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor2 3477 3477 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor3 3478 3478 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor4 3479 3479 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor5 3480 3480 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable1 3471 3471 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable2 3472 3472 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable3 3473 3473 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable4 3474 3474 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable5 3475 3475 Word R/W Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp1 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp2 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp3 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp4 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp5 Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9305… 9308 9335… 9338 9365… 9368 9395… 9398 9425… 9428 9313… 9316 9343… 9346 9373… 9376 9403… 9406 9433… 9436 9309… 9312 9339… 9342 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp1 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp2 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp3 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp4 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp5 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp1 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp2 9 6609… 6616 6669… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors2 6676 6729… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors3 6736 6789… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors4 6796 6849… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors5 6856 6625… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs1 6632 6685… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs2 6692 6745… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs3 6752 6805… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs4 6812 6865… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs5 6872 6617… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences1 6624 6677… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences2 6684 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors1 Modbus Commands Tag Name 9-25 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Address Modicon 6737… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences3 6744 6797… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences4 6804 6857… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences5 6864 4051… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates1 4054 4055… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates2 4058 4059… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates3 4062 4063… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates4 4066 4067… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates5 4070 6601… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues1 6608 6661… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues2 6668 6721… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues3 6728 6781… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues4 6788 6841… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues5 6848 3481… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources1 3484 3485… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources2 3488 3489… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources3 3492 3493… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources4 3496 3497… Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources5 3500 5191… Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState1 5198 5201… Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState2 5208 5211… Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState3 5218 5221… Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState4 5228 5231… Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState5 5238 9-26 Daniel 9369… 9372 9399… 9402 9429… 9432 4051… 4054 4055… 4058 4059… 4062 4063… 4066 4067… 4070 9301… 9304 9331… 9334 9361… 9364 9391… 9394 9421… 9424 3481… 3484 3485… 3488 3489… 3492 3493… 3496 3497… 3500 8096… 8099 8101… 8104 8106… 8109 8111… 8114 8116… 8119 Data Type Client Access Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Word RO Word RO Word RO Word RO Word RO Float RO Float RO Float RO Float RO Float RO Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W DWord RO component1‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component2‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component3‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component4‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component5‘s state bitfield (b0:......) Description Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp3 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp4 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp5 Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp1 Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp2 Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp3 Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp4 Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp5 Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp1 Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp2 Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp3 Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp4 Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp5 Interf. sources 1..4 comp1 (0=None, 1=Conc1, 2=Conc2, 6=AIN1 etc.) Interf. sources 1..4 comp2 (0=None, 1=Conc1, 2=Conc2, 6=AIN1 etc.) Interf. sources 1..4 comp3 (0=None, 1=Conc1, 2=Conc2, 6=AIN1 etc.) Interf. sources 1..4 comp4 (0=None, 1=Conc1, 2=Conc2, 6=AIN1 etc.) Interf. sources 1..4 comp5 (0=None, 1=Conc1, 2=Conc2, 6=AIN1 etc.) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue1 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue2 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue3 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue4 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue5 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue6 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue7 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue8 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce1 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce2 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce3 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce4 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce5 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce1 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce2 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce3 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce4 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce5 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce1 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce2 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce3 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Data Type Modicon Daniel 5181… 8091… DWord 5188 8094 6341… 9171 Float 6342 6343… 9172 Float 6344 6345… 9173 Float 6346 6347… 9174 Float 6348 6349… 9175 Float 6350 6351… 9176 Float 6352 6353… 9177 Float 6354 6355… 9178 Float 6356 6021… 9011 Float 6022 6025… 9013 Float 6026 6029… 9015 Float 6030 6033… 9017 Float 6034 6037… 9019 Float 6038 6011… 9006 Float 6012 6013… 9007 Float 6014 6015… 9008 Float 6016 6017… 9009 Float 6018 6019… 9010 Float 6020 6023… 9012 Float 6024 6027… 9014 Float 6028 6031… 9016 Float 6032 6035… 9018 Float 6036 Client Access Description RO device (N0) state bitfield (b0:......) RO DSP multiplexer value 1 RO DSP multiplexer value 2 RO DSP multiplexer value 3 RO DSP multiplexer value 4 RO DSP multiplexer value 5 RO DSP multiplexer value 6 RO DSP multiplexer value 7 RO DSP multiplexer value 8 RO raw ADC of measure-side component1 RO raw ADC of measure-side component2 RO raw ADC of measure-side component3 RO raw ADC of measure-side component4 RO raw ADC of measure-side component5 RO raw ADC quotient of component1 RO raw ADC quotient of component2 RO raw ADC quotient of component3 RO raw ADC quotient of component4 RO raw ADC quotient of component4 RO raw ADC of reference side component1 RO raw ADC of reference side component2 RO raw ADC of reference side component3 RO raw ADC of reference side component4 Modbus Commands Status.DeviceStates.DeviceState Address 9 Tag Name 9-27 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce5 Status.Flow1 Status.Flow2 Status.Flow3 Status.Flow4 Status.Flow5 Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp1 Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp2 Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp3 Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp4 Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp5 Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmDev Status.NamurStates.FailureActive Status.NamurStates.FailureAlarm Status.NamurStates.FctCheckActive Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarm Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp1 Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp2 Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp3 Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp4 Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp5 Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmDev Status.NamurStates.MaintRequActive 9-28 Address Modicon Daniel 6039… 9020 6040 6071… 9036 6072 6073… 9037 6074 6075… 9038 6076 6077… 9039 6078 6079… 9040 6080 5049… 8025 5050 5057… 8029 5058 5065… 8033 5066 5073… 8037 5074 5081… 8041 5082 5041… 8021 5042 5009… 8005 5010 5001… 8001 5002 5015… 8008 5016 5007… 8004 5008 5055… 8028 5056 5063… 8032 5064 5071… 8036 5072 5079… 8040 5080 5087… 8044 5088 5047… 8024 5048 5013… 8007 5014 Data Type Client Access Description Float RO raw ADC of reference side component5 Float RO flow of comp1 Float RO flow of comp2 Float RO flow of comp3 Float RO flow of comp4 Float RO flow of comp5 DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO Namur Failure active bitfield DWord RO Namur Failure alarm bitfield DWord RO Namur Function Check active bitfield DWord RO Namur Function Check alarm bitfield DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO NamurFailure alarms that are component1 related NamurFailure alarms that are component2 related NamurFailure alarms that are component3 related NamurFailure alarms that are component4 related NamurFailure alarms that are component5 related NamurFailure alarms that are device related Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related Namur FctCheck alarms that are device related Namur Maintenance Request active bitfield Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp1 Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp2 Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp3 Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp4 Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp5 Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmDev Modicon Daniel 5005… 8003 5006 5053… 8027 5054 5061… 8031 5062 5069… 8035 5070 5077… 8039 5078 5085… 8043 5086 5045… 8023 5046 Data Type Client Access DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO Description Namur Maintenance Request alarm bitfield Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component1 related Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component2 related Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component3 related Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component4 related Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component5 related NamurMaintRequ alarms that are device related NAMUR sum state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) comp1‘s NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) comp2‘s NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) comp3‘s NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) comp4‘s NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) comp4‘s NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) device‘s NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarm 4001 4001 Word RO Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh1 4003 4003 Word RO Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh2 4004 4004 Word RO Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh3 4005 4005 Word RO Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh4 4006 4006 Word RO Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh5 4007 4007 Word RO Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmDevice 4002 4002 Word RO 8006 DWord RO Namur Off-spec active bitfield 8002 DWord RO Namur Off-spec alarm bitfield 8026 DWord RO 8030 DWord RO 8034 DWord RO 8038 DWord RO 8042 DWord RO 8022 DWord RO 9031 Float RO Status.NamurStates.OffSpecActive Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarm Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp1 Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp2 Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp3 Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp4 Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp5 Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmDev Status.Pressure1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 5011… 5012 5003… 5004 5051… 5052 5059… 5060 5067… 5068 5075… 5076 5083… 5084 5043… 5044 6061… 6062 Namur Off-spec alarms that are component1 related Namur Off-spec alarms that are component2 related Namur Off-spec alarms that are component3 related Namur Off-spec alarms that are component4 related Namur Off-spec alarms that are component5 related NamurOff-spec alarms that are device related pressure of comp1 9-29 Modbus Commands Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarm Address 9 Tag Name Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.3 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Tag Name Tag Name Status.Pressure2 Status.Pressure3 Status.Pressure4 9-30 Address Modicon Daniel 6063… 9032 6064 6065… 9033 6066 6067… 9034 6068 Data Type Client Access Float RO pressure of comp2 Float RO pressure of comp3 Float RO pressure of comp4 Description Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 X-STREAM XE 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-31 9 Address Data Client Description Tag Name Type Access Daniel Modicon 2001 2001 Control.Calibration.Zero_1 Boolean R/W Zero calibration comp1 (1=start) 2002 2002 Control.Calibration.Zero_2 Boolean R/W Zero calibration comp2 (1=start) 2003 2003 Control.Calibration.Zero_3 Boolean R/W Zero calibration comp3 (1=start) 2004 2004 Control.Calibration.Zero_4 Boolean R/W Zero calibration comp4 (1=start) 2005 2005 Control.Calibration.Zero_5 Boolean R/W Zero calibration comp5 (1=start) 2006 2006 Control.Calibration.Span_1 Boolean R/W Span calibration comp1 (1=start) 2007 2007 Control.Calibration.Span_2 Boolean R/W Span calibration comp2 (1=start) 2008 2008 Control.Calibration.Span_3 Boolean R/W Span calibration comp3 (1=start) 2009 2009 Control.Calibration.Span_4 Boolean R/W Span calibration comp4 (1=start) 2010 2010 Control.Calibration.Span_5 Boolean R/W Span calibration comp5 (1=start) 2011 2011 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_1 Boolean R/W Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) 2012 2012 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_2 Boolean R/W Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) 2013 2013 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_3 Boolean R/W Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) 2014 2014 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_4 Boolean R/W Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) 2015 2015 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_5 Boolean R/W Zero+span calibration comp1 (1=start) 2016 2016 Control.Calibration.Blowback_1 Boolean R/W Blowback procedure comp1 (1=start) 2017 2017 Control.Calibration.Blowback_2 Boolean R/W Blowback procedure comp2 (1=start) 2018 2018 Control.Calibration.Blowback_3 Boolean R/W Blowback procedure comp3 (1=start) 2019 2019 Control.Calibration.Blowback_4 Boolean R/W Blowback procedure comp4 (1=start) 2020 2020 Control.Calibration.Blowback_5 Boolean R/W Blowback procedure comp5 (1=start) 2021 2021 Control.Calibration.Zero_All Boolean R/W Zero calibration all (1=start) 2022 2022 Control.Calibration.Span_All Boolean R/W Span calibration all (1=start) 2023 2023 Control.Calibration.ZeroSpan_All Boolean R/W Zero+span calibration all (1=start) 2024 2024 Control.Calibration.ProgSequence Boolean R/W Zero+span calibration all (1=start) 2025 2025 Control.Calibration.Blowback_All Boolean R/W Blowback procedure all (1=start) 2026 2026 Control.Calibration.Calib_Cancel Boolean R/W Cancel any calibration (1=cancel) 2051 2051 Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve1 Boolean R/W 0=close all valves, 1=open sample valve comp1 2052 2052 Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve2 Boolean R/W 0=close all valves, 1=open sample valve comp2 2053 2053 Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve3 Boolean R/W 0=close all valves, 1=open sample valve comp3 2054 2054 Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve4 Boolean R/W 0=close all valves, 1=open sample valve comp4 2055 2055 Control.ApplyGas.SampleValve5 Boolean R/W 0=close all valves, 1=open sample valve comp5 2056 2056 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve1 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp1 2057 2057 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve2 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp2 2058 2058 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve3 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp3 2059 2059 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve4 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp4 2060 2060 Control.ApplyGas.ZeroValve5 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open zero valve comp4 2061 2061 Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve1 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span1 valve comp1 2062 2062 Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve1 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span2 valve comp1 2063 2063 Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve1 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span3 valve comp1 2064 2064 Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve1 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span4 valve comp1 2065 2065 Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve2 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span1 valve comp2 2066 2066 Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve2 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span2 valve comp2 2067 2067 Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve2 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span3 valve comp2 Modbus Commands 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 2068 2068 2069 2069 2070 2070 2071 2071 2072 2072 2073 2073 2074 2074 2075 2075 2076 2076 2077 2077 2078 2078 2079 2079 2080 2080 2081 2081 2082 2082 2091 2091 2092 2092 2093 2093 2094 2094 2095 2095 2096 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 2096 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3011 3011 3016 3016 3021 3021 3026 3026 3031 3031 3036 3036 3037 3037 3038 3038 9-32 Data Client Description Type Access Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve2 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span4 valve comp2 Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve3 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span1 valve comp3 Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve3 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span2 valve comp3 Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve3 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span3 valve comp3 Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve3 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span4 valve comp3 Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve4 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span1 valve comp4 Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve4 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span2 valve comp4 Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve4 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span3 valve comp4 Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve4 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span4 valve comp4 Control.ApplyGas.Span1Valve5 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span1 valve comp5 Control.ApplyGas.Span2Valve5 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span2 valve comp5 Control.ApplyGas.Span3Valve5 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span3 valve comp5 Control.ApplyGas.Span4Valve5 Boolean R/W 0=open sample valve, 1=open span4 valve comp5 Control.ApplyGas.PumpState1 Boolean R/W Pump1 state (0=Off, 1=On) Control.ApplyGas.PumpState2 Boolean R/W Pump1 state (0=Off, 1=On) Control.Acknowledge.AllStates Boolean R/W 0=no effect, 1=Acknowledge device‘s states 0=no effect, 1=Acknowledge device‘s Namur Control.Acknowledge.Failure Boolean R/W Failure alarms 0=no effect, 1=Acknowledge device‘s Namur OffControl.Acknowledge.OffSpecs Boolean R/W spec alarms 0=no effect, 1=Acknowledge device‘s Namur Control.Acknowledge.MaintRequeBoolean R/W MaintRequ alarms sts 0=no effect, 1=Acknowledge device‘s Namur Control.Acknowledge.FctChecks Boolean R/W FctCheck alarms Control.Acknowledge.LevelAlarms Boolean R/W 0=no effect, 1=Acknowledge device‘s level alarms Service.General.ChannelActive1 Word R/W built-in component1 Service.General.ChannelActive2 Word R/W built-in component2 Service.General.ChannelActive3 Word R/W built-in component3 Service.General.ChannelActive4 Word R/W built-in component4 Service.General.ChannelActive5 Word R/W built-in component5 Setup.Display.Component.PV_ Word R/W PV1 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% Unit1 Setup.Display.Component.PV_ Word R/W PV2 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% Unit2 Setup.Display.Component.PV_ Word R/W PV3 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% Unit3 Setup.Display.Component.PV_ Word R/W PV4 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% Unit4 Setup.Display.Component.PV_ Word R/W PV5 unit: 0 = Custom, ppm, ppb, Vol% Unit5 Setup.Display.Component.PreciWord R/W decimal points displayed for component1 sion1 Setup.Display.Component.PreciWord R/W decimal points displayed for component2 sion2 Setup.Display.Component.PreciWord R/W decimal points displayed for component3 sion3 Tag Name Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers 3039 3040 3040 3091 3091 3092 3092 3093 3093 3094 3094 3095 3095 3096 3096 3097 3097 3098 3098 3099 3099 3100 3100 3151 3152 3153 3154 3156 3157 3158 3159 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3151 3152 3153 3154 3156 3157 3158 3159 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 Setup.Display.Component.Precision4 Setup.Display.Component.Precision5 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line1 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line2 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line3 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line4 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Line5 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line1 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line2 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line3 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line4 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Line5 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO1 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO2 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO3 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO4 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO1 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO2 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO3 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO4 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO5 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO6 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO7 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO8 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO9 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO10 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO11 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO12 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO13 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO5 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO6 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO7 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO8 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO9 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Data Type Client Access Word R/W decimal points displayed for component4 Word R/W decimal points displayed for component4 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 1 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 2 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 3 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 4 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 1, Line 5 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 1 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 2 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 3 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 4 Word R/W assigned signal of measure display 2, Line 5 Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W node of DigOut1 / XPSA node of DigOut2 / XPSA node of DigOut3 / XPSA node of DigOut4 / XPSA signal of DigOut1 / XPSA signal of DigOut2 / XPSA signal of DigOut3 / XPSA signal of DigOut4 / XPSA node of DigOut5 / XDIO1 Out1 node of DigOut6 / XDIO1 Out2 node of DigOut7 / XDIO1 Out3 node of DigOut8 / XDIO1 Out4 node of DigOut9 / XDIO1 Out5 node of DigOut10 / XDIO1 Out6 node of DigOut11 / XDIO1 Out7 node of DigOut12 / XDIO1 Out8 node of DigOut13 / XDIO1 Out9 signal of DigOut5 / XDIO1 Out1 signal of DigOut6 / XDIO1 Out2 signal of DigOut7 / XDIO1 Out3 signal of DigOut8 / XDIO1 Out4 signal of DigOut9 / XDIO1 Out5 Description Modbus Commands 3039 Tag Name 9 Address Daniel Modicon 9-33 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 3176 3176 3177 3177 3178 3178 3179 3179 3181 3181 3182 3182 3183 3183 3184 3184 3185 3185 3186 3186 3187 3187 3188 3188 3189 3189 3191 3191 3192 3192 3193 3193 3194 3194 3195 3195 3196 3196 3197 3197 3198 3198 3199 3199 3201 3201 3202 3202 3203 3203 3204 3204 3205 3205 3206 3206 3207 3207 3208 3208 3209 3209 3210 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3219 9-34 Tag Name Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO10 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO11 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO12 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO13 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO14 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO15 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO16 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO17 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO18 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO19 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO20 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO21 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Node_DO22 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO14 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO15 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO16 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO17 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO18 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO19 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO20 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO21 Setup.In/Outputs.DO.Signal_DO22 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas1 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas2 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas3 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas4 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas5 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas6 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas7 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_Gas8 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_ Pump1 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Node_ Pump2 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas1 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas2 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas3 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas4 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas5 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas6 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas7 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_Gas8 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_ Pump1 Data Type Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Client Access R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Word R/W node of SHS Pump1 Word R/W node of SHS Pump1 Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W signal of SHS GasOut1 signal of SHS GasOut2 signal of SHS GasOut3 signal of SHS GasOut4 signal of SHS GasOut5 signal of SHS GasOut6 signal of SHS GasOut7 signal of SHS GasOut8 Word R/W signal of SHS Pump1 Description signal of DigOut10 / XDIO1 Out6 signal of DigOut11 / XDIO1 Out7 signal of DigOut12 / XDIO1 Out8 signal of DigOut13 / XDIO1 Out9 node of DigOut14 / XDIO2 Out1 node of DigOut15 / XDIO2 Out2 node of DigOut16 / XDIO2 Out3 node of DigOut17 / XDIO2 Out4 node of DigOut18 / XDIO2 Out5 node of DigOut19 / XDIO2 Out6 node of DigOut20 / XDIO2 Out7 node of DigOut21 / XDIO2 Out8 node of DigOut22 / XDIO2 Out9 signal of DigOut14 / XDIO2 Out1 signal of DigOut15 / XDIO2 Out2 signal of DigOut16 / XDIO2 Out3 signal of DigOut17 / XDIO2 Out4 signal of DigOut18 / XDIO2 Out5 signal of DigOut19 / XDIO2 Out6 signal of DigOut20 / XDIO2 Out7 signal of DigOut21 / XDIO2 Out8 signal of DigOut22 / XDIO2 Out9 node of SHS GasOut1 node of SHS GasOut2 node of SHS GasOut3 node of SHS GasOut4 node of SHS GasOut5 node of SHS GasOut6 node of SHS GasOut7 node of SHS GasOut8 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Data Type Client Access Description Word R/W signal of SHS Pump1 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3270 3271 3272 Setup.In/Outputs.SHS.Signal_ Pump2 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI1 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI2 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI3 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI4 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI5 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI6 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI7 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI1 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI2 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI3 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI4 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI5 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI6 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI7 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI8 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI9 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI10 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI11 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI12 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI13 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Node_DI14 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI8 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI9 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI10 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI11 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI12 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI13 Setup.In/Outputs.DI.Signal_DI14 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.NumberOuts Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange1 Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W 3273 3273 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale1 Word R/W 3274 3274 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode1 Word R/W 3275 3276 3277 3275 3276 3277 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange2 Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W 3278 3278 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale2 Word R/W 3279 3279 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode2 Word R/W 3280 3280 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold2 Word R/W node of DigInp1 / XDIO1 Inp1 node of DigInp2 / XDIO1 Inp2 node of DigInp3 / XDIO1 Inp3 node of DigInp4 / XDIO1 Inp4 node of DigInp5 / XDIO1 Inp5 node of DigInp6 / XDIO1 Inp6 node of DigInp7 / XDIO1 Inp7 signal of DigInp1 / XDIO1 Inp1 signal of DigInp2 / XDIO1 Inp2 signal of DigInp3 / XDIO1 Inp3 signal of DigInp4 / XDIO1 Inp4 signal of DigInp5 / XDIO1 Inp5 signal of DigInp6 / XDIO1 Inp6 signal of DigInp7 / XDIO1 Inp7 node of DigInp8 / XDIO2 Inp1 node of DigInp9 / XDIO2 Inp2 node of DigInp10 / XDIO2 Inp3 node of DigInp11 / XDIO2 Inp4 node of DigInp12 / XDIO2 Inp5 node of DigInp13 / XDIO2 Inp6 node of DigInp14 / XDIO2 Inp7 signal of DigInp8 / XDIO2 Inp1 signal of DigInp9 / XDIO2 Inp2 signal of DigInp10 / XDIO2 Inp3 signal of DigInp11 / XDIO2 Inp4 signal of DigInp12 / XDIO2 Inp5 signal of DigInp13 / XDIO2 Inp6 signal of DigInp14 / XDIO2 Inp7 number of analog outputs assigned signal output1 range of output1 (0=0..20mA, 1=4-20mA) Auto scale for ranged signals on output1 (0=NO, 1=Yes) Behavior on errors output1 (0=Track, 1=-10%Start, 2=+10%End) Hold output1 on calibrations (0=Track, 1=Hold) assigned signal output2 range of output2 (0=0..20mA, 1=4-20mA) Auto scale for ranged signals on output2 (0=NO, 1=Yes) Behavior on errors output2 (0=Track, 1=-10%Start, 2=+10%End) Hold output2 on calibrations (0=Track, 1=Hold) 3220 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3270 3271 3272 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-35 Modbus Commands Tag Name 9 Address Daniel Modicon Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Tag Name Daniel Modicon 3281 3281 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn3 3282 3282 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange3 Data Type Word Word 3283 3283 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale3 Word 3284 3284 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode3 Word 3285 3286 3287 3285 3286 3287 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange4 Word Word Word 3288 3288 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale4 Word 3289 3289 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode4 Word 3290 3291 3292 3290 3291 3292 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.SignalAsgn5 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.OutRange5 Word Word Word 3293 3293 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AutoScale5 Word 3294 3294 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.FailMode5 Word 3295 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3295 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word Word 3397 3397 3398 3398 3399 3399 3400 3400 3401 3401 3402 3402 3403 3403 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.Hold5 Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod1 Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod2 Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod3 Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod4 Setup.Calibration.ZeroMethod5 Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod1 Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod2 Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod3 Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod4 Setup.Calibration.SpanMethod5 Setup.Communication.SIntModbusFt32 Setup.Communication.SSvcModbusFt32 Setup.Communication.Eth2ModbusFt32 Setup.Communication.Eth1ModbusFt32 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffEnable1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffEnable2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffEnable3 9-36 Client Description Access R/W assigned signal output3 R/W range of output3 (0=0..20mA, 1=4-20mA) Auto scale for ranged signals on output3 (0=NO, R/W 1=Yes) Behavior on errors output3 (0=Track, R/W 1=-10%Start, 2=+10%End) R/W Hold output3 on calibrations (0=Track, 1=Hold) R/W assigned signal output4 R/W range of output4 (0=0..20mA, 1=4-20mA) Auto scale for ranged signals on output4 (0=NO, R/W 1=Yes) Behavior on errors output4 (0=Track, R/W 1=-10%Start, 2=+10%End) R/W Hold output4 on calibrations (0=Track, 1=Hold) R/W assigned signal output5 R/W range of output5 (0=0..20mA, 1=4-20mA) Auto scale for ranged signals on output5 (0=NO, R/W 1=Yes) Behavior on errors output5 (0=Track, R/W 1=-10%Start, 2=+10%End) R/W Hold output5 on calibrations (0=Track, 1=Hold) R/W zero cal method comp1 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) R/W zero cal method comp2 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) R/W zero cal method comp3 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) R/W zero cal method comp4 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) R/W zero cal method comp5 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) R/W span cal method comp1 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) R/W span cal method comp2 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) R/W span cal method comp2 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) R/W span cal method comp4 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) R/W span cal method comp5 (0=Instant, 1=Stability) Word R/W Modbus 32Bit mode of serial COM Word R/W Modbus 32Bit mode of serial service COM Word R/W Modbus 32Bit mode of Ethernet2 Word R/W Modbus 32Bit mode of Ethernet1 Word R/W enable temperature zero compensation of comp1 Word R/W enable temperature zero compensation of comp2 Word R/W enable temperature zero compensation of comp3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers 3404 3405 3405 3406 3406 3407 3407 3408 3408 3409 3409 3410 3410 3411 3411 3412 3412 3413 3413 3414 3414 3415 3415 3416 3416 3417 3417 3418 3418 3419 3419 3420 3420 3421 3421 3422 3422 3423 3423 3424 3424 3425 3425 3426 3426 3427 3427 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffEnable4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffEnable5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffSensorAssign1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffSensorAssign2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffSensorAssign3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffSensorAssign4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffSensorAssign5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactEnable5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactSensorAssign5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactEnable5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Data Type Client Access Description Word R/W enable temperature zero compensation of comp4 Word R/W enable temperature zero compensation of comp5 Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W enable temperature span compensation of comp1 Word R/W enable temperature span compensation of comp2 Word R/W enable temperature span compensation of comp3 Word R/W enable temperature span compensation of comp4 Word R/W enable temperature span compensation of comp5 Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W enable pressure span compensation of comp1 Word R/W enable pressure span compensation of comp2 Word R/W enable pressure span compensation of comp3 Word R/W enable pressure span compensation of comp4 Word R/W enable pressure span compensation of comp5 Word R/W Word R/W assign temp-sensor of zero comp1 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of zero comp2 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of zero comp3 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of zero comp4 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of zero comp5 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of span comp1 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of span comp2 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of span comp3 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of span comp4 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) assign temp-sensor of span comp5 (0=None, 1=DSP_T1, 2=DSP_T2 etc.) Modbus Commands 3404 Tag Name 9 Address Daniel Modicon assign press-sensor of span comp1 (0=Man, 1=DSP_P1, 2=DSP_P2 etc.) assign press-sensor of span comp2 (0=Man, 1=DSP_P1, 2=DSP_P2 etc.) 9-37 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon Tag Name Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactSensorAssign5 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawEnable1 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawEnable2 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawEnable3 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawEnable4 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawEnable5 Data Type Client Access Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp1 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp2 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp3 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp4 Word R/W enable simulation for rawPVA of comp5 3428 3428 3429 3429 3430 3430 3456 3456 3457 3457 3458 3458 3459 3459 3460 3460 3471 3471 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable1 Word R/W 3472 3472 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable2 Word R/W 3473 3473 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable3 Word R/W 3474 3474 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable4 Word R/W 3475 3475 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Enable5 Word R/W 3476 3476 Word R/W 3477 3477 Word R/W 3478 3478 Word R/W 3479 3479 Word R/W 3480 3480 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 Word R/W 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor1 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor2 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor3 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor4 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.ComputeFactor5 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Enable5 Word Word Word Word Word R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W 3506 3506 Service.Measurement.Lin.Method1 Word R/W 3507 3507 Service.Measurement.Lin.Method2 Word R/W 3508 3508 Service.Measurement.Lin.Method3 Word R/W 9-38 Description assign press-sensor of span comp3 (0=Man, 1=DSP_P1, 2=DSP_P2 etc.) assign press-sensor of span comp4 (0=Man, 1=DSP_P1, 2=DSP_P2 etc.) assign press-sensor of span comp5 (0=Man, 1=DSP_P1, 2=DSP_P2 etc.) Enable cross interference compensation for comp1 Enable cross interference compensation for comp2 Enable cross interference compensation for comp3 Enable cross interference compensation for comp4 Enable cross interference compensation for comp5 Compute cross interference factor comp1 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Compute cross interference factor comp2 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Compute cross interference factor comp3 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Compute cross interference factor comp4 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Compute cross interference factor comp5 (0=Src1, 1=Src2 etc.) Enable Linearizer of comp1 Enable Linearizer of comp1 Enable Linearizer of comp1 Enable Linearizer of comp1 Enable Linearizer of comp1 Linearization method of comp1 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Linearization method of comp2 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Linearization method of comp3 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Data Type Client Access Description Linearization method of comp4 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) Linearization method of comp5 (0=Splines, 1=Polynom) LinFct c1: 1=On/Off, 2=Calc, 3=ToUSB, 4=FromUSB, 5=Install, 6=ToFile LinFct c2: 1=On/Off, 2=Calc, 3=ToUSB, 4=FromUSB, 5=Install, 6=ToFile LinFct c3: 1=On/Off, 2=Calc, 3=ToUSB, 4=FromUSB, 5=Install, 6=ToFile LinFct c4: 1=On/Off, 2=Calc, 3=ToUSB, 4=FromUSB, 5=Install, 6=ToFile LinFct c5: 1=On/Off, 2=Calc, 3=ToUSB, 4=FromUSB, 5=Install, 6=ToFile Lin, status comp1 (0=Normal, 1=Underflow, 2=Overflow, 3=Undefined) Lin, status comp2 (0=Normal, 1=Underflow, 2=Overflow, 3=Undefined) Lin, status comp3 (0=Normal, 1=Underflow, 2=Overflow, 3=Undefined) Lin, status comp4 (0=Normal, 1=Underflow, 2=Overflow, 3=Undefined) Lin, status comp5 (0=Normal, 1=Underflow, 2=Overflow, 3=Undefined) 3509 3509 Service.Measurement.Lin.Method4 Word R/W 3510 3510 Service.Measurement.Lin.Method5 Word R/W 3511 3511 Word R/W 3512 3512 Word R/W 3513 3513 Word R/W 3514 3514 Word R/W 3515 3515 Word R/W 3516 3516 Word RO 3517 3517 Word RO 3518 3518 Word RO 3519 3519 Word RO 3520 3520 Word RO 3521 3521 Word RO Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1 3522 3522 Word RO Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1 3523 3523 Word RO Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1 3524 3524 Word RO Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1 3525 3525 Word RO Lin-computing iteration steps of comp1 4001 4001 Word RO 4002 4002 Word RO 4003 4003 Word RO 4004 4004 Word RO 4005 4005 Word RO 4006 4006 Word RO 4007 4007 Word RO 4026 4026 Word RO NAMUR sum state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) device‘s NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) comp1‘s NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) comp2‘s NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) comp3‘s NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) comp4‘s NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) comp4‘s NAMUR state bit-field (b0:F b1:M b2:S b3:C) Version number of sensor firmware Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction1 Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction2 Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction3 Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction4 Service.Measurement.Lin.StartFunction5 Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus1 Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus2 Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus3 Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus4 Service.Measurement.Lin.LinearizerStatus5 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Iterations5 Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarm Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmDevice Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh1 Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh2 Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh3 Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh4 Status.NamurStates.NamurAlarmCh5 Info.SensorVersion Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 9-39 Modbus Commands Tag Name 9 Address Daniel Modicon Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 4027 4027 4028 4028 8001 8002 8003 8004 8005 8006 8007 8008 8011 8012 8013 8014 8015 8016 8017 8018 8021 8022 8023 8024 8025 8026 9-40 5001… 5002 5003… 5004 5005… 5006 5007… 5008 5009… 5010 5011… 5012 5013… 5014 5015… 5016 5021… 5022 5023… 5024 5025… 5026 5027… 5028 5029… 5030 5031… 5032 5033… 5034 5035… 5036 5041… 5042 5043… 5044 5045… 5046 5047… 5048 5049… 5050 5051… 5052 Data Type Client Access Word RO Build number of sensor firmware Word RO Version number of CPLD firmware DWord RO Namur Failure alarm bitfield Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarm DWord RO Namur Off-spec alarm bitfield DWord RO Namur Maintenance Request alarm bitfield DWord RO Namur Function Check alarm bitfield DWord RO Namur Failure active bitfield Status.NamurStates.OffSpecActive DWord RO Namur Off-spec active bitfield DWord RO Namur Maintenance Request active bitfield DWord RO Namur Function Check active bitfield DWord R/W Bitmask that disables failure sources DWord R/W Bitmask that disables NAMUR OffSpec sources Service.Status.NAMUR.MaintMask DWord R/W Bitmask that disables NAMUR maintenance request sources Service.Status.NAMUR.FctCheckDWord Mask R/W Bitmask that disables NAMUR FctCheck sources Service.Status.NAMUR.FailureMap DWord R/W Bitmask that maps cond. for failure source Tag Name Service.General.Identification. SensorBuild Service.General.Identification. CPLDVersion Status.NamurStates.FailureAlarm Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarm Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarm Status.NamurStates.FailureActive Status.NamurStates.MaintRequActive Status.NamurStates.FctCheckActive Service.Status.NAMUR.FailureMask Service.Status.NAMUR.OffSpecMask Description Service.Status.NAMUR.OffSpecMap DWord R/W Bitmask that maps cond. to OffSpec source Service.Status.NAMUR.MaintMap DWord R/W Bitmask that maps cond. for maintenance request source Service.Status.NAMUR.FctCheckDWord Map R/W Bitmask that maps cond. for FctCheck source Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmDev DWord RO NamurFailure alarms that are device related DWord RO NamurOff-spec alarms that are device related DWord RO NamurMaintRequ alarms that are device related DWord RO Namur FctCheck alarms that are device related DWord RO NamurFailure alarms that are component1 related DWord RO Namur Off-spec alarms that are component1 related Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmDev Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmDev Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmDev Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp1 Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Data Type Client Access DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO DWord RO PV1 Float RO Primary Variable 1 PV2 Float RO Primary Variable 2 PV3 Float RO Primary Variable 3 PV4 Float RO Primary Variable 4 PV5 Float RO Primary Variable 5 Service.Measurement.Simulation. PVARawValue1 Float RO value for rawPVA of comp1 Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp1 Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp1 Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp2 Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp2 Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp2 Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp2 Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp3 Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp3 Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp3 Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp3 Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp4 Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp4 Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp4 Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp4 Status.NamurStates.FailAlarmComp5 Status.NamurStates.OffSpecAlarmComp5 Status.NamurStates.MaintRequAlarmComp5 Status.NamurStates.FctCheckAlarmComp5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Description Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component1 related Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related NamurFailure alarms that are component2 related Namur Off-spec alarms that are component2 related Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component2 related Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related NamurFailure alarms that are component3 related Namur Off-spec alarms that are component3 related Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component3 related Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related NamurFailure alarms that are component4 related Namur Off-spec alarms that are component4 related Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component4 related Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related NamurFailure alarms that are component5 related Namur Off-spec alarms that are component5 related Namur MaintRequ alarms that are component5 related Namur FctCheck alarms that are component1 related Modbus Commands Tag Name 9 Address Daniel Modicon 5053… 8027 5054 5055… 8028 5056 5057… 8029 5058 5059… 8030 5060 5061… 8031 5062 5063… 8032 5064 5065… 8033 5066 5067… 8034 5068 5069… 8035 5070 5071… 8036 5072 5073… 8037 5074 5075… 8038 5076 5077… 8039 5078 5079… 8040 5080 5081… 8041 5082 5083… 8042 5084 5085… 8043 5086 5087… 8044 5088 6001… 9001 6002 6003… 9002 6004 6005… 9003 6006 6007… 9004 6008 6009… 9005 6010 6011… 9006 6012 9-41 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 6011… 9006 6012 6013… 9007 6014 6013… 9007 6014 6015… 9008 6016 6015… 9008 6016 6017… 9009 6018 6017… 9009 6018 6019… 9010 6020 6019… 9010 6020 6021… 9011 6022 6023… 9012 6024 6025… 9013 6026 6027… 9014 6028 6029… 9015 6030 6031… 9016 6032 6033… 9017 6034 6035… 9018 6036 6037… 9019 6038 6039… 9020 6040 6041… 9021 6042 6043… 9022 6044 6045… 9023 6046 6047… 9024 6048 6049… 9025 6050 9-42 Data Type Client Access Float RO raw ADC quotient of component1 Float RO value for rawPVA of comp2 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component2 Float RO value for rawPVA of comp3 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component3 Float RO value for rawPVA of comp4 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component4 Float RO value for rawPVA of comp5 Float RO raw ADC quotient of component4 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component1 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce1 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component1 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce2 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component2 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce2 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component2 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce3 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component3 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce3 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component3 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce4 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component4 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce4 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component4 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce5 Float RO raw ADC of measure-side component5 Status.Diagnostics.RawRefConce5 Float RO raw ADC of reference side component5 Float R/W start of current range of comp1 Float R/W end of current range of comp1 Float R/W start of current range of comp2 Float R/W end of current range of comp2 Float R/W start of current range of comp3 Tag Name Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce1 Service.Measurement.Simulation. PVARawValue2 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce2 Service.Measurement.Simulation. PVARawValue3 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce3 Service.Measurement.Simulation. PVARawValue4 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce4 Service.Measurement.Simulation. PVARawValue5 Status.Diagnostics.RawQuotConce5 Status.Diagnostics.RawMeasConce1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_1 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_3 Description Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Data Type Client Access Float R/W end of current range of comp3 Float R/W start of current range of comp4 Float R/W end of current range of comp4 Float R/W start of current range of comp5 Float R/W end of current range of comp5 Status.Pressure1 Float RO pressure of comp1 Status.Pressure2 Float RO pressure of comp2 Status.Pressure3 Float RO pressure of comp3 Status.Pressure4 Float RO pressure of comp4 Status.Pressure5 Float RO pressure of comp5 Status.Flow1 Float RO flow of comp1 Status.Flow2 Float RO flow of comp2 Status.Flow3 Float RO flow of comp3 Status.Flow4 Float RO flow of comp4 Status.Flow5 Float RO flow of comp5 Status.Temperature1 Float RO temperature of comp1 Status.Temperature2 Float RO temperature of comp2 Status.Temperature3 Float RO temperature of comp3 Status.Temperature4 Float RO temperature of comp4 Status.Temperature5 Float RO temperature of comp5 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas1 Float R/W current zero gas of comp1 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas2 Float R/W current zero gas of comp2 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas3 Float R/W current zero gas of comp3 Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas4 Float R/W current zero gas of comp4 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_4 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_4 Setup.Measurement.StartOfCurrentRange_5 Setup.Measurement.EndOfCurrentRange_5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Description Modbus Commands Tag Name 9 Address Daniel Modicon 6051… 9026 6052 6053… 9027 6054 6055… 9028 6056 6057… 9029 6058 6059… 9030 6060 6061… 9031 6062 6063… 9032 6064 6065… 9033 6066 6067… 9034 6068 6069… 9035 6070 6071… 9036 6072 6073… 9037 6074 6075… 9038 6076 6077… 9039 6078 6079… 9040 6080 6081… 9041 6082 6083… 9042 6084 6085… 9043 6086 6087… 9044 6088 6089… 9045 6090 6101… 9051 6102 6103… 9052 6104 6105… 9053 6106 6107… 9054 6108 9-43 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 6109… 9055 6110 6111… 9056 6112 6113… 9057 6114 6115… 9058 6116 6117… 9059 6118 6119… 9060 6120 6141… 9071 6142 6143… 9072 6144 6145… 9073 6146 6147… 9074 6148 6149… 9075 6150 6151… 9076 6152 6153… 9077 6154 6155… 9078 6156 6157… 9079 6158 6159… 9080 6160 6161… 9081 6162 6163… 9082 6164 6165… 9083 6166 6167… 9084 6168 6169… 9085 6170 6171… 9086 6172 6173… 9087 6174 6175… 9088 6176 9-44 Tag Name Data Type Client Access Setup.Calibration.CurrentZerogas5 Float R/W current zero gas of comp5 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas1 Float R/W current zero gas of comp1 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas2 Float R/W current zero gas of comp2 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas3 Float R/W current zero gas of comp3 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas4 Float R/W current zero gas of comp4 Setup.Calibration.CurrentSpangas5 Float R/W current zero gas of comp5 Float R/W start of range1 of comp1 Float R/W end of range1 of comp1 Float R/W start of range2 of comp1 Float R/W end of range2 of comp1 Float R/W start of range3 of comp1 Float R/W end of range3 of comp1 Float R/W start of range4 of comp1 Float R/W end of range4 of comp1 Float R/W start of range1 of comp2 Float R/W end of range1 of comp2 Float R/W start of range2 of comp2 Float R/W end of range2 of comp2 Float R/W start of range3 of comp2 Float R/W end of range3 of comp2 Float R/W start of range4 of comp2 Float R/W end of range4 of comp2 Float R/W start of range1 of comp3 Float R/W end of range1 of comp3 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_1 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_1 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_1 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_1 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_1 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange2_2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange2_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange3_2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange3_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange4_2 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange4_2 Setup.Measurement.StartOfRange1_3 Setup.Measurement.EndOfRange1_3 Description Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Data Type Client Access Float R/W start of range2 of comp3 Float R/W end of range2 of comp3 Float R/W start of range3 of comp3 Float R/W end of range3 of comp3 Float R/W start of range4 of comp3 Float R/W end of range4 of comp3 Float R/W start of range1 of comp4 Float R/W end of range1 of comp4 Float R/W start of range2 of comp4 Float R/W end of range2 of comp4 Float R/W start of range3 of comp4 Float R/W end of range3 of comp4 Float R/W start of range4 of comp4 Float R/W end of range4 of comp4 Float R/W start of range1 of comp5 Float R/W end of range1 of comp5 Float R/W start of range2 of comp5 Float R/W end of range2 of comp5 Float R/W start of range3 of comp5 Float R/W end of range3 of comp5 Float R/W start of range4 of comp5 Float R/W end of range4 of comp5 Float R/W zero gas of range1 of comp1 Float R/W zero gas of range2 of comp1 Modbus Commands Description 9 Address Tag Name Daniel Modicon 6177… Setup.Measurement.StartO9089 6178 fRange2_3 6179… Setup.Measurement.En9090 6180 dOfRange2_3 6181… Setup.Measurement.StartO9091 6182 fRange3_3 6183… Setup.Measurement.En9092 6184 dOfRange3_3 6185… Setup.Measurement.StartO9093 6186 fRange4_3 6187… Setup.Measurement.En9094 6188 dOfRange4_3 6189… Setup.Measurement.StartO9095 6190 fRange1_4 6191… Setup.Measurement.En9096 6192 dOfRange1_4 6193… Setup.Measurement.StartO9097 6194 fRange2_4 6195… Setup.Measurement.En9098 6196 dOfRange2_4 6197… Setup.Measurement.StartO9099 6198 fRange3_4 6199… Setup.Measurement.En9100 6200 dOfRange3_4 6201… Setup.Measurement.StartO9101 6202 fRange4_4 6203… Setup.Measurement.En9102 6204 dOfRange4_4 6205… Setup.Measurement.StartO9103 6206 fRange1_5 6207… Setup.Measurement.En9104 6208 dOfRange1_5 6209… Setup.Measurement.StartO9105 6210 fRange2_5 6211… Setup.Measurement.En9106 6212 dOfRange2_5 6213… Setup.Measurement.StartO9107 6214 fRange3_5 6215… Setup.Measurement.En9108 6216 dOfRange3_5 6217… Setup.Measurement.StartO9109 6218 fRange4_5 6219… Setup.Measurement.En9110 6220 dOfRange4_5 6221… Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas1 9111 6222 6223… Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas1 9112 6224 9-45 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 6225… 9113 6226 6227… 9114 6228 6229… 9115 6230 6231… 9116 6232 6233… 9117 6234 6235… 9118 6236 6237… 9119 6238 6239… 9120 6240 6241… 9121 6242 6243… 9122 6244 6245… 9123 6246 6247… 9124 6248 6249… 9125 6250 6251… 9126 6252 6253… 9127 6254 6255… 9128 6256 6257… 9129 6258 6259… 9130 6260 6261… 9131 6262 6263… 9132 6264 6265… 9133 6266 6267… 9134 6268 6269… 9135 6270 6271… 9136 6272 9-46 Tag Name Data Type Client Access Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas1 Float R/W zero gas of range3 of comp1 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas1 Float R/W zero gas of range4 of comp1 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas2 Float R/W zero gas of range1 of comp2 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas2 Float R/W zero gas of range2 of comp2 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas2 Float R/W zero gas of range3 of comp2 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas2 Float R/W zero gas of range4 of comp2 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas3 Float R/W zero gas of range1 of comp3 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas3 Float R/W zero gas of range2 of comp3 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas3 Float R/W zero gas of range3 of comp3 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas3 Float R/W zero gas of range4 of comp3 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas4 Float R/W zero gas of range1 of comp4 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas4 Float R/W zero gas of range2 of comp4 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas4 Float R/W zero gas of range3 of comp4 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas4 Float R/W zero gas of range4 of comp4 Setup.Calibration.Range1Zerogas5 Float R/W zero gas of range1 of comp5 Setup.Calibration.Range2Zerogas5 Float R/W zero gas of range2 of comp5 Setup.Calibration.Range3Zerogas5 Float R/W zero gas of range3 of comp5 Setup.Calibration.Range4Zerogas5 Float R/W zero gas of range4 of comp5 Float R/W span gas of range1 of comp1 Float R/W span gas of range2 of comp1 Float R/W span gas of range3 of comp1 Float R/W span gas of range4 of comp1 Float R/W span gas of range1 of comp2 Float R/W span gas of range2 of comp2 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas1 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas1 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas1 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas1 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas2 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas2 Description Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Tag Name Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas2 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas2 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas3 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas3 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas3 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas3 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas4 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas4 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas4 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas4 Setup.Calibration.Range1Spangas5 Setup.Calibration.Range2Spangas5 Setup.Calibration.Range3Spangas5 Setup.Calibration.Range4Spangas5 Setup.Display.Component.PV_ UnitFactor1 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset1 Setup.Display.Component.PV_ UnitFactor2 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset2 Setup.Display.Component.PV_ UnitFactor3 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset3 Setup.Display.Component.PV_ UnitFactor4 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset4 Setup.Display.Component.PV_ UnitFactor5 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitOffset5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Data Type Client Access Float R/W span gas of range3 of comp2 Float R/W span gas of range4 of comp2 Float R/W span gas of range1 of comp3 Float R/W span gas of range2 of comp3 Float R/W span gas of range3 of comp3 Float R/W span gas of range4 of comp3 Float R/W span gas of range1 of comp4 Float R/W span gas of range2 of comp4 Float R/W span gas of range3 of comp4 Float R/W span gas of range4 of comp4 Float R/W span gas of range1 of comp5 Float R/W span gas of range2 of comp5 Float R/W span gas of range3 of comp5 Float R/W span gas of range4 of comp5 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit1 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit1 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit2 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit2 Modbus Commands Address Daniel Modicon 6273… 9137 6274 6275… 9138 6276 6277… 9139 6278 6279… 9140 6280 6281… 9141 6282 6283… 9142 6284 6285… 9143 6286 6287… 9144 6288 6289… 9145 6290 6291… 9146 6292 6293… 9147 6294 6295… 9148 6296 6297… 9149 6298 6299… 9150 6300 6301… 9151 6302 6303… 9152 6304 6305… 9153 6306 6307… 9154 6308 6309… 9155 6310 6311… 9156 6312 6313… 9157 6314 6315… 9158 6316 6317… 9159 6318 6319… 9160 6320 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit3 9 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit3 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit4 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit4 Float R/W factor to convert ppm into displayed custom unit5 Float R/W offset to convert ppm into displayed custom unit5 Description 9-47 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 6321… 9161 6322 6323… 9162 6324 6325… 9163 6326 6327… 9164 6328 6329… 9165 6330 6331… 9166 6332 6333… 9167 6334 6335… 9168 6336 6337… 9169 6338 6339… 9170 6340 6341… 9171 6342 6343… 9172 6344 6345… 9173 6346 6347… 9174 6348 6349… 9175 6350 6351… 9176 6352 6353… 9177 6354 6355… 9178 6356 6361… 9181 6362 6363… 9182 6364 6365… 9183 6366 6367… 9184 6368 6369… 9185 6370 6371… 9186 6372 9-48 Data Type Client Access Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp1 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp1 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp2 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp2 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp3 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp3 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp4 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp4 Float R/W absolute minimum range of comp5 Float R/W absolute maximum range of comp5 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue1 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 1 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue2 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 2 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue3 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 3 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue4 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 4 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue5 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 5 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue6 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 6 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue7 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 7 Status.Diagnostics.DSPMuxValue8 Float RO DSP multiplexer value 8 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange1 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange1 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart1 Float R/W fine adjustment for start range of output1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd1 Float R/W fine adjustment for end range of output1 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange2 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange2 Float R/W Tag Name Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange1 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange1 Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange2 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange2 Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange3 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange3 Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange4 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange4 Service.Measurement.AbsMinRange5 Service.Measurement.AbsMaxRange5 Description level where analoge output scaling starts on output1 level where analoge output scaling ends on output1 level where analoge output scaling starts on output2 level where analoge output scaling ends on output2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Tag Name Data Type Client Access Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart2 Float R/W fine adjustment for start range of output2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd2 Float R/W fine adjustment for end range of output2 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange3 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange3 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart3 Float R/W fine adjustment for start range of output3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd3 Float R/W fine adjustment for end range of output3 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange4 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange4 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart4 Float R/W fine adjustment for start range of output4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd4 Float R/W fine adjustment for end range of output4 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.StartRange5 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.EndRange5 Float R/W Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustStart5 Float R/W fine adjustment for start range of output5 Setup.In/Outputs.AO.AdjustEnd5 Float R/W fine adjustment for end range of output5 Float RO temperature for zero compensation of comp1 Float RO temperature for zero compensation of comp2 Float RO temperature for zero compensation of comp3 Float RO temperature for zero compensation of comp4 Float RO temperature for zero compensation of comp5 Float RO temperature for span compensation of comp1 Float RO temperature for span compensation of comp2 Float RO temperature for span compensation of comp3 Float RO temperature for span compensation of comp4 Float RO temperature for span compensation of comp5 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG level where analoge output scaling starts on output3 level where analoge output scaling ends on output3 level where analoge output scaling starts on output4 level where analoge output scaling ends on output4 level where analoge output scaling starts on output5 level where analoge output scaling ends on output5 Modbus Commands Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffTemperature5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactTemperature5 Description 9 Address Daniel Modicon 6373… 9187 6374 6375… 9188 6376 6377… 9189 6378 6379… 9190 6380 6381… 9191 6382 6383… 9192 6384 6385… 9193 6386 6387… 9194 6388 6389… 9195 6390 6391… 9196 6392 6393… 9197 6394 6395… 9198 6396 6397… 9199 6398 6399… 9200 6400 6521… 9261 6522 6523… 9262 6524 6525… 9263 6526 6527… 9264 6528 6529… 9265 6530 6531… 9266 6532 6533… 9267 6534 6535… 9268 6536 6537… 9269 6538 6539… 9270 6540 9-49 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 6971… 9486 6972 6973… 9487 6974 6975… 9488 6976 6977… 9489 6978 6979… 9490 6980 7181… 9591 7182 7183… 9592 7184 7185… 9593 7186 7381… 9691 7382 7383… 9692 7384 7385… 9693 7386 7581… 9791 7582 7583… 9792 7584 7585… 9793 7586 7781… 9891 7782 7783… 9892 7784 7785… 9893 7786 7981… 9991 7982 7983… 9992 7984 7985… 9993 7986 3012… 3012… 3015 3015 3017… 3017… 3020 3020 3022… 3022… 3025 3025 3027… 3027… 3030 3030 9-50 Tag Name Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawValue1 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawValue2 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawValue3 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawValue4 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimPVARawValue5 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue1 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue1 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff1 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue2 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue2 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff2 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue3 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue3 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff3 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue4 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue4 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff4 Service.Measurement.Lin.MinValue5 Service.Measurement.Lin.MaxValue5 Service.Measurement.Lin.CutOff5 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString1 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString2 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString3 Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString4 Data Type Client Access Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp1 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp2 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp3 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp4 Float R/W simulation value for rawPVA of comp5 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp1 Float RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp1 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp2 Float RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp2 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp3 Float RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp3 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp4 Float RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp4 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 Float RO Linearizer Minimum Value of comp5 Float RO Linearizer Maximum Value of comp5 Float R/W Linearizer Cut-off value of comp1 String R/W unit displayed for comp1 String R/W unit displayed for comp2 String R/W unit displayed for comp3 String R/W unit displayed for comp4 Description Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Tag Name Data Type Setup.Display.Component.PV_UnitString String5 Client Access Description R/W unit displayed for comp5 String R/W displayed tag for component1 Setup.Display.Component.Tag2 String R/W displayed tag for component2 Setup.Display.Component.Tag3 String R/W displayed tag for component3 Setup.Display.Component.Tag4 String R/W displayed tag for component4 Setup.Display.Component.Tag5 String R/W displayed tag for component5 String R/W gas name of component1 String R/W gas name of component2 String R/W gas name of component3 String R/W gas name of component4 String R/W gas name of component5 String R/W displayed label of measure display 1, Line 1 String R/W displayed label of measure display 1, Line 2 String R/W displayed label of measure display 1, Line 3 String R/W displayed label of measure display 1, Line 4 String R/W displayed label of measure display 1, Line 5 String R/W displayed label of measure display 2, Line 1 String R/W displayed label of measure display 2, Line 2 String R/W displayed label of measure display 2, Line 3 String R/W displayed label of measure display 2, Line 4 String R/W displayed label of measure display 2, Line 5 String RO serial number of the device String RO Infos stored for manufacturing purposes Word R/W enable simulation for XSP‘s multiplexer value1..8 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname1 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname2 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname3 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname4 Setup.Display.Component.Gasname5 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label1 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label2 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label3 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label4 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis1Label5 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label1 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label2 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label3 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label4 Setup.Display.MeasDisplay.Dis2Label5 Info.SerialNumber Service.General.Identification. ManufacturingInfo Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimXSPMuxEnable1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Modbus Commands Setup.Display.Component.Tag1 9 Address Daniel Modicon 3032… 3032… 3035 3035 3041… 3041… 3045 3045 3046… 3046… 3050 3050 3051… 3051… 3055 3055 3056… 3056… 3060 3060 3061… 3061… 3065 3065 3071… 3071… 3074 3074 3075… 3075… 3078 3078 3079… 3079… 3082 3082 3083… 3083… 3086 3086 3087… 3087… 3090 3090 3101… 3101… 3104 3104 3105… 3105… 3108 3108 3109… 3109… 3112 3112 3113… 3113… 3116 3116 3117… 3117… 3120 3120 3121… 3121… 3124 3124 3125… 3125… 3128 3128 3129… 3129… 3132 3132 3133… 3133… 3136 3136 3137… 3137… 3140 3140 3141… 3141… 3147 3147 3251… 3251… 3266 3266 3461… 3461… 3468 3468 9-51 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 3481… 3481… 3484 3484 3485… 3485… 3488 3488 3489… 3489… 3492 3492 3493… 3493… 3496 3496 3497… 3497… 3500 3500 3531… 3531… 3534 3534 3535… 3535… 3538 3538 3539… 3539… 3542 3542 3543… 3543… 3546 3546 3547… 3547… 3550 3550 4011… 4011… 4016 4016 4017… 4017… 4022 4022 4051… 4051… 4054 4054 4055… 4055… 4058 4058 4059… 4059… 4062 4062 4063… 4063… 4066 4066 4067… 4067… 4070 4070 8091… 5181… 8094 5188 8096… 5191… 8099 5198 8101… 5201… 8104 5208 8106… 5211… 8109 5218 8111… 5221… 8114 5228 8116… 5231… 8119 5238 8121… 5241… 8124 5248 9-52 Tag Name Data Type Client Access Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources1 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources2 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources3 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources4 Word R/W Setup.Measurement.XIntf.Sources5 Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W Word R/W String RO software release version String RO software release date Word RO Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp1 Word RO Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp2 Word RO Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp3 Word RO Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp4 Word RO Cross interfere signal value states1..4 for comp5 DWord RO device (N0) state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component1‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component2‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component3‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component4‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord RO component5‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Inhibit for device (N0) state bitfield (b0:......) Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet1 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet2 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet3 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet4 Service.Measurement.Lin.RangePolySet5 Info.ProgramVersion Service.General.Identification. ProgramVersionDate Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates1 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates2 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates3 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates4 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalStates5 Status.DeviceStates.DeviceState Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState1 Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState2 Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState3 Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState4 Status.DeviceStates.ChannelState5 Service.Status.DeviceStates.DvcStateInhibit Description Interf. sources 1..4 comp1 (0=None, 1=Conc1, 2=Conc2, 6=AIN1 etc.) Interf. sources 1..4 comp2 (0=None, 1=Conc1, 2=Conc2, 6=AIN1 etc.) Interf. sources 1..4 comp3 (0=None, 1=Conc1, 2=Conc2, 6=AIN1 etc.) Interf. sources 1..4 comp4 (0=None, 1=Conc1, 2=Conc2, 6=AIN1 etc.) Interf. sources 1..4 comp5 (0=None, 1=Conc1, 2=Conc2, 6=AIN1 etc.) polyn, set of range1..4 comp1 (0=Poly1, 1=Poly2, 2=Poly3, 3=Poly4) polyn, set of range1..4 comp2 (0=Poly1, 1=Poly2, 2=Poly3, 3=Poly4) polyn, set of range1..4 comp3 (0=Poly1, 1=Poly2, 2=Poly3, 3=Poly4) polyn, set of range1..4 comp4 (0=Poly1, 1=Poly2, 2=Poly3, 3=Poly4) polyn, set of range1..4 comp5 (0=Poly1, 1=Poly2, 2=Poly3, 3=Poly4), Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Tag Name Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateInhibit1 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateInhibit2 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateInhibit3 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateInhibit4 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateInhibit5 Service.Status.DeviceStates.DvcStateForce Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateForce1 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateForce2 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateForce3 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateForce4 Service.Status.DeviceStates.ChStateForce5 Service.Measurement.Simulation. XSPMuxValue1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffCoeffs1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffCoeffs2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffCoeffs3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffCoeffs4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.ToffCoeffs5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactCoeffs1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactCoeffs2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactCoeffs3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactCoeffs4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactCoeffs5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactConcCoeffs1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactConcCoeffs2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Data Type Client Access DWord R/W Inhibit for comp1‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Inhibit for comp2‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Inhibit for comp3‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Inhibit for comp4‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Inhibit for comp5‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Forcing for device (N0) state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Forcing for comp1‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Forcing for comp2‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Forcing for comp3‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Forcing for comp4‘s state bitfield (b0:......) DWord R/W Forcing for comp5‘s state bitfield (b0:......) Float RO values for XSP‘s multiplexer value1..8 Float R/W polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp1 Float R/W polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp2 Float R/W polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp3 Float R/W polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp4 Float R/W polynom coeffs for temperature offset of comp5 Float R/W polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp1 Modbus Commands Address Daniel Modicon 8126… 5251… 8129 5258 8131… 5261… 8134 5268 8136… 5271… 8139 5278 8141… 5281… 8144 5288 8146… 5291… 8149 5298 8151… 5301… 8154 5308 8156… 5311… 8159 5318 8161… 5321… 8164 5328 8166… 5331… 8169 5338 8171… 5341… 8174 5348 8176… 5351… 8179 5358 9171… 6341… 9178 6356 9201… 6401… 9204 6408 9205… 6409… 9208 6416 9209… 6417… 9212 6424 9213… 6425… 9216 6432 9217… 6433… 9220 6440 9221… 6441… 9224 6448 9225… 6449… 9228 6456 9229… 6457… 9232 6464 9233… 6465… 9236 6472 9237… 6473… 9240 6480 9241… 6481… 9244 6488 9245… 6489… 9248 6496 Float R/W polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp2 9 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Float R/W polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp3 Float R/W polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp4 Float R/W polynom coeffs for temperature factor of comp5 Float R/W Float R/W Description polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp1 polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp2 9-53 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 9249… 6497… 9252 6504 9253… 6505… 9256 6512 9257… 6513… 9260 6520 9271… 6541… 9274 6548 9275… 6549… 9278 6556 9279… 6557… 9282 6564 9283… 6565… 9286 6572 9287… 6573… 9290 6580 9301… 6601… 9304 6608 9305… 6609… 9308 6616 9309… 6617… 9312 6624 9313… 6625… 9316 6632 9331… 6661… 9334 6668 9335… 6669… 9338 6676 9339… 6677… 9342 6684 9343… 6685… 9346 6692 9361… 6721… 9364 6728 9365… 6729… 9368 6736 9369… 6737… 9372 6744 9373… 6745… 9376 6752 9391… 6781… 9394 6788 9395… 6789… 9398 6796 9399… 6797… 9402 6804 9403… 6805… 9406 6812 9-54 Tag Name Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactConcCoeffs3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactConcCoeffs4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.TfactConcCoeffs5 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactCoeffs1 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactCoeffs2 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactCoeffs3 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactCoeffs4 Service.Measurement.Compensation.PfactCoeffs5 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues1 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors1 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences1 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs1 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues2 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors2 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences2 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs2 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues3 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors3 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences3 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs3 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues4 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors4 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences4 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs4 Data Type Client Access Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp1 Float R/W polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp2 Float R/W polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp3 Float R/W polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp4 Float R/W polynom coeffs for pressure factor of comp5 Float RO Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp1 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp1 Float R/W Float R/W Float RO Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp2 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp2 Float R/W Float R/W Float RO Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp3 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp3 Float R/W Float R/W Float RO Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp4 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp4 Float R/W Float R/W Description polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp3 polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp4 polynom coeffs for conc correction of temp factor comp5 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp1 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp1 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp2 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp2 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp3 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp3 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp4 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Setup.Measurement.XIntf.SignalValues5 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.InterfereFactors5 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearReferences5 Setup.Measurement.XIntf.LinearPolyCoeffs5 Service.Measurement.Simulation. SimXSPMuxValue1 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues1 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1Coeffs1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2Coeffs1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3Coeffs1 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4Coeffs1 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc1 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc1 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues2 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1Coeffs2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2Coeffs2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3Coeffs2 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4Coeffs2 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc2 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc2 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues3 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1Coeffs3 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Data Type Client Access Float RO Cross interfere signal values1..4 for comp5 Float R/W Cross interfere factors1..4 for comp5 Float R/W Float R/W Float R/W simulation value for XSP‘s multiplexer value1..8 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp1 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp1 Float R/W Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp1 Float R/W Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp1 Float R/W Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp1 Float R/W Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp1 Float R/W Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp1 Float R/W Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp1 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp2 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp2 Float R/W Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp2 Float R/W Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp2 Float R/W Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp2 Float R/W Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp2 Float R/W Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp2 Float R/W Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp2 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp3 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp3 Float R/W Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp3 Description Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp5 Cross interfere linearization references1..4 for comp5 Modbus Commands Tag Name 9 Address Daniel Modicon 9421… 6841… 9424 6848 9425… 6849… 9428 6856 9429… 6857… 9432 6864 9433… 6865… 9436 6872 9491… 6981… 9498 6996 9501… 7001… 9503 7006 9531… 7061… 9533 7066 9561… 7121… 9565 7130 9566… 7131… 9570 7140 9571… 7141… 9575 7150 9576… 7151… 9580 7160 9581… 7161… 9584 7168 9585… 7169… 9588 7176 9601… 7201… 9603 7206 9631… 7261… 9633 7266 9661… 7321… 9665 7330 9666… 7331… 9670 7340 9671… 7341… 9675 7350 9676… 7351… 9680 7360 9681… 7361… 9684 7368 9685… 7369… 9688 7376 9701… 7401… 9703 7406 9731… 7461… 9733 7466 9761… 7521… 9765 7530 9-55 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 9.4 List of Parameters and Registers - Sorted by Daniel Registers Address Daniel Modicon 9766… 7531… 9770 7540 9771… 7541… 9775 7550 9776… 7551… 9780 7560 9781… 7561… 9784 7568 9785… 7569… 9788 7576 9801… 7601… 9803 7606 9831… 7661… 9833 7666 9861… 7721… 9865 7730 9866… 7731… 9870 7740 9871… 7741… 9875 7750 9876… 7751… 9880 7760 9881… 7761… 9884 7768 9885… 7769… 9888 7776 9901… 7801… 9903 7806 9931… 7861… 9933 7866 9-56 Tag Name Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2Coeffs3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3Coeffs3 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4Coeffs3 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc3 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc3 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues4 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set1Coeffs4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set2Coeffs4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set3Coeffs4 Service.Measurement.Lin.Set4Coeffs4 Service.Measurement.Lin.OverflowPerc4 Service.Measurement.Lin.UnderflowPerc4 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableXValues5 Service.Measurement.Lin.TableYValues5 Data Type Client Access Float R/W Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp3 Float R/W Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp3 Float R/W Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp3 Float R/W Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp3 Float R/W Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp3 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp4 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp4 Float R/W Lin-Polynom. Set1-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp4 Float R/W Lin-Polynom. Set2-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp4 Float R/W Lin-Polynom. Set3-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp4 Float R/W Lin-Polynom. Set4-Coeffs (A0..4) for comp4 Float R/W Lin-Overflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp4 Float R/W Lin-Underflow [%] for Range1..4 of comp4 Float R/W Linearization table X-Values of comp5 Float R/W Linearization table Y-Values of comp5 Description Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Chapter 10 Service Information 10.1 Return of Material 2. In no event will Rosemount be responsible for equipment without proper authorization and identification. 3. Carefully pack defective unit in a sturdy box with sufficient shock absorbing material to ensure no additional damage will occur during shipping. The completed and signed Declaration of Decontamination ( page A-35) must be included with the instrument (we recommend to attach it to the packaging outside)! 4. In a cover letter, describe completely: a. The symptoms that determined the equipment is faulty. b. The environment in which the equipment was operating (housing, weather, vibration, dust, etc.). c. Site from which equipment was removed. d. Whether warranty service or non-warranty service is requested. e. Complete shipping instructions for the return of the equipment. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG In Europe: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Service Department Deutschland +49 6055 884-470/-472 In US: Emerson Process Management Rosemount Analytical Inc. Customer Service Center 1-800-433-6076 1-440-914-1261 In Asia Pacific: Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific Pte Limited Singapore +65-6-777-8211 If warranty service is expected, the defective unit will be carefully inspected and tested at the factory. If failure was due to conditions listed in the standard Rosemount warranty, the defective unit will be repaired or replaced at Rosemount’s option, and an operating unit will be returned to the customer in accordance with shipping instructions furnished in the cover letter. For equipment no longer under warranty, the equipment will be repaired at the factory and returned as directed by the purchase order and shipping instructions. 10-1 Service information 1. Secure a return authorization from a Rosemount Analytical Sales Office or Representative before returning the equipment. Equipment must be returned with complete identification in accordance with Rosemount instructions or it will not be accepted. 5. Enclose a cover letter and purchase order and ship the defective equipment according to instructions provided in a Rosemount Return Authorization, prepaid, to: 10 If factory repair of defective equipment is required, proceed as follows: Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 10 Service Information 10.2 Customer Service 10.3 Training For order administration, replacement parts, applicaton assistance, on-site or factory repair, service or maintenance contract information, contact: In Europe: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Service Department Germany T +49 6055 884-470/-472 A comprehensive Factory Training Program of operator and service classes is available. For a copy of the training schedule contact: In Europe: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Service Department Germany T +49 6055 884-470/-472 In US: In US: Emerson Process Management Rosemount Analytical Inc. Customer Service Center T 1-800-433-6076 T 1-440-914-1261 In Asia Pacific: Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific Pte Limited 1 Pandan Crescent Singapore 128461 T +65-6-777-8211 10-2 Emerson Process Management Rosemount Analytical Inc. Customer Service Center T 1-800-433-6076 T 1-440-914-1261 In Asia Pacific: Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific Pte Limited 1 Pandan Crescent Singapore 128461 T +65-6-777-8211 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Chapter 11 Dismounting and Disposal 11.1 Dismounting and Diposal of the Analyzer HAZARDS FROM DISMOUNTING Dismounting instruments installed in hazardous area requires special documents to be issued and instructions to be followed! Do not dismount such instruments without written permit! Failure to follow may result in explosion! Gas lines may contain unhealthy or toxic gases, depending on the application, the instrument has been used for! Take care to purge such gas lines prior to disconnection, to remove all unhealthy or toxic components. Failure to follow may result in personal injury or death! ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD WHEN DISMOUNTING Only qualified personnel, observing all applicable technical and legal requirements, may disconnect power and signal cables, and dismount these devices. HEAVY INSTRUMENT The models intended for outside and wall mounted use (X-STREAM XEF, XDF and XEFD) weigh between 26 kg (57 lb) and 63 kg (139 lb), depending on version and options installed. Two people and/or lifting equipment is required to lift and carry these units. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG 11-1 11 Units with screw-type terminals must be de-energized by unplugging it or operating the separate cut-off switch or circuit breaker, when working on the power connections. Dismounting & Disposal Failure to follow may cause exposure to risk of damage, injury or death. Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 11 Dismounting & Disposal When the instrument has reached the end of its useful life, do not throw it in a trash can! This instrument has been made of materials to be recycled by recyclers specialised in this field. Let the instrument and the packing material duly and environmently friendly be disposed of. Ensure the equipment is free of dangerous and harmful substances (decontaminated). Take care of all local regulations for waste treatment. Advice concerning the disposal of batteries • This instrument contains a CR primary lithium button cell battery of size CR 2032. • The battery is soldered to an electronics board and usually does not need to be replaced during the instrument´s lifetime. • At the end of lifetime, the instrument must be disposed in compliance with the wast regulations, see instructions below. When the instrument has reached the end of its useful life, • purge all gas lines with inert gas • ensure all gas lines are pressureless • disconnect all gas lines • switch off power and signal lines • disconnect and remove all electrical connections • for wall mounted instruments, support the instrument before loosening the fixing screws. • properly fill out the Declaration of Decontamination ( A-35 ) 11-2 • hand over the dismounted instrument together with the Declaration of Decontamination to a disposal specialist. The disposal specialist then has to disassemble the instrument, and recycle and dispose it and the contained battery in compliance with all applicable waste treatment regulations. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Appendix This chapter contains an excerpt from the Modbus publication "Modbus_over_serial_line“ page A-2 EC declaration of conformity page A-12 CSA Certificate of Compliance page A-14 Block diagram page A-21 Water Vapor: Conversion of Dewpoint, Vol.-% and g/Nm³ page A-34 Declaration of Decontamination page A-35 PLC Quick Reference page A-36 Assignment of Terminals and Sockets page A-43 A Appendix Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-1 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.1 Modbus Specification A.1 Modbus Specification A-2 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Modbus Specification A Appendix A.1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-3 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.1 A-4 Modbus Specification Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Modbus Specification A Appendix A.1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-5 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.1 A-6 Modbus Specification Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Modbus Specification A Appendix A.1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-7 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.1 A-8 Modbus Specification Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Modbus Specification A Appendix A.1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-9 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.1 A-10 Modbus Specification Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Modbus Specification A Appendix A.1 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-11 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.2 EC Declaration of Conformity A.2 EC Declaration of Conformity A-12 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A Appendix A.2 EC Declaration of Conformity Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-13 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2247530 Date Issued: 2010/01/21 Issued to: Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Industriestrasse 1 Hasselroth, 63594 Germany Attention: Uwe Schmidt The products listed below are eligible to bear the CSA Mark shown with adjacent indicators 'C' and 'US' for Canada and US or with adjacent indicator 'US' for US only or without either indicator for Canada only. Rob Kohuch, P. Eng. Issued by: Rob Kohuch, P. Eng. PRODUCTS CLASS 2258 02 CLASS 2258 82 CLASS 8721 05 CLASS 8721 85 - PROCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT - For Hazardous Locations - PROCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT - For Hazardous Locations Certified to US Standards - LABORATORY EQUIPMENT - Electrical - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR LABORATORY USE - Certified to US Standards CLASS 8721 05 - LABORATORY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT CLASS 8721 85 - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR LABORATORY USE (Certified to U.S. Standards) Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3 - 1.5A, Class I, Pollution Degree II. • X-STREAM F (XF) or X-STREAM (X2F, XLF) or X-STREAM Enhanced Field Housing Gas Analyzer (XEF): Wall mounting with field wiring terminals, for outdoor use NEMA 4X and display; • X-STREAM GP (XGP): Table Top or Rack Mount with field wiring terminals for indoor use; • X-STREAM GPS (XGPS): Table Top or Rack Mount with appliance inlet for indoor use with or without display; • X-STREAM (X2GP) or X-STREAM Enhanced (XEGP) General Purpose Gas Analyzer: Table Top or Rack Mount with appliance inlet for indoor use and display (optional with field wiring terminals for indoor use); DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 A-14 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2247530 Date Issued: 2010/01/21 • X-STREAM Gas Analyzer Core (X2CA) Table Top or Rack Mount with appliance inlet for indoor use and no display (optional with field wiring terminals for indoor use); Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 5.5 - 3A, Class I, Pollution Degree II. • X-STREAM (XXF) or X-STREAM Enhanced Field Housing Gas Analyzer (XDF): Wall mounting with field wiring terminals, for outdoor use NEMA 4X and display; Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 24Vdc, 2.5A, Class I, Pollution Degree II. • X-STREAM (X2GC)or X-STREAM Enhanced (XEGC)General Purpose Compact Gas Analyzer Table Top or Rack Mount with 24Vdc in connector and display; • X-STREAM Compact Gas Analyzer Core (X2CC): Table Top or Rack Mount with 24Vdc in Conditions of Acceptability - For the X-STREAM Models XGP, XGPS, X2GP, X2CA and XEGP the equipment is supplied with an approved power supply cord set or power supply cord with plug that is acceptable to the authorities in the country where the equipment is to be used. Units supplied without a power cord and that are not permanently connected are considered as component. Component-type units must be provided with a Fire, Mechanical and Electrical enclosure and must be re-evaluated by CSA. - The plug/connector is used as the disconnected device. The switch for X2GP/X2CA/XEGP is not considered the disconnect device. All units must be provided with a disconnect device. CLASS 2258-02 PROCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT – For Hazardous Locations CLASS 2258-82 PROCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT – For Hazardous Locations – Certified to U.S. Standards. X-Stream FD (XFD): Flameproof for Hazardous Locations Class I, Zone 1, Ex d IIB+H2, T3 Class I, Zone 1, AEx d IIB+H2, T3 Gas analyzer, Model: X-Stream, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 2–1 A. Class I, Pollution Degree II; Type 4 & IP66 Ambient Temperature Range: -30°C to +50°C Maximum internal case pressure = 110kpa XFD-abcdefghijklmnop a = Language: A, B, C, D or E b = Ambient Conditions: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 Appendix c = Instrument: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 A d = Bench 1: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-15 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2247530 Date Issued: 2010/01/21 e = Bench 1 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 f = Bench 2: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters g = Bench 2 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 h = Enclosure: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 i = Hazardous Area Options and Special Approvals: B or D B = CSA Certification D = CSA Certification with a Breathing Device for Venting (Same Device as option “p”) j = Input/Output Options: 1, 2, 5 or 6 k = Communication Interface: A, B, C or D l = Sample Handling: 0, 1, 3, 5 or 7 m = Gas Path Sensors: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 n = Gas Path Tubing: A, B, C, D or E o = Gas Path Fittings: 3, 4, 5 or 6 p = Flame Arrestors: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 X-Stream FD (X2FD): Flameproof for Hazardous Locations Class I, Zone 1, Ex d IIB+H2, T3 Class I, Zone 1, AEx d IIB+H2, T3 Gas analyzer , Model: X-Stream, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3 - 1.5A, Class I, Pollution Degree II; Ambient Temperature Range: -30°C to +50°C X-Stream FD (X2FD) has same electronics as the X-STREAM General Purpose Gas Analyzer (X2GP) with new Hazardous Locations Enclosure. X2FD-abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv a = Language: A, B, C, D, E or F b = Ambient Conditions: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 A-16 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2247530 Date Issued: 2010/01/21 c = Instrument: 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 or 15 d = Bench 1: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters e = Bench 1 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D f = Bench 2: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters g = Bench 2 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D h = Bench 3: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters i = Bench 3 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D j = Bench 4: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters k = Bench 4 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D l = Enclosure: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 m = Hazardous Area Options and Special Approvals: B or D B = CSA Certification D = CSA Certification with a Breathing Device for Venting (Same Device as option “v”) n = Analog Outputs: 1, 2, 3 or 4 o = Digital Inputs/Relay Outputs: 0, 1 or 2 p = Communication Interface: 0, A, B, C or D q = Spare: 0 r = Sample Handling: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 s = Gas Path Sensors: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 t = Gas Path Tubing: A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H or I u = Gas Path Fittings: E, F, G, H, I, J, K or L v = Flame Arrestors: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 X-STREAM FD (XEFD): Flameproof for Hazardous Locations A Appendix Class I, Zone 1, Ex d IIB+H2, T3 DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-17 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2247530 Date Issued: 2010/01/21 Class I, Zone 1, AEx d IIB+H2, T3 Gas analyzer , Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3 - 1.5A, Class I, Pollution Degree II; Ambient Temperature Range: -30°C to +50°C X-STREAM FD Enhanced (XEFD) has same electronics as the X-STREAM Enhanced General Purpose Gas Analyzer (XEF) with same Hazardous Locations Enclosure as X-STREAM X2FD. XEFD-abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv a = Language: A, B, C, D, E, F or G b = Ambient Conditions: 1 or 4 c = Instrument: 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 or 15 d = Bench 1: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters e = Bench 1 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D f = Bench 2: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters g = Bench 2 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D h = Bench 3: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters i = Bench 3 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D j = Bench 4: any combination of 2 or 3 alpha-numeric characters k = Bench 4 – Special Linearization or Calibration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, A, B, C or D l = Enclosure: 1, 2, 3 or 4 m = Hazardous Area Options and Special Approvals: B or D B = CSA Certification D = CSA Certification with a Breathing Device for Venting (Same Device as option “v”) n = Analog Outputs: 1, 2, 3 or 4 o = Digital Inputs/Relay Outputs/Analog Inputs: 0, 1, 2, 5 or A p = Communication Interface: 0, A or B q = Advanced Software capabilities: 0, 1, 2 or 3 DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 A-18 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2247530 Date Issued: 2010/01/21 r = Sample Handling: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 s = Gas Path Sensors: 0, 1, 3, 5, 7 or 9 t = Gas Path Tubing: E, F, G, H, I, J, K or L u = Gas Path Fittings: E, F, G, H, I, J, K or L v = Flame Arrestors: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 X-STREAM FN (X2FN, XLFN, XXFN, XEFN, XDFN): Non-Incendive for Hazardous Locations Class 1 Zone 2 Ex nAC IIC T4 Class 1 Zone 2 AEx nAC IIC T4 Class I Div 2 Groups ABCD -20 °C to +50 °C IP66 Enclosure Type 4X Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3 - 1.5A, Class I, Pollution Degree II. • X-STREAM Field Housing Gas Analyzer (X2FN): • X-STREAM (XLFN) or X-STREAM Enhanced (XEFN)Field Housing Gas Analyzer: Gas analyzer, Model: X-STREAM, rated 100-240Vac, 50/60 Hz, 5.5 - 3A, Class I, Pollution Degree II X-STREAM (XXFN) or X-STREAM Enhanced Dual (XDFN) Field Housing Gas Analyzer: APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1-04 - Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use, Part 1: General Requirements UL Std No. 61010-1, 2nd Edition. - Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use, Part 1: General Requirements CAN/CSA-E60079-0:02 (R2006) - Electric Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres, Part 0: General Requirements CAN/CSA-E60079-1:02 (R2006) - Electric Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres, Part 1: Construction and Verification Test of Flameproof Enclosures of Electrical Apparatus “d” CAN/CSA-E60079-15:02 (R2006) - Electric Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres, Part 15: Type of protection "n" A Appendix CSA C22.2 No 213-M1987 - Non-Incendive Electrical Equipment for Use in Class I,Division 2 Hazardous Locations DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-19 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.3 CSA Certificate of Compliance Certificate: 1714037 (LR 105173) Master Contract: 185562 Project: 2247530 Date Issued: 2010/01/21 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 94-M91 (R2001) - Special Purpose Enclosures CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60529:05 - Degrees of protection provided by enclosure (IP Code) ANSI/ISA-12.00.01-2002 (IEC 60079-0 Mod) - Electric Apparatus for Use in Class I, Zones 0, 1 & 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations: General Requirements ANSI/ISA-12.22.01-2002 (IEC 60079-1 Mod) - Electric Apparatus for Use in Class I, Zones 1 Hazardous (Classified) Locations Type of Protection – Flameproof “d” UL 60079-15:2009 - Electric Apparatus for Explosive Gas Atmospheres, Part 15: Construction, Test and Marking of Type of Protection ’n’ Electrical Apparatus IEC 60529 Edition 2.1-2001-02 - Degrees of protection provided by enclosure (IP Code) UL 50 11th ed - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment ISA 12.12.01-2007 - Nonincendive Electrical Equipment for Use in Class I and II, Division 2 and Class III, Divisions 1 and 2 Hazardous (Classified) Locations DQD 507 Rev. 2009-09-01 A-20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.4 Block Diagram A Appendix X-STREAM Version A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-21 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.4 Block Diagram A-22 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A Appendix A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-23 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.4 Block Diagram A-24 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A Appendix A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-25 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.4 Block Diagram A-26 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A Appendix A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-27 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.4 Block Diagram A-28 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A Appendix A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-29 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.4 Block Diagram A-30 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A Appendix A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-31 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.4 Block Diagram A-32 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A Appendix A.4 Block Diagram Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-33 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.5 Calculation of Water Vapor A.5 Water Vapor: Relationship of Dewpoint, Vol.-% and g/Nm³ Dewpoint Content of Water Water Concentration °C °F Vol. -% g/Nm³ Dewpoint Content of Water Water Concentration °C °F Vol. -% g/Nm³ 0 32,0 0,60 4,88 36 1 33,8 0,65 5,24 2 36,8 0,68 5,64 3 37,4 0,75 4 39,2 0,80 5 41,0 6 42,8 7 96,8 5,86 50,22 37 98,6 6,20 53,23 38 100,4 6,55 56,87 6,06 39 102,2 6,90 59,76 6,50 40 104,0 7,18 62,67 0,86 6,98 42 107,6 8,10 70,95 0,92 7,49 44 111,2 8,99 79,50 44,6 0,99 8,03 45 113,0 9,45 84,02 8 46,4 1,06 8,60 46 114,8 9,96 89,20 9 48,2 1,13 9,21 48 118,4 11,07 99,80 10 50,0 1,21 9,86 50 122,0 12,04 110,81 11 51,8 1,29 10,55 52 125,6 13,43 124,61 12 53,6 1,38 11,29 54 129,2 14,80 139,55 13 55,4 1,48 12,07 55 131,0 15,55 147,97 14 57,2 1,58 12,88 56 132,8 16,29 156,26 15 59,0 1,68 14,53 58 136,4 17,91 175,15 16 60,8 1,79 14,69 60 140,0 19,65 196,45 17 62,6 1,90 16,08 62 143,6 21,55 220,60 18 64,4 2,04 16,72 64 147,2 23,59 247,90 19 66,2 2,16 17,72 66 150,8 25,80 279,20 20 68,0 2,30 19,01 68 154,4 28,18 315,10 21 69,8 2,45 20,25 70 158,0 30,75 356,70 22 71,6 2,61 21,55 72 161,6 33,50 404,50 23 73,4 2,77 22,95 74 165,2 36,47 461,05 24 75,2 2,95 24,41 76 168,8 39,66 527,60 25 77,0 3,12 25,97 78 172,4 43,06 607,50 26 78,8 3,32 27,62 80 176,0 46,72 704,20 27 80,6 3,52 29,37 82 179,6 50,65 824,00 28 82,4 3,73 32,28 84 183,2 54,84 975,40 29 84,2 3,96 33,15 86 186,8 59,33 1171,50 30 86,0 4,18 35,20 88 190,4 64,09 1433,30 31 87,6 4,43 37,37 90 194,0 69,18 1805,00 32 89,6 4,69 39,67 33 91,4 4,97 42,09 34 93,2 5,25 44,64 35 95,0 5,55 47,35 A-34 Note! Standard conditions: 273 K (0 °C) and 1013 hPa. Water concentration calculated at dry standard conditions. Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.6 Declaration of Decontamination A.6 Declaration of Decontamination Because of legal regulations and for the safety of Emerson Process Management employees and operating equipment, we need this "Declaration of Decontamination", signed by an authorized person, prior to processing your order. Ensure to include it with the shipping documents, or (recommended) attach it to the outside of the packaging. Instrument details Process details Analyzer model Serial no. Temperature Pressure Please check where applicable, include safety data sheet and, if necessary, special handling instructions! The medium was used for Medium and concentration CAS No. toxic harmful corrosive flammable other1) harmless Process Process cleaning Cleaning of returned parts 1) e.g. explosive, radioactive, environmentally hazardous, of biological risk, etc. Declaration and Sender Data We hereby declare that the retumed parts have been carefully cleaned. To the best of our knowledge they are free from any residues in dangerous quantities. Company Contact Person / Function Appendix Address Phone Signature A Location, Date Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-35 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.7 PLC Quick Reference A.7 PLC Quick Reference PLC Quick Reference Card Rev. 2010‐04 PLC Quick Reference Card If timers need to be used, they have to be setup at the beginning of the program (see Example Program) For USB transfer save PLC.TXT on the USB stick in the directory emerson_xe\\config PLC Timer Setup Syntax: ; [Comment] For details see Timer Modes below COMMAND ID TMR_MODE 1…8 TMR_DURATION TMR_PERIOD_CNT 1…8 1…8 TMR_TRIG_TIME 1…8 VALUE OFFDELAY, ONDELAY, REPPULSE, SINGLEPULSE, RETRIGSPULSE, INHIBSPULSE, CLKTRGPULSE , COUNTER 1...3600 1...3600 (REPPULSE: sec CLKTRGPULSE: min COUNTER: counts) YYYY,MM,DD,hh,mm Programming Quick Reference Syntax: [,,…]; [Comment] Maximum amount of operators & operands: approx. 400 SPECIAL CHARACTER Function , Separation of Operands ; Command Termination # Start of Comment Line OPERATOR OPERANDS Description CLR ‐ Set register to FALSE SET ‐ Set register to TRUE AND O1, [O2, O3, …] Logical AND of register and OR O1, [O2, O3, …] Logical OR of register and NEG ‐ Negate register LOAD O1 load register with state of STO O1, [O2, O3, …] Store register to IF O1, O2 if register = TRUE then load register with state of first else load register with state of second CALL O1, [O2, O3, …] if register = TRUE then call END ‐ End of program READ & WRITE OPERANDS Description R1 … R10 Result 1 ... 10 M1 … M15 Memory 1 … 15 A-36 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.7 PLC Quick Reference PLC Quick Reference Card Rev. 2010‐04 WRITE ONLY OPERANDS Description T1I1, T1I2 Timer 1 / Input 1, 2 T2I1, T2I2 Timer 2 / Input 1, 2 T3I1, T3I2 Timer 3 / Input 1, 2 T4I1, T4I2 Timer 4 / Input 1, 2 T5I1, T5I2 Timer 5 / Input 1, 2 T6I1, T6I2 Timer 6 / Input 1, 2 T7I1, T7I2 Timer 7 / Input 1, 2 T8I1, T8I2 Timer 8 / Input 1, 2 Syntax of channel related operands indices: READ ONLY OPERANDS Description S01 … S76 System Digital Output Pool (see below) S101 … S540 Channel Digital Output Pool (see below) T1 … T8 Timer Output 1 … 8 DI1 … DI14 Digital Input 1 … 14 PU1, PU2 Pump State 1, 2 TRUE Logical TRUE operand FALSE Logical FALSE operand CALL ONLY OPERANDS Description A01 … A15 System Actions (see below) A101 … A521 Channel Actions (see below) System Actions Pool Index None Zero All Span All Zero&Span All Cancel All ProgSequ Blowback 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 FctCheck Pump1 Pump2 Ext Alarm1 Ext Alarm2 Ext Alarm3 Ext Alarm4 08 09 10 11 12 CalCheckMod Reserved Failure OffSpec MaintRequ 20 21 22 23 Ext Alarm5 Ext Alarm6 Ext Alarm7 Ext Alarm8 A 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Appendix Usage example: CALL A06; # Start programmed sequence if register changed to TRUE ANR Description Spalte1 ANR Description Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-37 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.7 PLC Quick Reference PLC Quick Reference Card Rev. 2010‐04 System Digital Output Pool Index Usage example: LOAD S41; Load the state of pump1 SNR Signal 01 Off 02 On 03 Heartbeat 04 Any Failure 05 Any OffSpec 06 Any MaintRequ 07 Any FctCheck 08 Any Calibrating 09 Any Zeroing 10 Any Spanning 11 Any Zero Failed 12 Any Span Failed 13 Any Range Low 14 Any Range High 15 Any ConcAlarm 16 Any AvgAlarm 17 Any TempAlarm 18 Any PressAlarm 19 Any FlowAlarm 20 reserved 21 V1 22 V2 23 V3 24 V4 25 V5 26 V6 27 V7 28 V8 29 V9 30 V10 31 V11 32 V12 33 V13 34 V14 35 V15 36 V16 37 V17 38 V18 A-38 into register SNR 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 Signal V19 V20 Pump1 Pump2 Ext Alarm1 Ext Alarm2 Ext Alarm3 Ext Alarm4 Ext Alarm5 Ext Alarm6 Ext Alarm7 Ext Alarm8 PLC Result1 PLC Result2 PLC Result3 PLC Result4 PLC Result5 PLC Result6 PLC Result7 PLC Result8 PLC Result9 PLC Result10 CalcA Rslt LoLo CalcA Rslt Lo CalcA Rslt Hi CalcA Rslt HiHi CalcB Rslt LoLo CalcB Rslt Lo CalcB Rslt Hi CalcB Rslt HiHi CalcC Rslt LoLo CalcC Rslt Lo CalcC Rslt Hi CalcC Rslt HiHi CalcD Rslt LoLo CalcD Rslt Lo CalcD Rslt Hi CalcD Rslt HiHi Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.7 PLC Quick Reference PLC Quick Reference Card Rev. 2010‐04 Channel Actions Pool Index Usage example: CALL A103; Start span cal for channel 1, if register changed to TRUE # Replace ‘x’ in table by channel # (1 … 5) ANR Description ANR Description x01 x02 x03 x04 x05 x06 x07 None ZeroCal SpanCal ZeroSpanCal Cancel Range1 Range2 X x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 MaintRequ FctCheck SampleGas ZeroGas SpanGas1 SpanGas2 SpanGas3 x08 x09 x10 Range3 Range4 Failure x19 x20 x21 SpanGas4 All Closed Blowback x11 OffSpec Channel Digital Output Pool Index Usage example: LOAD S332; Load press low alarm state of channel 3 into register # Replace ‘x’ in table by channel # (1 … 5) SNr Description SNR Description x21 x22 x23 x24 x25 x26 x27 x28 x29 x30 x31 x32 x33 x34 x35 x36 x37 x38 x39 x40 Conc. Hi Conc. HiHi Average LoLo Average Lo Average Hi Average HiHi Temperature LoLo Temperature Lo Temperature Hi Temperature HiHi Pressure LoLo Pressure Lo Pressure Hi Pressure HiHi Flow LoLo Flow Lo Flow Hi Flow HiHi Off Off Appendix Off On Heartbeat Failure OffSpec MaintRequ FctCheck Calibrating Zeroing Spanning Zero Failed Span Failed Range Underflow Range Overflow Range1 Range2 Range3 Range4 Conc. LoLo Conc. Lo A x01 x02 x03 x04 x05 x06 x07 x08 x09 x10 x11 x12 x13 x14 x15 x16 x17 x18 x19 x20 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-39 Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.7 PLC Quick Reference PLC Quick Reference Card Rev. 2010‐04 Timer Modes TMR_MODE Timing Diagram Input 1 OFFDELAY Output ONDELAY Time Duration Input 1 Output Time Duration Input 1 REPPULSE Output Time Duration Time Duration Period Time Input 1 SINGLEPULSE Output Time Duration Time Duration Retrigger Input 1 RETRIGSPULSE Output Time Duration Time Duration Time Duration Input 1 INHIBSPULSE Input 2 Inhibit tion Time Dura‐ Output Time Duration Date / Time Period Time CLKTRGPULSE Output Time Duration Time Duration Input 2 (Reset) Input 1 (Trigger) COUNTER PERIOD_CNT (Preset) internal Counter 3 2 3 1 0 Output A-40 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.7 PLC Quick Reference PLC Quick Reference Card Rev. 2010‐04 Example Program #-Example for Timer 1--------------------TMR_MODE 1 OFFDELAY; TMR_DURATION 1 5; delay 5 sec #-Example for Timer 2--------------------TMR_MODE 2 ONDELAY; TMR_DURATION 2 5; delay 5 sec #-Example for Timer 3--------------------TMR_MODE 3 REPPULSE; TMR_DURATION 3 5; pulse width 5 sec TMR_PERIOD_CNT 3 20; periode 20 sec #-Example for Timer 4--------------------TMR_MODE 4 SINGLEPULSE; TMR_DURATION 4 5; pulse width 5 sec #-Example for Timer 5--------------------TMR_MODE 5 RETRIGSPULSE; TMR_DURATION 5 5; pulse width 5 sec #-Example for Timer 6--------------------TMR_MODE 6 INHIBSPULSE; TMR_DURATION 6 10; pulse width 10 sec #-Example for Timer 7--------------------TMR_MODE 7 CLKTRGPULSE; TMR_DURATION 7 5; pulse width 5 sec TMR_PERIOD_CNT 7 10; pulse trigger is repeated each 10 minutes TMR_TRIG_TIME 7 2009,10,26,17,00; start triggering Oct26 2009, 05:00 pm #-Example for Timer 8--------------------TMR_MODE 8 COUNTER; TMR_PERIOD_CNT 8 10; preset count value = 10 END; Program end A Appendix #-------------------------------LOAD DI1; Digital Input#1 STO T1I1,T2I1,T3I1; feed Input1 of Timers1..3 with this state STO R9; assign Digital Input#1 also to Result#9 LOAD DI5; load Digital Input#2 STO T1I2,T2I2,T3I2; feed Input2 of Timers1..3 with this state #-------------------------------LOAD T1; read Timer 1 output STO R1; store as Result#1 #-------------------------------LOAD DI5; read Digital Input #5 IF R10,R2; if DI5 then load Result#10 else load Result#2 CALL A110; simulate an 'External Failure" of Ch1 if loaded with '1' state LOAD T3; read Timer 3 output CALL A311; simulate an "MaintRequ" of Ch3 if loaded with '1' state #-------------------------------LOAD S62; CalcA rslt Lo STO R3; store as Result#3 LOAD S208; Ch2 calibrating STO R4; store as Result#4 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-41 X-STREAM XE A-42 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A.8 Assignment of Terminals and Sockets A.8 Assignment of Terminals and Sockets A.8.1 Tabletop & Rack Mount Analyzers Pin Pin 1 Channel 2, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA 2 Channel 3, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA 3 Channel 4, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA 4 Channel 5, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA 5 unused 6 unused 7 Output1 (Failure) NC 8 Output1 (Failure) NO 9 Output1 (Failure) COM Pin 10 Output3 (Off spec) NC 11 Output3 (Off spec) NO 12 Output3 (Off spec) COM 13 Signal Channel 1, GND 8 15 Channel 2, GND 9 16 Channel 3, GND 17 Channel 4, GND 18 Channel 5, GND 19 unused 20 Output2 (Maintenance request) NC 21 Output2 (Maintenance request) NO 22 Output2 (Maintenance request) COM 23 Output4 (Function check) NC 24 Output4 (Function check) NO 25 Output4 (Function check) COM Pin no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4 GND for all digital inputs 5 unused 6 unused 7 Output 5 NC 8 Output 5 NO 9 Output 5 COM 10 Output 6, NC 11 Output 6, NO 12 Output 6, COM 13 Output 7, NC 14 Output 7, NO 15 Output 7, COM 16 Output 8, NC 17 Output 8, NO 18 Output 8, COM 19 Common not used not used RXD1(+) TXD1(+) not used not used RXD0(-) TXD0(-) Signal Input 5 21 Input 6 22 Input 7 23 Output 9, NC 24 Output 9, NO 25 Output 9, COM { } BR 2 signal in current mode to input 2 26 Output 10, NC unused 27 Output 10, NO BR 1 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog 28 Output 10, COM BR 1 signal in current mode to input 1**) 29 Output 11, NC 30 Output 11, NO 31 Output 11, COM 32 Output 12, NC 33 Output 12, NO 34 Output 12, COM 35 Output 13, NC 36 Output 13, NO 37 Output 13, COM Signal BR 2 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog *) { Socket X4 - Digital I/O (Assignment of Screw Terminals Adaptor: See XSTD on Next Page) Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Common not used not used not used D1(+) not used not used not used D0(-) RS 232 Common RXD TXD not used Common not used not used not used not used 2 1 1: 2: 3: 3 ME + 24 V 0 V (⊥) DC 24 V Input (1⁄2 19" Analyzer) Note! The configuration illustrated here is that of the first socket, labelled X4.1. Inputs 8-14 and outputs 1422, are on the second socket (X4.2), if installed. } Pin 5 4 3 2 1 Pin Signal 9 Input 2 high (+) 8 Input 2 low (-) 7 Input 1 low (-) 6 Input 1 high (+) alternatively set jumper P1 on electronics board XASI **) alternatively set jumper P2 on electronics board XASI *) Pin 1 Pin 8 Pin no. Signal 1 TX+ 2 TX- 3 RX+ 6 RX- other not used Appendix Input 4 MOD 485/ MOD 485/ 2 wire 4 wire inputs 3 5 20 Digital 2 Input 3 4 Pin Digital Input 2 3 Connector X2 - IOIOI - Serial Interface (Assignment of Screw Terminals Adaptor: See XSTA on Next Page) outputs 1 inputs Pin outputs Digital Digital Socket X1 - Analog Outputs, Relay Outputs 1...4 (Assignment of Screw Terminals Adaptor: See XSTA on Next Page) Input 1 2 7 14 Note! Configuration of relay contacts as per standard factory setting (NAMUR status signals) Signal 1 Connector X5 - Analog Inputs (Assignment of Screw Terminals Adaptor: See XSTI on Next Page) Ethernet Connector for Modbus A Channel 1, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Analog outputs Pin Relay contacts (Status signals) Relay contacts (Status signals) Analog outputs Signal 6 A-43 P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 Pin not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used not used Signal { { } } BR 1 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog BR 1 signal in current mode to input 1 Input 1 high (+) Input 1 high (+) Input 1 low (-) Input 1 low (-) BR 2 fit a wire bridge here to apply analog BR 2 signal in current mode to input 2 Input 2 high (+) Input 2 high (+) Input 2 low (-) Input 2 low (-) Signal Ethernet Connector for Modbus Flameproof (cast) housing Power Terminals TX+ TXRX+ RXnot used L= Line N= Neutral PE= Protective Earth 1 2 3 6 other Power cord entry Common RXD TXD not used Common not used not used not used not used P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 Pin Signal Input 1/8***) Input 2/9 Input 3/10 Input 4/11 Input 5/12 Input 6/13 Input 7/14 GND for Inputs 1-7/8-14 not used Output 5/14, NC Output 5/14, NO Output 5/14, COM Output 6/15, NC Output 6/15, NO Output 6/15, COM Output 7/16, NC Output 7/16, NO Output 7/16, COM Output 8/17, NC Output 8/17, NO Output 8/17, COM Output 9/18, NC Output 9/18, NO Output 9/18, COM Output 10/19, NC Output 10/19, NO Output 10/19, COM Output 11/20, NC Output 11/20, NO Output 11/20, COM Output 12/21, NC Output 12/21, NO Output 12/21, COM Output 13/22, NC Output 13/22, NO Output 13/22, COM Pin Channel 1, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 1, GND Channel 2, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 2, GND Channel 3, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 3, GND Channel 4, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 4, GND Channel 5, (+) 4 (0) - 20 mA Channel 5, GND not used not used not used not used Output 1 (Failure), NC Output 1 (Failure), NO Output 1 (Failure), COM Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NC Output 2 (Maintenance Request), NO Output 2 (Maintenance Request), COM Output 3 (Out of Spec), NC Output 3 (Out of Spec), NO Output 3 (Out of Spec), COM Output 4 (Function check), NC Output 4 (Function check), NO Output 4 (Function check), COM not used P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.6 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 P2.1 P2.2 P2.3 P2.4 P2.5 P2.6 P2.7 P2.8 P2.9 P2.10 P2.11 P2.12 P3.1 P3.2 P3.3 P3.4 P3.5 P3.6 P3.7 P3.8 P3.9 P3.10 P3.11 P3.12 P4.1 P4.2 P4.3 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 Assignment of serial interface terminals Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG A-44 1 Signal 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Field housing Service Port Connector Serial RS 232 Interface Signal Terminals Strips 2 6 Pin no. RS 232 Note! Line and neutral terminals with built-in fuse holders 3 7 PE Pin no. Common RXD TXD not used Common not used not used not used not used Common not used not used RXD1(+) TXD1(+) not used not used RXD0(-) TXD0(-) Common not used not used not used D1(+) not used not used not used D0(-) SER1 SER2 SER3 SER4 SER5 SER6 7 8 9 P4.4 P4.5 P4.6 P4.7 P4.8 P4.9 P4.10 P4.11 P4.12 4 8 HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 X-STREAM XE Pin 8 Pin 1 N RS 232 L MOD 485/ MOD 485/ 2 wire 4 wire Terminal 5 9 Configuration of relay output terminals as per standard factory setting (NAMUR status signals) **) See table below *) IN1 Mode 1 /2 no. identifies inputs/outputs on the 1st /2nd expansion board ***) st nd IN2 Mode Digital Inputs Digital Outputs XSTI: Analog Inputs XSTD: Optional Strips With 7 Dig Inputs and 9 Dig Outputs Each A.8.2 Field Housings XSTA: Standard Strip With Standard and Optional Signals Assignment of Terminals and Socket A.8 Analog Inputs Pin Pin Analog Outputs Relay Outputs**) Serial Interface*) Instruction Manual Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 A Access levels see Menu access Acknowledgements 6-17, 7-17, 7-19, 7-40 Advanced Calibration 6-8 Alarms 6-80 Setup 6-80 Alarms Status 6-119 Ambient temperature 1-13, 2-2, 3-9, 3-15, 4-3 Analog Input 6-74 Analog inputs 4-28, 6-57, 6-75 Conversion 6-76 Analog outputs see Outputs: Analog outputs Analog Outputs 6-63 Apply gas 6-16, 7-17, 7-19, 7-40 ATEX 1-1, 1-2, 1-13, 1-23...1-25, 2-22, 4-1, 8-21, 7-47, 7-51, 8-25 see also Hazardous areas Autoranging see Setup Menu: Autoranging Auto-Run 7-61 Average 5-17, 6-59, 6-83, 6-84 B Backup 5-24, 5-25, 6-92...6-95, 5-24, 5-25, 7-53...7-59, 7-61...7-66 Battery S-6 Bell see Status Line Block diagram A-1, A-21 Blowback 7-31 C Cable glands 4-22 Calculator 1-4, 6-21, 6-80, 6-86, 6-87, 6-107, 6-119, 6-122 Alarms 6-86 Calculator Alarms 6-86 Calibration Advanced Calibration 6-8, 6-10...6-13, 7-20...731, 7-36 Autocalibration 1-6 by Digital Inputs 7-33 Calibration Deviation 6-15 Calibration Results 6-13 Calibration Status 6-11 Cancelling 7-41 Cancelling an Ongoing Calibration 7-41 Deviations 6-42 Interval Time 6-40 Manual Calibration 7-17 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Modbus Activated 7-35 multiple ranges 7-30 Preparing 7-7 Procedure 6-36 Program Sequence 6-39 Restoring 7-41 Setup 6-33 Span Calibration 6-7, 6-8, 6-10, 6-15, 6-34, 6-39, 6-42, 6-69, 7-5, 7-7, 7-8, 7-18...7-20, 7-25, 7-29, 7-30, 7-32, 7-35...7-38, 7-51, 8-42 Tolerances 6-35 Unattended 1-4 Unattended Automatic Calibration 7-5, 7-6, 7-37...7-39 Valves 6-37 Verifying 7-40 Zero calibration 3-15, 6-6, 6-15, 6-39, 7-5, 7-7, 7-10, 7-17, 7-18, 7-20...7-22, 7-32, 7-35...738, 7-40, 8-42 Calibration Gases 6-34 Calibration logger 6-20, 6-89 Calibration Procedures 7-5 all channel span calibrations 7-20 all channel zero calibrations 7-20 all channel zero & span calibrations 7-20 Remote calibration 7-32 Calibration Status 6-116 Certifications see CSA; see EC Cleaning the Instrument 7-52 Clock see also Time Communication 6-77 see also Ethernet; see also Serial interface; see also Setup Menu: Communication Ethernet 6-79 Serial 6-78 Component Setup 6-25 Component, Status 6-112 Concentration Alarms 6-81 Concentration Average Alarms 6-83 Configuration Data, Save/Store 7-53 Control Menu 6-5 Conversion 6-27, 6-28, A-1 Dewpoint A-1, A-34, A-36 Water Vapor A-1, A-34, A-36 Cross see Status Line Cross Interference 5-17, 6-56...6-58 see also Setup Menu: Cross Interference I-1 IDX Index Index Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Index Cross Interference Linearization Curve 6-58 CSA 2-2, A-1, A-14...A-20 Certificate of Compliance A-1, A-14...A-20 D Damping see Setup Menu Data logger 1-4, 6-19, 6-21, 6-105, 6-106, 6-122, 7-66...7-68 Dewpoint see Conversion DHCP see Ethernet: Setup Digital inputs see Inputs: Digital inputs; see also Setup Menu: Digital Inputs Digital Inputs 6-71 Digital outputs see Outputs: Digital outputs Digital Outputs 6-68 Dimensions 2-6, 2-7, 2-9, 2-11, 2-12, 2-15, 2-16, 2-19, 4-19, 4-20 E EC 1-1, A-1, A-12, A-13 Declaration of conformity A-1 Electrochemical oxygen sensor see Measuring principles: Electrochemical oxygen sensor Ethernet 1-4, 1-11, 1-13, 1-22, 1-27, 2-3, 2-18, 2-21, 4-12, 4-21, 4-26, 6-79, A-43, A-44 Setup 6-79 Event logger 1-4, 6-20, 6-21, 6-89, 6-107, 6-122 Explosive gas see Gases: Explosive gas EX zone see ATEX; see Hazardous areas F Failures, Status 6-109 Field housing see X-STREAM: XDF; see XSTREAM: XEF; see X-STREAM: XEFD Flameproof see X-STREAM: XEFD Flammable gas see Gases: Flammable gas Flow Setup 6-28 Format 6-104 Front panel 1-1, 1-3, 1-13, 1-22, 1-27, 4-10, 4-22, 4-23, 4-30, 5-3, 5-10, 7-5, 7-35, 7-36, 8-12, 8-13 Fuses S-7, 1-16, 1-17, 1-19, 2-11, 2-18, 2-21, A-44 G Gas conditioning see Gases: Gas conditioning Gases Explosive gas S-2 I-2 Flammable gas S-2 Gas conditioning 4-3 Gas pressure S-12, 3-14, 8-15, 8-19 Sample gas 1-5, 1-6, 1-12, 1-13, 2-3, 2-4, 3-5, 3-10, 3-11, 3-13, 3-14, 4-5, 5-21, 6-65, 6-66, 7-4, 7-17, 7-21, 7-24, 7-27, 7-37, 8-16, 8-17, 8-19, 8-21, 8-39, 5-21, 8-21, 8-23, 8-27 Span gas 1-6, 5-16, 6-7, 6-10, 6-26, 6-34, 6-35, 6-36, 7-5, 7-7, 7-8, 7-15, 7-16, 7-22, 7-25...730, 8-41, 8-42 Zero gas 1-6, 5-16, 6-6, 6-10, 6-26, 6-34, 7-5, 7-7, 7-8, 7-10, 7-15, 7-18, 7-23, 7-27, 7-28, 8-40...8-42 Gas inlets S-12, 1-5, 4-8...4-10, 4-21 Gas outlets S-10, S-12, 1-5, 1-21, 4-4, 4-8...4-10, 4-21 H Hazardous areas 1-1, 1-2, 1-13, 1-23...1-25, 2-22, 4-1, 7-47, 7-51, 8-21, 8-25 see also Non-incendive; see also Pressurization system; see also ATEX; see also X-STREAM: XEFD Heart see Status Line I Identification 6-98 Infallible containment S-2, 1-1, 1-5, 1-13 Info Menu 6-122 In-/Outputs 6-62, 6-75 see also Inputs; see also Internal SHS; see also Options; see also Outputs; see also Setup Menu: In-/Outputs Inputs Analog inputs 1-12, 4-16, 4-27, 4-28, 6-62, 6-74, A-43, A-44 Digital inputs 1-12, 4-10, 4-14, 4-15, 4-27, 6-62, 8-14, 8-18, A-43 Input voltage 2-9, 2-11 Installation 4-1, 4-7 XDF 4-19 XEF 4-19 XEFD 4-7 XEGC 4-8 XEGP 4-8 Installed Options 6-88 Flow 6-90 Pressure 6-91 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Setup 6-88 Intended use statement S-5 Internal SHS 6-62, 6-73, 7-12 see also Setup Menu: Internal SHS Interval Time 6-40 see Calibration: Interval Time IP address see Ethernet: Setup; see also Info menu J K L Labels 6-30 Language 1-3, 5-12, 5-13, 6-21, 6-22 Leak test S-8, 7-1, 7-4, 8-15 Leak Test 7-4 Licenses 6-89 Linearization Setup 6-48 Local backup 6-94 Lock menus 6-2, 6-32, 7-17, 7-19, 7-40 Log files see Logger: Log files Handling see Logger: Log files Logger see Calibration logger; see Data logger; see Event logger Log files Configuring 7-67 Export 1-4, 6-19, 6-20, 6-105, 6-106, 7-66, 7-67, 7-68 M MAC address see Ethernet: Setup; see also Info menu Main menu 5-4...5-6, 5-13, 6-4, 7-7, 7-17, 7-21, 7-24, 7-27, 7-40, 7-55, 7-57, 7-59, 7-62, 7-64 Maintenance 7-1 Backup / restore data sets see Save-Load Calibration see Calibration Electrochemical oxygen sensor Replacing 7-42 Intervals 7-2 Leak test see Leak test Maintenance Requests, Status 6-110 Manual Calibration 7-17 Measurement Average see Setup Menu: Measurement Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Measurement display 1-4, 5-4, 5-5, 5-6, 5-10...513, 5-15, 5-23, 5-25, 6-4, 6-22, 6-25, 6-29, 6-30, 6-32 Measurement Ranges see Setup Menu Measurement, Setup see Setup Menu Measurement, status 6-111 Measuring principles Electrochemical oxygen sensor 3-8, 7-1, 7-42 Handling 7-45 Infrared 3-1...3-4 Measurement Specification 3-13 Paramagnetic oxygen sensor 3-5, 3-7, 3-14, 8-18, 8-34, 8-38 Performance Specifications 3-14 Photometer 3-4 Thermal Conductivity 3-11, 3-12, 3-14, 8-18, 8-37, 8-41 Ultraviolet 3-1...3-4 Menu access Access levels 1-4, 5-9 Menu Access 6-32 Modbus 1-11, 1-13, 2-3, 4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-12, 4-26, 6-78, 6-79, 7-5, 7-6, 7-32, 7-35...7-37, 9-1, 9-2, A-1...A-3, A-5...A-11, A-43, A-44 Modbus TCP/IP 9-1 Registers 9-1, 9-2 N NAMUR S-2, 1-10, 2-2, 4-10, 4-11, 4-13, 4-24, 5-11, 5-20, 5-23, 6-65, 6-66, 6-108, 7-13, 8-2, 8-3, 5-21, A-43, A-44 NE 43 5-20, 5-21, 6-65 NE 44 1-10 NE 107 1-3, 2-3, 2-4, 8-2 Status 4-10, 4-11, 4-13, 4-24, 6-108, 8-2, A-43, A-44 Node 6-39, 6-68...6-72, 7-13, 7-14 Non-incendive 1-23 O Oil can see Status Line Opening housings 7-46, 7-47, 8-20, 8-21 Operation hours 6-97 Operation Hours Meter 6-97 Operation Hours Status 6-121 Options Barometric pressure sensor 1-6, 1-7 I-3 IDX Index Index Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Index Flow monitor switch 1-6 Flow sensor 1-6, 6-88 Heated area 1-8 Installed options 5-14, 6-36...6-40, 6-88...6-91, 6-122, 6-124, 6-125, 7-73 Purging 2-2, 4-3 Temperature sensors 1-6, 1-7, 3-5 Outputs Analog outputs 1-10, 2-4, 4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 5-18, 5-19, 5-21, 5-22, 6-62, 6-63, 6-64, 6-66, 6-67, 7-9, 8-13, 8-17 Digital outputs 1-12, 1-13, 4-14, 4-27, 6-68, 6-70, 6-80, 7-11, 7-13, 7-33, 8-13, 8-15, 8-17 Status relays 1-10 P Password protection see Menu access PLC see Programmable logic controller Polynom see Linearization: Setup Power supply units, external 2-9 Power terminals 2-21, A-44 Pressure Compensation 6-61 Pressure Sensors Status 6-115 Pressurization system 1-23 Procedures 7-1 Programmable logic controller 1-4, 6-21, 6-89, 6-107, 6-122 Programmable Logic Controller Quick Reference A-36 Program Sequence 6-39 Pump 1-6, 1-12, 1-13, 2-3, 2-4, 4-5, 6-5, 6-69, 7-33, 8-8, 8-9, 8-15...8-17, 8-23...8-27, 8-31...8-33 Purging see Options: Purging Q Question mark see Status Line R Ranges 6-18, 6-5, 7-17, 7-40 Rear panel 2-8, 2-13 Restore 1-4, 5-24, 5-25, 6-6, 6-7, 6-21, 6-32, 6-92, 6-94, 6-95, 7-1, 7-41, 7-53...7-55, 7-57, 7-59, 7-62, 7-64, 7-66 S Safety instructions S-5 I-4 Authorized personnel S-6 Sample gas pump see Pump Save see Backup Save-Load 6-92, 6-94...6-96, 5-24, 7-55, 7-57, 7-59, 7-62, 7-64 Configuration Data 7-53 Factory defaults 7-59 Local backup 7-55 Notes 6-93 USB Backup 7-61 SD card 1-4 Serial interface Setup 6-78 Serial no 6-122, 7-73, A-35 Service Menu 6-126 Setup Menu 6-21 Analog Inputs 6-74 Analog Outputs 6-63 Autoranging 6-45, 6-46 Calibration 6-33 Calibration Gases 6-34 Calibration Interval Time 6-40 Communication 6-77 Component 6-25 Component Tag 6-99 Component Unit 6-26 Cross Interference 6-56...6-58 Damping 6-47 Digital Inputs 6-71 Digital outputs 6-68 Display 6-21 Display Component 6-25 Display Contrast 6-23 Display Flow 6-28 Display labels 6-30 Display Temperature 6-27 Ethernet interface 6-79 Flow 6-28 Identification 6-98 In-/Outputs 6-62 Internal SHS 6-73 Linearization 6-48 Polynomials Coefficients 6-52 Measurement 6-30, 6-43, 6-44, 6-59, 6-60 Average 6-59 Measurement Delay 6-60 Measurement Display 6-4, 6-29, 6-30 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Instruction Manual X-STREAM XE HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Index T Tags 6-30 Technical data 2-1 Model-specific 2-6 Temperature Alarms 6-85 Temperature Alarms 6-85 Temperature Setup 6-27 Terminal adapters see Screw terminals; see Terminals Terminals 1-27, 4-21, 4-24, 4-27, 4-28, A-1, A-43, A-44 Time 6-102 Manual time setup 6-102 NTP Server 6-101 Realtime clock 1-4 Setup 6-100 Time server 1-4 Tool see Status Line Troubleshooting 8-1 U Files 7-71 Preparation 7-61 Supported Mass Storage Device Types 7-61 USB Backup 6-95 USB Interface 6-103 USB Stick 6-104 File System Structure 6-104 Format 6-104 IDX Index Measurement Ranges 6-44 Measurements Results 6-24 Menu Access 6-32 Range Gases 6-34 Serial interface 6-78 Temperature 6-27 USB Interface 6-103 Socket 4-11, A-43, A-44 Software Licenses 6-89 Solvent Resistant see Measuring principles: Paramagnetic oxygen sensor Span Calibration see Calibration Span gas see Gases Splines see Linearization: Setup Startup 3-6, 3-7, 5-1, 7-54 Status Line 5-3 see also NAMUR Status Menu 6-108 Status Messages 1-6, 8-2, 8-12...8-17 Switching On 6-4 V Valve block see Valves Valves 1-6, 4-5, 6-37, 7-12 Valve assignment 7-10 Valve Assignment 6-37 Valve supported calibrations 7-10 Virtual measurement channel 1-4, 7-12 W Water Vapor see Conversion Web browser 1-4, 7-73 Wheatstone Bridge see Measuring principles: Thermal Conductivity X X-STREAM XDF 1-14, 1-19...1-23, 2-1, 2-3, 2-15, 2-16, 4-19...4-21, 7-47, 8-21, 8-25 XEF S-9, 1-14, 1-19...1-23, 2-1, 2-3, 2-15, 4-4, 4-19, 4-26, 7-47, 8-12, 8-16, 8-21, 8-25, 11-1 XEFD S-9, 1-5, 1-14, 1-24...1-27, 2-1, 2-3, 2-19...2-21, 4-4, 4-7, 7-47, 8-21, 11-1 XEGC 1-13, 1-15, 1-16, 2-1, 2-3, 2-4, 2-6...2-11, 4-4, 4-7...4-9, 4-11...4-18, 8-20, 8-24 XEGP 1-3, 1-13, 1-17, 1-18, 2-1, 2-3, 2-12...2-14, 4-4, 4-7...4-18, 4-33, 8-20, 8-24 Y Z Zero Calibration see Calibration Zero & Span Calibration see Calibration: Advanced Calibration USB 1-4, 1-22, 1-27, 2-3, 2-8, 2-13, 2-17, 2-18, 2-20, 2-21, 4-8...4-10, 5-24, 6-19, 6-20, 6-92, 6-95, 6-96, 6-103, 6-105, 7-53...7-57, 7-59, 7-61...7-64, 7-66, 7-68 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG I-5 X-STREAM XE I-6 Instruction Manual HASXEE-IM-HS 04/2010 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Rosemount Analytical Process Gas Analyzer Center of Excellence Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG Industriestrasse 1 63594 Hasselroth Germany T +49 6055 884 0 F +49 6055 884 209 Rosemount Analytical Inc. Gas Analyzer Service Center 6565P Davis Industrial Parkway Solon, OH 44139 USA T +1 440.914.1261 Toll Free in US and Canada 800.433.6076 F +1 440.914.1262 e-mail: gas.csc@emerson.com US Response Center 800.654.7768 LATIN AMERICA EUROPE ASIA-PACIFIC MIDDLE EAST AND AFRICA Emerson Process Management Rosemount Analytical 11100 Brittmoore Park Drive Houston, TX 77041 USA T +1 713.467.6000 F +1 713.827.3328 Emerson Process Management Shared Services Limited Heath Place Bognor Regis West Sussex PO22 9SH England T +44 1243 863121 F +44 1243 845354 Emerson Process Management Asia Pacific Private Limited 1 Pandan Crescent Singapore 128461 Republic of Singapore T +65 6 777 8211 F +65 6 777 0947 e-mail: analytical@ ap.emersonprocess.com Emerson Process Management Emerson FZE P.O. Box 17033 Jebel Ali Free Zone Dubai, United Arab Emirates T +971 4 811 8100 F +971 4 886 5465 © 2010 Emerson Process Management GmbH & Co. OHG